The Gospel of John Chapter 13

The Gospel of JOHN Chapter 13

INTRODUCTION

  Authorship

Internal evidence.  In the strict sense of the term, the Fourth Gospel is anonymous. No name of its author is given in the text. This is not surprising because a Gospel differs in literary form from an epistle or letter. The letters of Paul each begin with his name, which was the normal custom of letter writers in the ancient world. None of the human authors of the four Gospels identified himself by name. But that does not mean one cannot know who the authors were. An author may indirectly reveal himself within the writing, or his work may be well known in tradition as coming from him.

Internal evidence supplies the following chain of connections regarding the author of the Fourth Gospel.

(1) In John 21:24 the word “them” refers to the whole Gospel, not to just the last chapter.

(2) “The disciple” in 21:24 was “the disciple whom Jesus loved” (21:7).

(3) From 21:7 it is certain that the disciple whom Jesus loved was one of seven persons mentioned in 21:2 (Simon Peter, Thomas, Nathanael, the two sons of Zebedee, and two unnamed disciples).

(4) “The disciple whom Jesus loved” was seated next to the Lord at the Last Supper, and Peter motioned to him (13:23–24).

(5) He must have been one of the Twelve since only they were with the Lord at the Last Supper (cf. Mark 14:17; Luke 22:14).

(6) In the Gospel, John was closely related to Peter and thus appears to be one of the inner three (cf. John 20:2–10; Mark 5:37–38; 9:2–3; 14:33). Since James, John’s brother, died in the year A.D. 44, he was not the author (Acts 12:2).

(7) “The other disciple” (John 18:15–16) seems to refer to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” since he is called this in 20:2.

(8) The “disciple whom Jesus loved” was at the cross (19:26), and 19:35 seems to refer to him.

(9) The author’s claim, “We have seen His glory” (1:14), was the claim of someone who was an eyewitness (cf. 1 John 1:1–4).

Putting all of these facts together makes a good case for the author of the Fourth Gospel having been John, one of the sons of a fisherman named Zebedee.

External evidence. The external evidence is the traditional ascription of authorship which has been well known in the church. Polycarp (ca. A.D. 69=ca. A.D. 155) spoke of his contact with John. Irenaeus (ca. 130=ca. 200), the bishop of Lyons, heard Polycarp and testified that “John, the disciple of the Lord, who also had leaned upon His breast, had himself published a Gospel during his residence in Ephesus in Asia” (Against Heresies 3. 1). Polycrates, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and other later fathers support this tradition. Eusebius was specific that Matthew and John of the apostles wrote the two Gospels which bear their specific names (The Ecclesiastical History 3. 24. 3–8).

Place of Origin

The external tradition is strong that John came to Ephesus after Paul had founded the church and that he labored in that city for many years (cf. Eusebius The Ecclesiastical History 3. 24. 1). Supporting this tradition is the evidence of Revelation 1:9–11. When John was in exile on Patmos, an island off the coast of Asia Minor, he wrote to seven Asian churches, the first of which was Ephesus. That the Fourth Gospel was originally published at Ephesus is a good probability.

Date

The date for the Gospel of John was probably between A.D. 85 and 95. Some critics have attempted to assign a date as late as A.D. 150 on the basis of the book’s alleged similarities to Gnostic writings or because of a supposed long development of church theology. Archeological finds supporting the authenticity of the text of John (e.g., John 4:11; 5:2–3), word studies (e.g., synchrōntai, 4:9), manuscript discoveries (e.g., P52), and the Dead Sea Scrolls have given powerful support to an early dating for John. So it is common today to find non-conservative scholars arguing for a date as early as A.D. 45–66. An early date is possible. But this Gospel has been known in the church as the “Fourth” one, and the early church fathers believed that it was written when John was an old man. Therefore a date between 85 and 95 is best. John 21:18, 23 require the passing of some time, with Peter becoming old and John outliving him.

Purpose

The purpose of the Gospel of John, stated in 20:31, was to record Jesus’ “signs” so that readers would come to believe in Him. Doubtless the author had other purposes as well. Some have argued that John wrote against synagogue Judaism, or the Gnostics, or the followers of John the Baptist. Some think John wrote to supplement the other Gospels. John’s Gospel has a clear evangelistic purpose (as do the other Gospels), so it is no accident that it has been greatly used in the history of the church for that purpose.

The Glory of the Fourth Gospel

In introductions to the Fourth Gospel many writers have a section entitled “The Problem of the Fourth Gospel.” The Fourth Gospel has been the great problem in modern New Testament studies. But what is that problem? One critic claimed many years ago that Jesus in the Synoptics (Matthew, Mark, Luke) is historical but not divine, and that in the Fourth Gospel He is divine but not historical. This, however, is clearly an unwarranted distinction, for the Gospel of John begins with a plain statement of the full deity of the Word made flesh (1:1, 14). And the Gospel nearly ends with Thomas’ confession, “My Lord and my God” (20:28). Jesus Christ is both “divine” (Deity) and historical (One who actually lived on the earth). So what is a problem to many critics is actually the chief glory of the church.

Also, contrary to what some have argued, the Synoptic writers, as well as John, present a divine Messiah. But John’s Gospel is so clear and pointed in his Christology that his theology has greatly enriched the church. The text, “the Word became flesh” (1:14), became the central focal point of the early church fathers’ meditation and study. John presented the Incarnation—God manifest in the flesh—as the foundation of the gospel. This is the “glory,” not the “problem,” of the Fourth Gospel.

John’s Distinctive Portrait

When one compares the Gospel of John with the other three Gospels, he is struck by the distinctiveness of John’s presentation. John does not include Jesus’ genealogy, birth, baptism, temptation, casting out of demons, parables, transfiguration, instituting of the Lord’s Supper, His agony in Gethsemane, or His Ascension. John’s presentation of Jesus stresses His ministry in Jerusalem, the feasts of the Jewish nation, Jesus’ contacts with individuals in private conversations (e.g., chaps. 3–4; 18:28–19:16), and His ministry to His disciples (chaps. 13–17).

The major body of the Gospel is contained in a “Book of Signs” (2:1–12:50) which embraces seven miracles or “signs” which proclaim Jesus as the Messiah, the Son of God. This “Book of Signs” also contains great discourses of Jesus which explain and proclaim the significance of the signs. For example, following the feeding of the 5,000 (6:1–15), Jesus revealed Himself as the Bread of Life which the heavenly Father gives for the life of the world (6:25–35).

Another notable and exclusive feature of the Fourth Gospel is the series of “I am” statements that were made by Jesus (cf. 6:35; 8:12; 10:7, 9, 11, 14; 11:25; 14:6; 15:1, 5).

The distinctiveness of this Gospel must be kept in perspective. The Gospels were not intended as biographies. Each Gospel writer selected from a much larger pool of information the material which would serve his purpose. It has been estimated that if all the words from the lips of Jesus cited in Matthew, Mark, and Luke were read aloud, the amount of time taken would be only about three hours. Since the ministry of Jesus lasted about three years, a three-hour sample of His teaching is a small amount. Each Gospel records certain miracles or parables and omits others.

The focus of the Gospels is the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection. The Gospels have been called “Passion narratives with extended introductions.” That is, they center on Christ’s death (e.g., Mark 11–16) with only enough information (e.g., Mark 1–10) to explain the nature of the One who ministered and died.

Jesus’ Seven “Signs” in the Gospel of John

  1.      Changing water into wine in Cana (2:1–11)
  2.      Healing an official’s son in Capernaum (4:46–54)
  3.      Healing an invalid at the Pool of Bethesda in Jerusalem (5:1–18)
  4.      Feeding the 5,000 near the Sea of Galilee (6:5–14)
  5.      Walking on the water of the Sea of Galilee (6:16–21)
  6.      Healing a blind man in Jerusalem (9:1–7)
  7.      Raising dead Lazarus in Bethany (11:1–45)

Jesus’ Seven “I Am’s” in the Gospel of John

  1.      “I am the Bread of Life” (6:35).
  2.      “I am the Light of the world” (8:12).
  3.      “I am the Gate for the sheep” (10:7; cf. v. 9).
  4.      “I am the Good Shepherd” (10:11, 14).
  5.      “I am the Resurrection and the Life” (11:25).
  6.      “I am the Way and the Truth and the Life” (14:6).
  7.      “I am the true Vine” (15:1; cf. v. 5).

The following facts are known about John’s relationship to the Synoptic Gospels. John, Zebedee’s son, was Peter’s co-worker in Jerusalem during the early years of the church (Acts 3:1–4:23; 8:14; 12:1–2). Further, John was called one of the “reputed … pillars” of the Jerusalem church (Gal. 2:9). The Jerusalem church was led by the apostles and James, the brother of Jesus, with Peter and John who often took the initiative (Acts 3:1; 4:3–21; 8:14–24; 15:7–11, 13–21). During the early years of the Jerusalem church, a certain fixed core of apostolic teaching and preaching developed. After a great multitude were converted, “They devoted themselves to the apostles’ teaching” (Acts 2:42). Later the number of men who believed grew to about 5,000 (Acts 4:4). It would be necessary for a system of instruction to be set up. This would center around Jesus’ Messianic fulfillment of Old Testament prophecies, particularly His ministry and Passion. In particular the commands of Jesus—His “oral Torah”—were to be taught (Matt. 28:20).

According to fairly strong church tradition, Mark’s Gospel is directly related to Peter’s preaching. Acts 10:36–43 seems to reinforce this tradition, for many have seen the Marcan outline in this example of Peter’s preaching. Since Peter’s preaching is basically the outline and content of the Gospel of Mark, John—having been with Peter for many years—would have been completely familiar with this body of truth.

This core of early apostolic Jerusalem preaching and teaching came to be written down by Mark who helped Peter in his later ministry. After John was in Jerusalem for many years (perhaps 20) he went to Asia Minor and settled in Ephesus.

When John wrote his Gospel he provided, by the Spirit of God, a rich supplement to the early Jerusalem core. Thus John’s distinctive portrait of Jesus contains 93 percent original material in comparison to the Synoptics. As John wrote, he was aware that even his contribution contained only a small fraction of what could be said (John 20:30–31; 21:25).

The Text

The Greek text of the Fourth Gospel, as well as that of the entire New Testament, is in very good condition. The reader of the NIV will notice certain changes in some places in comparison to the KJV. This reflects the fact that in the years since the publication of the KJV in 1611,  new manuscripts and new theories pertaining to textual transmission have enabled scholars to do a better job in ascertaining what the original writings, though not extant, actually said. The two most notable places where the NIV varies from the KJV in John are 5:3b–4 (which is in the NIV marg.) and 7:53–8:11 (which is set off from the main body of the NIV text). These will be discussed in the commentary.

The Structure and Theme

The key word in the Gospel of John is “believe” (pisteuō), which occurs 98 times. The Greek noun “faith” (pistis) does not occur. (A few times, however, the NIV translates the Greek verb with the English “put … faith in.”).  The Greek verb pisteuō is frequently used in the present tense and in participial forms. Apparently John wanted to stress an active, continuous, and vital trust in Jesus.

The book can be divided into the following main sections:

Prologue (1:1–18),

Book of Signs (1:19–12:50),

Farewell Instructions (chaps. 13–17),

Passion and Resurrection (chaps. 18–20),

Epilogue (chap. 21).

The Prologue sets forth the theological introduction, which enables readers to understand that the words and deeds of Jesus are the words and deeds of God manifest in the flesh. The Book of Signs records seven miracles which reveal the Father’s glory in the Son. The miracles with their explanatory discourses progressively draw out two responses: faith, and unbelief and hardening in sin.  As Jesus’ public ministry closed, irrational unbelief was the people’s major response (12:37).  Jesus in His farewell instructions prepared His own for His coming death and His followers’ future ministry.

The culmination of unbelief is evident in the Passion section, and the faith of the disciples is evident in the Resurrection account.  The Epilogue completes the Gospel by showing the plans of the Lord for His disciples.

OUTLINE

  1.      The Prologue (1:1–18)
  2.      The Logos in eternity and time (1:1–5)
  3.      The witness of John the Baptist (1:6–8)
  4.      The coming of the Light (1:9–13)
  5.      The Incarnation and revelation (1:14–18)
  6.      Jesus’ Manifestation to the Nation (1:19–12:50)
  7.      Jesus’ early ministry (1:19–4:54)
  8.      Jesus’ controversy in Jerusalem (chap. 5)
  9.      Jesus’ revelation in Galilee (6:1–7:9)
  10.      Jesus’ return to Jerusalem and the resumption of hostility (7:10–10:42)
  11.      The great sign at Bethany (11:1–44)
  12.      The plot to kill Jesus (11:45–57)
  13.      The conclusion of Jesus’ public ministry (12:1–36)
  14.      Jewish national unbelief (12:37–50)

III.      Jesus’ Preparation of His Disciples (chaps. 13–17)

  1.      The Last Supper (13:1–30)
  2.      Jesus’ coming departure (13:31–38)
  3.      Jesus, the Way to the Father (14:1–14)
  4.      Jesus’ promise of the Counselor (14:15–31)
  5.      The Vine and the branches (15:1–10)
  6.      Jesus’ friends (15:11–17)
  7.      The world’s hatred (15:18–16:4)
  8.      The Spirit’s work (16:5–15)
  9.      The prediction of changes (16:16–33)
  10.      Jesus’ intercession (chap. 17)
  11.      Jesus’ Passion and Resurrection (chaps. 18–20)
  12.      The arrest of Jesus (18:1–11)
  13.      The religious trial and Peter’s denials (18:12–27)
  14.      The civil trial (18:28–19:16)
  15.      The Crucifixion (19:17–30)
  16.      The burial (19:31–42)
  17.      The empty tomb (20:1–9)
  18.      Jesus’ appearance to Mary (20:10–18)
  19.      Jesus’ appearance to His disciples (20:19–23)
  20.      Jesus’ appearance to Thomas (20:24–29)
  21.      The purpose of the book (20:30–31)
  22.      The Epilogue (chap. 21)
  23.      Jesus’ appearance by the lake (21:1–14)
  24.      Jesus’ reinstating of Peter (21:15–23)
  25.      The colophon (21:24–25)

Blum, E. A. (1985). John. In J. F. Walvoord & R. B. Zuck (Eds.), . Vol. 2: The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures (J. F. Walvoord & R. B. Zuck, Ed.) (266–271). Wheaton, IL: Victor Books.

John 13 –The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 1

  1. Prelude:

God’s Provision for salvation and the forgiveness of sins

Chapter 13 Outline:

Vs 1, The Love of Jesus Christ.

Vs 2, 18, 21-30, Demon influence and possession

Vs 3, Personal Sense of Destiny – Plan of God – Dominion, Advent, Seated at the Right hand of the Father

Vs. 4, Priestly, humble servant hood of Jesus Christ – Preparation for service

Vs. 5, Humility for service

Vs. 6-7, Peter’s Objection due to Ignorance. The Doctrine of GAP

Vs. 8-11, Peter’s misguided zeal and our Lord’s Response. Washing of the feet, not salvation cleansing but experiential sanctification. He shows them the Rebound technique. 1 John 1:9

Vs. 12, Learn from this picture, Christ’s Completed Work for our Spiritual Perfection.

Vs. 13-15, Jesus is our Teacher and Lord, our Role Model.

Vs. 16-20, Five principles from Foot Washing.

Vs. 16, The servant must have Authority Orientation

Vs. 17, Knowledge and application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness.

Vs. 18, God’s Omniscience does not violate our human volition

Vs. 19, Bible doctrine prepares the believer for shocking behavior

Vs. 20, Bible doctrine is perpetuated after the death of Christ.

Vs. 21-30, Concerning His Betrayal. Grace in Action.

Vs. 31-35, Concerning His Departure. Love in Action. God’s Provision for the believer.

Vs. 31-32, God is glorified in the body of Christ.

Vs. 33, 36-38, Jesus Predicts His Resurrection, Peter’s misguided remarks

Vs. 34, A New Commandment

Vs. 35, Christ Seen in You!

Vs. 36a, Meet the Apostles

Vs 36b – 38, Ignorance of Bible Doctrine

John 13:1 – Love

There is a rather dramatic shift in John’s vocabulary in chapter 13, which underscores the importance of “love” in chapters 13-17.  A statistic regarding John’s vocabulary underscores the fact that love is a very significant term from here on in John’s Gospel.  Love occurs 12 times in Chapters 1-12 and 34 times in chapters 13-17.

John 13:2- Demon Influence

We now come to verse 2 of John 13, “During supper, the devil having already put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to betray Him.”

τοῦ διαβόλου  ἤδη  βεβληκότος  εἰς  τὴν  καρδίαν  ἵνα  παραδοῖ   αὐτὸν  Ἰούδας  Σίμωνος  Ἰσκαριώτου*,

TOU DIABOLOU EDE BEBLEKOTOS EIS TEN KARDIAN HINA PARADOI AUTON IOUDAS SEIMONOS ISKARIOTOU

The | devil | having already | put | into | the | heart | in order to | betray | Him | Judas | the son of Simon, | Iscariot,

The first Greek word we come to is DIABOLOS, which we translate as devil. Here devil is a pronominal adjective, which resembles a pronoun by specifying a person, place or thing.

Devil = diabolos  – ιάβολος; comes from (diaballó – διαβάλλω; which is from DIA (through, on account of, because of) and BALLO (to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls, to scatter or cast into.).  So DIABOLOS comes to mean to bring charges (usually with hostile intent): slanderous, accusing falsely or malicious gossips and it stands for the devil.

This word is not a name but more of a description of the one we call the Devil or Satan. This will lead us into the subtopic of Satan and his strategies followed by the topic of Demonic Influence.

Now that we have completed our study of Satan and his strategies we go back to our main verse of John 13:2, “During supper, the devil having already put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to betray Him,”

“Having already” is the Greek word EDE that is an adverb giving description to the following verb. It means already, soon or now. It gets its voice and tense from the supporting verb which in the English is “put”. So EDE means already, as soon as, now, soon, by this time, or even now.

“Put” = BEBLEKOTOS which is the (perfect tense, passive voice, participle in the Genitive case, Masculine gender, Singular person of Ballo – βάλλω.  The root BALLO means to throw or cast. In the perfect passive participle it often means lying. It also means offer, give; pour; sow (seed); bring (peace); invest, deposit (money); banish (fear); shed (figs); swing (a sickle).

The perfect tense describes a process that took place in the past, with the results continuing to the present.  It is usually translated in English by using the auxiliary verbs has or have.  That’s why we have the word “having” before “already put”.

The passive voice says that the main subject, Judas Iscariot, receives the action of the verb.

The participle changes the verb meaning into a noun meaning in the Genitive, indicating a person place or thing.  Here it is something Judas received which was now his own.  As a noun it is a possession of Judas, that being demonic influence of thought.

That is why it is translated in the past tense as “having already put”.  But with some added emphasis from the Greek we could say that Satan has cast, thrown or deposited into the heart of Judas this information.  Better yet we could say that because of Judas’ lack of acceptance of the Messiah, he left himself vulnerable to demonic influence and Satan was now lying in his heart. With the double meaning of the word lying we could say that Satan placed lies or falsehoods in Judas’ heart or that Satan was lying (as on a bed) in the heart of Judas feeling right at home.   This second meaning speaks to demonic possession, which is actually the case as verse 27 tells us, but at this time in verse 2 he was not possessing Judas. Satan was only influencing him.  From this statement we note that Judas was demonically influenced, which led him to carry out his act of betrayal against Christ.

The next word we have in John 13:2 is the Greek word KARDIA that is translated heart.

This leads us to another important doctrine, the Doctrine of the Heart. We are studying this topic because it is the place of influence inside a man’s soul. The old saying is, “For as he thinketh in his heart, so is he”, Prov 23:7. Well the fact is we do our thinking through what the Bible calls the heart.

As you know, we have already study Satan and his tactics in the deception of man and we have noted Demon Influence. So with this doctrine we will understand the place within man that is the target of Satan’s tactics and demon influence. But let us also not forget that the heart of the soul is the place that God targets too. Our heart is the place where we store and retain the Word of God that gives us functionality in the spiritual life and protection from Satan’s tactics and demon influence.

 (See Doctrine of the Heart 2007)  http://gracedoctrine.org/heart-doctrine-of-the/

In relation to our verse, John 13:2 in the Upper Room Discourse, we understand why it is so important to fill the Heart of our Soul with the Word of God, so that we are not deceived and influence by demons and doctrines of demons. When we fill our heart with the Word, we have protection while at the same time we glorify God by applying His wisdom to life.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 2

Vs 3, Personal Sense of Destiny – Plan of God – Dominion, Advent, Seated at the Right hand

John 13:3 – Personal Sense of Destiny

The Eminence of Christ, God’s Plan and the session of our Lord Jesus Seated at the Right hand of the Father.

Turning to our main passage:

John 13:3, “Jesus, knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands, and that He had come forth from God and was going back to God.”

We have a combination of three things. Three is the number of divine perfection and this verse tells us of the divinely perfect plan of the Father accomplished through our Lord.

The three aspects of God’s perfect plan are:

1) The Father has given all things to our Lord

2) Jesus Christ came from God

3) Jesus Christ was going back to His heavenly abode.

In this three-fold plan we see:

1) The Dominion of our Lord

2) His First Advent in Hypostatic Union

3) His Resurrection, Ascension and Session

Interestingly here in John 13:3 we have the three-fold, divinely perfect plan of God for man’s salvation and in our Monday morning study of Rom 10:3 we have the three-fold rejection of God’s plan by unbelieving man.

Rom 10:3, “For not knowing about God’s righteousness and seeking to establish their own, they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God.”

From this verse we see three things Paul refers to regarding Israel’s relationship to righteousness.

1) They did not know God’s righteousness

2) They sought to establish their own righteousness

3) They did not submit to God’s righteousness

This is the plight of all unbelievers.

In comparing these two verses, keep in mind that Jesus Christ is the “Righteous One”. Isa 24:16; Acts 3:14; 7:52; 22:14

Isa 53:11, “As a result of the anguish of His soul, He will see it and be satisfied; by His knowledge the Righteous One, my Servant, will justify the many, as He will bear their iniquities.”

So we have the three-fold comparison:

  1. The Comparison of Knowledge

John 13:3a, “Jesus, knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands…”

Romans 10:3a, “For not knowing about God’s righteousness…”

Jesus Christ the Righteous One knew the Father’s overall Plan for righteousness (i.e. salvation). This is EPIGNOSIS.

Israelites did not know about the Father’s plan for salvation through Christ. This is GNOSIS.

      2.  The Comparison of Works

John 13:3b, “…that He had come forth from God…”

Romans 10:3b, “…seeking to establish their own (righteousness)…”

Jesus Christ became a man in hypostatic union to fulfill the Father’s plan of salvation. This is Divine Good:  gold, silver, precious gems. 1 Cor 3:12a

Israel (i.e. unbelieving man) seeks to gain salvation through their own works and efforts. This is Human good, wood, hay and straw. 1 Cor 3:12b

      3.  The Comparison of Humility.

John 13:3c, “…was going back to God.”

Romans 10:3c, “…they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God.”

The culmination of Christ’s submission to the Father’s Plan for salvation at the Cross is His Resurrection, Ascension and Session, (i.e. return to His throne). This is the example of genuine humility.  Those who do not submit to the Father’s Plan for salvation end up in eternal condemnation. This is the example of enforced humility.

Isa 53:11, which we noted earlier, prophesizes the three fold accomplishment of our Lord.

Isa 53:11, “As a result of the anguish of His soul, He will see it and be satisfied; by His knowledge the Righteous One, my Servant (work), will justify the many, as He will bear their iniquities (humility).

So the three key factors that we see in this verse are Knowledge, Works and Humility. Just as we saw in the Doctrine of the Heart, these three can be applied towards God, walking in His Plan, or they can be applied to self in arrogance, walking outside the Plan of God.  The goal is to emulate Christ during our time here on earth.

Now let’s look at this verse on its own.

First, the name “Jesus” is in italic here. It is not in the original Greek. By implication, referring back to the Nominative Case usage of IESOUS in verse one and the subsequent usage of the pronouns for He, His and Him in verses one and two, we understand verse three to also be referencing our Lord.

Then we have the word “knowing”. It is the Greek word EIDON as a verb participle in the Perfect Tense, Active Voice and Nominative Case.

This word typically means to “see” (literally or figuratively), but in the Perfect Tense only, it means to “know, be aware, or behold”. It also means to “see in the mind’s eye”. It is the perfect tense of OIDA -οἶδα, which means, “I have seen” or “I know” and is used as a present tense.

The Perfect Tense typically tells us that Jesus had this knowledge in the past with the results continuing into the present.

The Active Voice indicates that this was knowledge produced by our Lord. He is omniscient as God and as man He learned the scriptures just as you and I have to learn them.

So Jesus is the one who performs the action here. He held knowledge in the past that continues to be in His thinking at this time. He held this knowledge in hypostatic union as the God/Man. He knew the Father’s Plan for His life on earth and in Heaven.

Knowing is also a “Participle of Cause” in the Nominative case, which presents the subject of the sentence. So the subject is what Jesus knows at this time. We could say then that because Jesus knew something He did something.

What is the “knowledge” that Jesus held? There are three pieces of knowledge in view.

1) That the Father had given all things into His hands

2) He had come forth from God

3) He was going back to God

Jesus knew about His Dominion, First Advent, and His resurrection, ascension and session. In other words He knew intimately the Plan of God for His life in time and eternity.

Eph 4:10, “He who descended is Himself also He who ascended far above all the heavens, so that He might fill all things.”

1) The Dominion of Jesus Christ.

John 13:3a says, “Jesus, knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands”.

The phrase “had given” is the Greek verb EDOKEN – ἔδωκεν in the Aorist Tense, Active Voice and Indicated Mood of DIDOMI – δίδωμι.

DIDOMI means to give; grant, allow, permit; place, put; appoint; establish; give out, pay; produce, yield, cause; entrust; bring (offerings); or inflict (punishment).

The Aorist Tense is a Constative Aorist in the Indicative Mood, which indicates something that occurred in past time but it also references the time of speaking. That is why the word “had” is added. Something occurred in the past that continues to have meaning at the present. The Constative places stress on the fact of the occurrence not its nature. This also carries the thought and meaning of the Proleptic / Futuristic Aorist, which describes an event that is not yet past as though it were already completed. We will see this as we understand more about “all things” given to Him.

Now, Jesus Christ is the creator of all things and all things have been given to Him and belong to Him. This is stated in both the Old and New Testament.  References in the New Testament at times also indicate that this does not occur until after Jesus’ resurrection, ascension and session. To understand this we must understand the Hypostatic Union of our Lord.

Jesus Christ was God in eternity past. As God all things are His. He is co-equal, co-infinite and co-eternal with God the Father and God the Holy Spirit. As God, Jesus Christ became man without losing any portion of His deity. However, as a man all things were not His upon His birth.  In Hypostatic Union during His first advent all things belonged to the deity of Christ but all things did not belong to the humanity of Christ.  As a result of completing the Father’s Plan upon the Cross in His humanity, as a reward, all things were given to His humanity.

The Bible also indicates that the giving of all things in subjection to Him will be realized after His Second Advent.  So there is different emphasis in scriptures regarding “all things” given to Him. Nevertheless, Jesus knew of the times and manners of the Father’s Plan and utilized them all as the Problem Solving Device of a Personal Sense of Destiny when facing His betrayal and subsequent crucifixion.

Let’s see what the various scriptures tell us about “all things”.

Psa 8:6, “You make Him to rule over the works of Your hands; You have put all things under his feet.”

Here we have a futuristic past tense understanding of the dominion of our Lord.  In His deity He created all things and as God He will give them to His humanity.

Psa 103:22, “Bless the LORD, all you works of His, in all places of His dominion; bless the LORD, O my soul!”

Here it is noted that every divine good production of man is glorifying to our Lord, because it is done in His dominion which is already established.

Now let’s review some N.T. references.

Mat 11:27, “All things have been handed over to Me by My Father.” w/ Luke 10:22

Mat 28:18, “And Jesus came up and spoke to them, saying, “All authority has been given to Me in heaven and on earth”.”

John 3:35, “The Father loves the Son and has given all things into His hand.”

John 16:15, “All things that the Father has are Mine; therefore I said that He takes of Mine and will disclose it to you.”

John 17:1, “Jesus spoke these things; and lifting up His eyes to heaven, He said, “Father, the hour has come; glorify Your Son, that the Son may glorify You, 2even as You gave Him authority over all flesh, that to all whom You have given Him, He may give eternal life.”

In all of these verses Jesus Himself tells us that all things have already been given to Him.

Rom 11:36, “For from Him and through Him and to Him are all things. To Him be the glory forever. Amen.”

1 Cor 11:12, “For as the woman originates from the man, so also the man has his birth through the woman; and all things originate from God.”

In His deity all things come from Him and go back to Him in glory.

1 Cor 15:27, “For He has put all things in subjection under His feet. But when He says, “All things are put in subjection,” it is evident that He is excepted who put all things in subjection to Him. 28When all things are subjected to Him, then the Son Himself also will be subjected to the One who subjected all things to Him, so that God may be all in all.”

This is one of those passages that uses coterminous language of past and future events. Verse 27 says “He has put” referencing eternity past and verse 28 says “when” and “then” referencing the Second Advent.

Eph 1:9, “He made known to us the mystery of His will, according to His kind intention which He purposed in Him 10with a view to an administration suitable to the fullness of the times, that is, the summing up of all things in Christ, things in the heavens and things on the earth, (compare with Col 1:20). In Him 11also we have obtained an inheritance, having been predestined according to His purpose who works all things after the counsel of His will, …19These are in accordance with the working of the strength of His might 20which He brought about in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead and seated Him at His right hand in the heavenly places, 21far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come. 22And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things to the church, 23which is His body, the fullness of Him who fills all in all.”

This passage references the giving of all things upon the completion of Jesus Christ’s work upon the Cross, in His humanity.  God the Father who has all things gave them to the humanity of Christ in resurrected Hypostatic Union.

Our last verse sums it all up very nicely.

Heb 2:8, “You (God the Father) have put all things in subjection under his (The Lord Jesus Christ’s) feet.”  For in subjecting all things to Him (T.L.J.C.), He (Father) left nothing that is not subject to Him (T.L.J.C.). But now we do not yet see all things subjected to Him. 9But we do see Him who was made for a little while lower than the angels, namely, Jesus, because of the suffering of death crowned with glory and honor, so that by the grace of God He might taste death for everyone. 10For it was fitting for Him (God the Father), for whom are all things, and through whom are all things, in bringing many sons to glory, to perfect the author of their salvation (Jesus Christ) through sufferings.”

So to reconcile the varying passages we must understand the distinctions between positional and experiential rewards.

From eternity past the deity of Jesus Christ positionally and experientially had all things in subjection to Himself. In eternity past the humanity of Jesus Christ positionally had all things in subjection to Himself emphasizing the predestined Plan for His life. As a result of His efficacious work upon the Cross, the humanity of Jesus Christ was bequeathed the position of all things being in subjection to Him by God the Father. Upon His resurrection, ascension and session all things were experientially placed in subjection to Him emphasizing the predestination of His Second Advent. At His Second Advent all things are in subjection to Him forevermore. Rev 5:13; 19:16

What is encompassed by the phrase “all things”.  Well the Bible breaks this down into various categories giving us some detail about what all things are, just in case we have any doubt what “all” really means.

John 16:15, “All things that the Father has are Mine; therefore I said that He takes of Mine and will disclose it to you.”

a) All of creation

Isa 44:24, “Thus says the LORD, your Redeemer, and the one who formed you from the womb, “I, the LORD, am the maker of all things, stretching out the heavens by Myself and spreading out the earth all alone.”

Compare with; John 1:3; Acts 17:24; Eph 3:9; Col 1:16-17; 1 Tim 6:13 (gives life to); Heb 1:2-3; 3:4; Rev 4:11; 5:13

b) All knowledge

John 21:17, “And he said to Him, “Lord, You know all things; You know that I love You.”

John 16:30, “Now we know that You know all things, and have no need for anyone to question You; by this we believe that You came from God.”

c) All kingdoms, rule, authority and power.

1 Cor 15:24, “Then comes the end, when He hands over the kingdom to the God and Father, when He has abolished all rule and all authority and power. 25For He must reign until He has put all His enemies under His feet. 26The last enemy that will be abolished is death. 27For He has put all things in subjection under His feet.”

Eph 1:20, “Which He brought about in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead and seated Him at His right hand in the heavenly places, 21far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come.”

Col 2:10, “And in Him you have been made complete, and He is the head over all rule and authority.”

Rev 4:11, “Worthy are You, our Lord and our God, to receive glory and honor and power; for You created all things, and because of Your will they existed, and were created.”

d) All sins

Unfortunately for Christ and fortunately for us, bad comes with the good in regards to all things. All things include the sins of the entire universe. God the Father has placed all sin in subjection to our Lord Jesus Christ.

John 19:28, “After this, Jesus, knowing that all things had already been accomplished, to fulfill the Scripture, said, “I am thirsty.”” See also verse 30, “It is finished”.

Col 1:20, “And through Him to reconcile all things to Himself, having made peace through the blood of His cross; through Him, I say, whether things on earth or things in heaven.”

Heb 4:15 (tempted in all things to sin but did not); Heb 9:22

1 Cor 15:54, “Death is swallowed up in victory. 55O death, where is your victory? O death, where is your sting?” 56The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law; 57but thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.”

e) Jesus Christ in His Deity subjected all things to Himself.

Phil 3:21, “Who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory, by the exertion of the power that He has even to subject all things to Himself.”

Hebrew 1:3, “And He is the radiance of His glory and the exact representation of His nature, and upholds all things by the word of His power. When He had made purification of sins, He sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high.”

And finally, at the completion of the Millennial Reign He will make all things new, Rev 21:5.

2) Next we have in John 13:3b, “…and that He had come forth from God….”

This is the second aspect of knowledge Christ held and was applying to solve His problems. He knew what the Word of God said about the Father’s Plan for salvation, (this is Doctrinal Orientation, PSD #3). He also knew that He was going to fulfill that Plan, (this is having a Personal Sense of Destiny, PSD #6). So the word knowledge (OIDA) coupled with the three aspects of the Plan of God for His life in this verse tell us how Christ used God’s power and provisions to solve His problems.

Keep in mind that this verse is wedged between two pressure-packed events. First, in John 13:2, He knew that one of His best friends was about to betray Him. Second, He knew that He was going to serve God and Man in the most difficult suffering the universe has ever seen. In order to demonstrate this service and suffering He was going to give an object lesson to the disciples in verses 4-10.  Facing the torment of the seven trials including the crucifixion, He serves the disciples by washing their feet, (a symbol of the forgiveness of sins).

Verse three gives us the three aspects of knowledge held by our Lord, which sustained Him at this pressure filled time. Through Doctrinal Orientation and a Personal Sense of Destiny He deployed two of the Ten Problem Solving Devices to bring real solutions to the issues at hand.

In the second aspect of knowledge held by our Lord, we note that Jesus’ knowledge included not only where He came from but why. “Come forth from God” implies reason behind the fact. He knows He came from a heavenly abode, but more importantly He knows why He came from the Father, that is to fulfill His Plan. He knew the Father’s Plan of salvation for mankind and had come forth to fulfill it. That leads us into the second aspect of John 13:3 which is the First Advent of Christ.

Reasons for the First Advent of Jesus Christ.

The phrase, “…and that He had come forth from God….”, in the Greek is καὶ  ὅτι  ἀπὸ   Θεοῦ  ἐξῆλθεν.

We begin by noting the Greek word “from”, which is APO. It is a preposition in the Genitive Case. Its force comes from classical Greek, which held the meaning “separation from”.  APO can mean from, away from, by means of, of, because of, as a result of, since, ever since, about, for, or with.

It has the sense of moving away from something and in this passage it means moving away from God and His heavenly abode. This separation is not in the negative sense but the statement of fact that Jesus Christ left His heavenly abode to become a Man in order to fulfill the Father’s Plan.

Phil 2:5, “Have this attitude in yourselves which was also in Christ Jesus, 6who, although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, 7but deprived (KENOO) Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, and being made in the likeness of men. 8Being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross. 9For this reason also, God highly exalted Him, and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name, 10so that at the name of Jesus every knee will bow, of those who are in heaven and on earth and under the earth, 11and that every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.”

The underlined portion refers to this second aspect of Christ’s knowledge while verses 9 and 10 apply to the third aspect of His knowledge, as we will see later on.

APO is connected to the Greek word THEOU, the word for God, which is also in the Genitive Case. Here it is the Genitive of Relationship.  It shows us the relationship that Jesus and the Father had as God. In other words Jesus Christ who was co-equal, co-infinite and co-eternal with God, became something more and different. He became man while maintaining His deity. Therefore the phrase “moving away from God” tells us that He took on something unique as compared to God the Father and God the Holy Spirit. He became the unique person of the Trinity as Jesus Christ the God / Man in hypostatic union.

In this passage we have a double emphasis on “moving away from” because the next word for “come forth” is EXERCHOMAI – ἐξέρχομαι.  EXERCHOMAI is a Verb in the Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular.

It is a compound word from EK meaning out from, out of, from, by, or away from. So we see the double emphasis regarding where Christ came from. The other half of this compound word is ERCHOMAI meaning to come or go and arrival. Together EXERCHOMAI means to go or come out of, come or go out or forth, get out, escape, get away, originate, descend (Heb 7:5), be gone, or disappear (Acts 16:19).

Greek scholars used this word as such:

To come out on the stage, Aristophanes.

To go away, march off, or to march out, go forth, Herodotus.

To go out on an expedition.

To go through a work, Xenophon.

To stand forth and come to the trial, Euripides.

To turn out so and so, Sophocles.

To execute, Thucydides.

Of time, to come to an end, expire, Herodotus, Sophocles.

Of prophecies, dreams, events, to be accomplished, come true, Herodotus.

Interestingly you can see how all of these ancient secular uses apply to the “coming forth” of our Lord. The genius of God’s word is in view here once again.

EXERCHOMAI is also used in John 8:42.

John 8:42, “Jesus said to them, “If God were your Father, you would love Me, for I proceeded forth and have come from (HEKO) God, for I have not even come (ERCHOMAI) on My own initiative, but He sent Me.”

This is also stated in Heb 10:5-10 but from the viewpoint of the world receiving Him. The verses below are amplified from the NASB by myself and the works of R.B. Thieme Jr.

Heb 10:5-10, “Therefore, when He entered [EIS-ERCHOMAI = into come or came into] the world [at virgin birth], He said [Ps 40:6-8], `You [God the Father] do not desire sacrifice and offering [soteriology of the ritual plan of God for the dispensation of Israel], but You have prepared for Me a human body; You have not been propitiated by whole burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin [sin offering]. At that time [virgin birth] I said [from His deity], “Behold, I have arrived; (in the scroll of a book it stands written about Me [Old Testament prophecies]) to accomplish Your will, O God.”‘ After saying the above, `Sacrifices and whole burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin You have not desired, nor have You been propitiated by them’ (which sacrifices are offered according to the law), then He said, `Behold, I have arrived to execute Your will.’ He has abrogated [taken away] the first [the Mosaic Law] that He might establish the second [Plan of God for the Church]. By which will [purpose, plan] we [new spiritual species, royal family of God] have been sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once and for all.”

“I have arrived to accomplish Your will, O God” was spoken from the deity of Christ in hypostatic union.  It refers to the election of Jesus Christ related to the salvation / incarnation Plan of God. That is the first event in the “moving away from God” Plan.

The culmination of that Plan is the substitutionary spiritual death of Christ on the cross and resultant efficacious unlimited atonement. That fulfilled and abrogated the ritual Plan of Salvation authorized in the Mosaic Law, thereby bringing salvation to everyone.

The following are four reasons why Jesus had to take on true humanity.

a) Jesus Christ had to become true humanity to be the Savior of the world. Phil 2:7-8; Heb 2:14-15.

Heb 2:14, “Therefore, since the children share in flesh and blood, He Himself likewise also partook of the same, that through death He might render powerless him who had the power of death, that is, the devil, 15and might free those who through fear of death were subject to slavery all their lives.”

Only humanity could bear our sins.  So Jesus Christ had to become true humanity and perfect humanity in order to receive the imputation and judgment of our sins on the cross. 1 Pet 2:24

1 Peter 2:24, “And He Himself bore our sins in His body on the cross, so that we might die to sin and live to righteousness; for by His wounds you were healed.”

b) Jesus Christ had to become true humanity to be the mediator between God and man. Job 9:2, 32-33; 1 Tim 2:5-6

1 Tim 2:5, “For there is one God, and one mediator also between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, 6who gave Himself as a ransom for all, the testimony given at the proper time.”

He had to be equal with both God and mankind to be a mediator between both parties.  Therefore, Jesus Christ had to be both undiminished deity and true humanity in one person forever.

c) Jesus Christ had to become true humanity to be a priest. A priest must be a man in order to represent man before God and God before man. Jesus Christ became true humanity to be our high priest after the order (or pattern) of Melchizedek, Gen 14:18-20; Heb 7:4-5, 14, 28; 10:5, 10-14.

d) Jesus Christ had to become true humanity to be a King and rule forever.

He had to be the son of David to fulfill the Davidic covenant to Israel, 2 Sam 7:8-16; Ps 89:20-37.

Solomon’s line goes down to Joseph (Mat 1:6) and Nathan’s line goes down to Mary (Luke 3:31).

So we note that Jesus Christ had “moved away from God” in order to fulfill the Pre-designed Plan of the Father for His life and for the salvation of the entire human race. That is why God became a man in Hypostatic Union.  It was Jesus Christ’s Doctrinal Orientation and Personal Sense of Destiny that lead Him forward in the Plan of God even under the most difficult circumstances.

3) Resurrection, Ascension and Session:

John 13:3c, “… and was going back to God.”

As we finish our study on verse three we are noting Jesus’ knowledge regarding His return to the Father. This is not new knowledge but knowledge He carried with Him throughout His ministry as noted in a discussion He had with the Pharisees in the temple.

John 8:14, “Jesus answered and said to them, “Even if I testify about Myself, My testimony is true, for I know where I came from and where I am going;”

In our previous point we saw the reason for Christ’s First Advent being His substitutionary spiritual death upon the Cross. To accomplish that, as part of the Father’s Plan, Jesus had to “move away from the Father” and take on true humanity. Prior to that Jesus recalled the Father’s Plan to make “all things in subjection to Him”. They were the first and second aspects of Christ’s knowledge referred to in verse three. We now have the third aspect of Jesus’ knowledge; the things that will occur after the Cross.

It is interesting to note here that Jesus deployed Problem Solving Device number 6, a Personal Sense of Destiny.  His thought process began with the end results, rewards and blessing for all of eternity.  He then moved His thinking to what He had to do to fulfill the Father’s Plan of salvation. He then concluded His thought process knowing He was going home.

You see Jesus became a man to suffer and die.  Now the Father would take it from there.  He had promised to raise Jesus from the dead, bring Him back to Heaven and give Him a unique position in His eternal abode.

So the logic Jesus applied under a Personal Sense of Destiny was as follows:

1) What is the ultimate glory promised by God,

2) What do I have to do to walk in the Father’s Plan, and

3) What has God promised me for fulfilling His Plan.

That is the logic the Lord Jesus Christ used in Hypostatic Union from the wisdom of the Word resident within His soul to solve His problems.  Having a Personal Sense of Destiny, as Jesus Christ had, is essential to fulfilling the Father’s Plan for your lives.

We note this logic in the Lord Jesus Christ by looking again at Phil 2:5-11 specifically verse 9-11 as related to our third aspect of Jesus’ knowledge.

Phil 2:5, “Have this attitude in yourselves which was also in Christ Jesus, 6who, although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, 7but deprived (KENOO) Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, and being made in the likeness of men. 8Being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross. 9For this reason also, God highly exalted Him, and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name, 10so that at the name of Jesus every knee will bow, of those who are in heaven and on earth and under the earth, 11and that every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.”

Jesus knew what was out there, left home to obtain it and returned home victorious.

The Greek of John 13:3c, “… and was going back to God.”, is καὶ   πρὸς   τὸν   Θεὸν   ὑπάγει,.

Literally this verse reads and “and to the God goes”, but that doesn’t quite capture the importance of this phrase.

We begin with the coordinating conjunction KAI- καὶ which means And, Even, Also or But. “And” is a good translation here continuing Jesus’ thought process.

Next we have PROS – πρὸς, a preposition that has many meanings. In the Accusative Case, as it is here, it can mean; to or toward(s), for the sake or purpose of, in order to, so that, pertaining to, with reference to, before, in the presence of or in comparison with. Here it indicates the relationship to the following noun “God”.  It indicates in a directional sense Jesus movement, to or towards God.  He had come “from” (APO) God and was going back “to” (PROS) God.

Then we have TON THEON- τὸν Θεὸν. Both words are also in the Accusative Case meaning “the God”. The Accusative is the case that indicates the direct object. More broadly it may be considered the case that limits the action. So it indicates to whom or to where Jesus will return.  He is returning to the God, that is the place where God lives, His heavenly abode.

In the second aspect of Christ’s knowledge, He “moved away from God”.  In that portion the definite article “the” did not proceed THEOU, showing the high quality of the noun. That means it was referring to the person of God.  Here the article used is (TON), in the Accusative, meaning it is more specifically referring to the “place of God”, His throne room.  This is the place Jesus Christ is returning to; to be seated at the right hand of the Father to have all things placed in subjection to Him.

Our last Greek word encompasses the phrase “was going back”. The word is HUPAGO – ὑπάγω, which is a Verb in the Present tense, Active voice, Indicative mood, Third Person, Singular. It is a compound word made up of HUPO and AGO.

HUPO means by or under. With the accusative it means “of place” that is underneath or where (below) or time (when or at).  In compound, it retains the same genitive applications, especially of inferior position or condition. With this part of the compound word, we see the subordinate position of our Lord in relation to God the Father. He will go to the Father submissively, that is under His power and authority. This primarily means by station but also calls to mind by the means or power of God He will go to Him.

AGO means to lead, bring or carry. By implication it means to bring or drive and reflexively “go”.  So by combining these two words it could mean, “going to the place of”.

HUPAGO comes to mean to lead under, bring under, to withdraw one’s self, to go away, and depart. In our verse it has those meanings with all the connotations stated above.

  • The Present tense is a “completely futuristic” Present, which means that the event is wholly subsequent to the time of speaking and stresses the certainty of the event especially when linked with the Indicative.
  • The “simple” Active voice says that Jesus is the one experiencing the action of the verb. He will go to the place of God.
  • The “declarative” Indicative mood asserts the unqualified fact that Jesus Christ will go to the place of God.

All of this is why the word “was” is added to this passage. It is a future event spoken of as present time. Therefore we could translate this “and will (under the authority of God) go to the place of God”.

That brings us to our Lord’s third aspect of knowledge “going to the place of God”. Remember His second aspect of knowledge brought Him to death upon the Cross. However, in this third aspect He realizes that death in not the end and that He will return to His heavenly abode. Because the second aspect ended in death in order to return to His heavenly abode three things are required. 1) Resurrection, 2) Ascension and 3) Session

Once again we have the number three denoting the Divine Perfection of the Father’s Plan.

We will now note the Resurrection, Ascension and Session of our Lord Jesus Christ.

 (See the Doctrine of the Resurrection of Jesus Christ )  http://gracedoctrine.org/resurrection-of-jesus-christ/

Back in our main passage, John 13:3, we continue our study of the third aspect of Christ’s knowledge prior to His crucifixion. The three points of knowledge that are found in John 13:3 gave our Lord a Personal Sense of Destiny to fulfill the Father’s Plan

John 13:3, “Jesus, knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands, and that He had come forth from God and was going back to God.”

In this third aspect our Lord knew He “was going back to the God” once He completed His work here on earth. He also knew that going back to God included three things Resurrection, Ascension and Session.  Having completed our study on Resurrection we now turn to the last two parts Ascension and Session of our Lord.

In summary, we have noted the following in regards to the third portion of our Lord’s broad-brush strokes of remembrance.

  • The Ascension and Session is a doctrine of Christology pertaining to the transfer of our Lord’s true humanity from planet earth to the third heaven in a resurrected body pertaining to the glorification of our Lord’s humanity at the right hand of the Father.
  • His Ascension and Session fulfilled the prophecy of Psa 110:1.

Psa 110:1, “The Lord (God the Father) said to my Lord (God the Son), `Sit down at My right hand until I make Your enemies a footstool for Your feet.'”

  • The doctrine of Ascension and Session combine to form the climax of the strategic victory of Jesus Christ in the Angelic Conflict.

Heb 1:3, “And He is the radiance of His (God the Father’s) glory and the exact representation of His nature, and upholds all things by the word of His power. When He had made purification of sins, He sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high,

  • The work of Jesus Christ on the cross is efficacious, which means it is perfectly effective for the payment of the penalty for our sins. When He received the imputation of our sins and God the Father judged them, that settled the sin question for all time. To indicate the efficacy of His sacrifice, our Lord sat down at the right hand of God.

Heb 10:12, “But He [Jesus Christ in contrast to the Old Testament sacrifices], having offered one unique sacrifice as a substitute for our sins for all time, sat down at the right hand of God.”

  1. Christ died twice on the cross. Heb 9:19-28
  2. He died a substitutionary spiritual death for the sins of the world, which provided our salvation.
  3. He died a unique physical death in which there was the separation of His soul, spirit, and body.
  • In relationship to the Church He is the head demonstrating the divine power available to us. Eph 1:18-23.

Eph 1:22, “And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things to the church, 23which is His body, the fullness of Him who fills all in all.”

  • His Session is in the order of Melchizedek and we share in His Royal Priesthood. Gen 14:18; Psa 110:4; Heb 5:6-10; 6:20; 7:1-17,21-24 with 1 Peter 2:5, 9

Heb 8:1, Now the main point in what has been said (in chapter 7) is this: “we have such a high priest, who has taken His seat at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens.”

  • The Session demands a new mental attitude of the Royal Family. Col 3:1-2

Col 3:1‑2, “Therefore if you have been raised up with Christ (and you have, in Baptism of the Spirit and Current Positional Truth), keep seeking the things above (escrow blessings), where Christ is, seated at the right hand of God. 2Set your mind on the things above, not on the things that are on earth. 3For you have died and your life is hidden with Christ in God.”

  • The Ascension and Session related to the Ten Unique Factors of the Church Age.
  • The Baptism of the Spirit created us a new spiritual species and Royal Family forever.
  • The unique Predesigned Protocol Plan of God in a unique dispensation called the Age of Grace.
  • The unique equality factor related to Election and Predestination of the PPPG.
  • Your very own Portfolio of Invisible Assets.
  • Primary Assets: Escrow blessings and assets of Election and Predestination.
  • Secondary assets: Volitional assets, production assets, the assets of undeserved suffering for blessing, and invisible impact (personal, national, international, and angelic) assets.
  • Personnel Assets: Spiritual gifts.
  • Unique Assets: the Indwell of the Holy Spirit.
  • The unique Royal commissions, Royal Priest and Royal Ambassador
  • The unique mystery doctrine of the Church Age
  • The unique indwelling of all three persons of the Trinity.
  • The unique availability of divine power to every believer.
  • This is the only dispensation of no prophecy, only historical trends.
  •  This is the only dispensation of invisible heroes.
  • The Ascension and Session of Christ related to the Rapture of the Church. http://gracedoctrine.org/rapture-of-the-church/

We now complete this doctrine with two final points:

  • The Ascension and Session related to the Authority of Christ. Rom 8:34

Jesus Christ has supreme authority over all human and angelic creatures. His eternal authority is also seen in the fact that He created the universe and holds it together by the Word of His mouth. Heb 1:1-3; Col 1:16-17; Psa 33:6-12

  • The Ascension and Session and your Spiritual Self‑Esteem. Heb 12:2‑3

Whenever we feel we can’t take any more, this is too much for me, I just want to give up and quit, we are to look at Jesus and remember what He endured so that we would live.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 3

Vs. 4, Priestly, humble servant hood of Jesus Christ – Preparation for service

John 13:4 -Preparation for Service

To introduce this verse we look back to the beginning of verse 3 and the word “knowing”.  It is a Participle of Cause in the Nominative Case, which presents the subject of the sentence. The participle of cause indicates a cause or reason or grounds for action. It answers the question why?  The subject here is what Jesus knows at this time. We could say then “that because Jesus knew something He did something”.

The causal participle precedes the verb it modifies. The verb this participle modifies is found in verse 4, “rose”.

In regards to the causal participle Wallace states, “Thus form follows function. That is, the cause of an action precedes the action.” (Daniel B. Wallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics, pg. 631)

So we see that the cause of the action to take place in verses 4-11 is our Lord’s Personal Sense of Destiny, (Problem Solving Device #6), noted in verse 3.

What does it mean to have this type of knowledge, the broad-brush strokes of God’s Plan for your life? It means you have a Personal Sense of Destiny as Jesus did.

It is no coincidence that verse 3 is inserted between verse 2, (the plot of betrayal by Judas Iscariot), and verse 4, (the preparation for washing the disciple’s feet).

You see between sin and the cross is knowledge.
Between sin and the cross is our Lord’s Personal Sense of Destiny.

Therefore our Lord’s PSD became His cause leading to His action.

Principle: You can’t have an honorable action without an honorable cause.

In fact, you should not have any action at all without understanding God’s Plan for your life. Otherwise your action will be fruitless.

Remember how this chapter began. It began with Jesus knowing His hour had come and that Judas would betray Him. It began with knowledge, and with knowledge there is power.

Prov 24:5, “A wise man is strong, and a man of knowledge increases power.”

So what is the power that this Problem Solving Device has?

Well, here Jesus knows of His impending earthly doom and He knows a close friend is about to betray Him.

Yet with the weight of all that knowledge what was He able to do? He was able to calmly and confidently serve and teach. He was able to go on with the job at hand as prescribed by the Father.

Why? Because He also possessed and maintained the knowledge base that comes with having a Personal Sense of Destiny. That is, in addition to knowing of what the world had to offer Him, (friendship betrayal, heart ache and difficulties), He also knew that the Father had already glorified Him, His reason for being here and the promises of His final glorified state.

That same knowledge base that our Lord possessed and maintained should also be in your heart too. You have been given that same knowledge. The question is, “Do you possess and maintain it?”

As we have noted, verse 1 introduces this scene and verses 2 and 3 are a parenthesis showing the backdrop to this scene, Judas’ scheming and Jesus’ recalling.

Then we have in verse 4, “He rose* up from supper, and laid* aside His garments; and taking a towel, He girded Himself.”

In the New American Standard Bible the words “rose” and “laid” have asterisks (*) before them. The NASB states, “Asterisks are used to mark verbs that are ‘Historical/Dramatic’ present tense in the Greek which have been translated with an English past tense in order to conform to modern usage.”

With these verbs the translators recognized that in some contexts the present tense seems more unexpected and unjustified to the English reader than a past tense would have been. But Greek authors frequently used the present tense for the sake of heightened vividness, thereby transporting their readers in imagination to the actual scene at the time of occurrence. However, the translators felt that it would be wise to change these historical presents to English past tenses.

The first word to note is the Verb EGEIRO in the Present, Passive/Middle, Indicative.

EGEIRO means to waken, to raise up, rouse (literally from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, or nonexistence).  This word is also used for resurrection, rising from the dead as first used in Mat 11:5 regarding resurrection.

Here it is used for getting up from the table.

This is an Historical or Dramatic Present Tense Retained in Indirect Discourse that is used for vividness to place the reader in the midst of the action. It is translated in the past tense for our understanding. It is used in indirect discourse as John tells the story.

The Passive/Middle Voice tells us that Jesus Christ performs the action as well as benefits from the action. He is the one who is rising from the Table. In addition, as noted previously, the cause of His rising is His Personal Sense of Destiny.

As an asterisked verb in the English translation of the Present, Passive/Middle, we would literally say, “rising”.

Then we have “from Supper” – DEIPON. This is the Passover Supper as noted in verse 1.

Then we have “and laid aside”, which is KAI plus the Greek verb TITHEMI in the Present, Active, Indicative. It means to place, lay, set or put.

This is another asterisked verb in the English translation as a Retained in Indirect Discourse Present Tense also in the Dramatic Present Tense to show the prominence of the events to follow. It means “to place them in a neat pile”. It doesn’t say He took off His clothing. It means having taken them off He placed them or hung them up.

The Active voice tells us Jesus placed His clothing, His outer garments. The Indicative mood is for the reality of the action.

Because of the Present tense in the Active voice we would literally say, “laying aside”. But that too does not fit the English in this case so the Past Tense is applied, “laid aside”.

The analogy of our Lord “laying aside His garment” is that Jesus Christ becomes the servant of all at the Cross. The Apostles were all dressed up yet they had dirty feet. Jesus Christ is all undressed and clean, looking like a servant ready to serve.

So the dramatic scene unfolds, no pun intended, as our Lord interrupts the dinner by quietly rising from the table, taking off His outer garment, and slowly and purposefully laying it aside. He then does one more thing to set the tone for what is about to occur.

Because the next phrase is “taking a towel He girded Himself about” which begins with the nominative participle LAMBANO in the Aorist tense and Active voice which means, to take or having taken.

Then we have the noun LENTION that means “a line cloth” or “towel”. LENTION is a special word and is like a beach towel that is an article belonging to a servant in which he uses one end of the towel to wash the feet and the other end to dry as he strings it around his neck. That is why He didn’t wear His garments, because He would get dirty in the process of washing their feet.

Next we have the verb DIAZONNUMI in the Aorist, Active, Indicative meaning, to gird.

DIAZONNUMI is a compound word made up of the primary preposition DIA and ZONNUMI.

DIA means through, on account of, because of. It denotes the channel of an act. Its emphasis is for a purposeful act. ZONNUMI means to gird or bind about. The root word ZONE means a belt. So with the idea of through in DIAZONNUMI it means, service through the Lord Jesus Christ.

The Dramatic Aorist Tense views the action in the present with Semitic coloring.

The Active Voice, Jesus Christ prepares Himself for service.

The Indicative Mood is for the reality of the situation. It indicates past time with reference to the time of speaking. “He girded himself”.

The first mention of “girded” in the Bible, by no coincidence, has to do with the preparation of the Passover. In Ex 12:11

Ex 12:11, “Now you shall eat it in this manner: with your loins girded, your sandals on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and you shall eat it in haste—it is the LORD’S Passover.”

In this act our Lord instructed the Israelites to eat the Passover Supper in such a way that they were prepared to move at a moments notice. In analogy to our Lord’s actions, He was demonstrating His preparedness to serve all of mankind at the Cross.

Also we see the first mention of “gird” is by no coincidence the preparation and dressing of the High Priest in order to conduct his priestly service in Exodus 29:5. This is also seen in Lev 8.  Notice the analogies of Aaron’s consecration to the work of our Lord.

Ex 29:5, “You shall take the garments, and put on Aaron the tunic and the robe of the ephod and the ephod and the breastpiece, and gird him with the skillfully woven band of the ephod.”

The ephod was a breastplate adorned with 12 gems. Each gem represented a Tribe of Israel. The ephod represented all the people as the High Priest served in his priestly service.

This too is analogous to our Lord who is the High King Priest who came to serve all of mankind through His efficacious work on the Cross for the forgiveness of our sins.

Likewise in the New Testament the first mention of “gird” has to do with preparation for service in regards to our Lord.

Luke 12:37, “Blessed are those slaves whom the master will find on the alert when he comes; truly I say to you, that he will gird himself to serve, and have them recline at the table, and will come up and wait on them.”

Here the Greek word is PERIZONNUMI with the prefix preposition PERI, which means around or about.

Gird is also seen in Acts 12:28.

Acts 12:8, “And the angel said to him (Peter), “Gird yourself and put on your sandals.” And he did so. And he said to him, “Wrap your cloak around you and follow me.” This is the account of Peter being freed from jail so that he could continue his ministry.

Here the Greek word is the root word Zonnumi.  And finally the first mention of “girded” is our text of John 13:4.  Other honorable mentions for gird are found in:

Jer 1:17, “Now, gird up your loins and arise, and speak to them all which I command you. Do not be dismayed before them, or I will dismay you before them.”

Job 38:3, “Now gird up your loins like a man, and I will ask you, and you instruct Me!” w/ 40:7.

“In Job 38:2-3, God told Job to get ready for His questions. (Brace yourself like a man; cf. 40:7, is lit., “gird up your loins like a man,”.   gabar – גָּבַר – (gaw-bar’) = “strong man”, that is, tuck your outer robe-like garment into your sash-belt as a man does before taking on a strenuous task such as running or fighting in a battle, Ex. 12:11; 1 Kings 18:46.) Job was to be alert so he could answer God intelligently. This is a striking reversal of Job’s words to God, “Let the Almighty answer me” (31:35).  Job the plaintiff had now become the defendant! Then in Job 40:6-8, again speaking out of the storm (cf. comments on 38:1) God repeated verbatim His previous challenge (38:3) that Job brace himself like a man and that he answer God’s questions. ” (Bible Knowledge Commentary)

Eph 6:14, “Stand firm therefore, having girded your loins with truth, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness, 15and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace.”

Gird is also accompanied with sackcloth and lamenting (pictures of mourning) in Jeremiah and other Old Testament texts.

So we could say of verse 4, “Our Lord purposefully rose from the table, took off His outer garment and neatly hung it up and then wrapped a towel around Himself, in preparation for service.”

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 4

Vs. 5, Humility for service

John 13:5 – Humility is Needed for True Service

John 13:5, “Then He poured* water into the basin, and began to wash the disciples’ feet and to wipe them with the towel with which He was girded.”

Verse five begins the process of Jesus washing the disciples’ feet. As we noted in verse four, His preparation for service included girding Himself with the towel which was analogous to Him entering into priestly service and acting like a man as He humbly serves.

The two ends of the towel also have an interesting analogy as one end is used to wash and the other to dry. This is a fascinating depiction of Christ’s priestly function on the Cross, and of His resurrection. You see the Cross is where He was the Priestly representative for the sins of all the people, and as a result we who believe are washed clean. (We will see this explained in verse 10). The drying end of the towel speaks of our preparedness to walk in our new cleansed state, just as the resurrection of our Lord was the demonstration of our resurrected life to walk in the newness of Christ. So the two ends of the towel were used to wash and dry which represent the work of our Lord in His spiritual death on the cross and the newness of life through resurrection.

The other analogy we saw was the shedding of His outer garment, which depicted the fact that God became man in order to serve. He was operating in His humanity at the Cross and in resurrection. He deprived Himself of His Deified powers while being our servant. In addition, as we will see in verse 12, once His human priestly service was completed, He put His garments back on once again representing His glorified deity in Hypostatic Union. This is also seen in what Paul stated in Philippians 2:5-11.

Phil 2:5-11, “Have this attitude in yourselves which was also in Christ Jesus, 6who, although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, 7but deprived Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, and being made in the likeness of men. 8Being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross. 9For this reason also, God highly exalted Him, and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name, 10so that at the name of Jesus every knee will bow, of those who are in heaven and on earth and under the earth, 11and that every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.”

John 13:3-12 paints for us the portrait, while Phil 2:5-11 gives us the caption. “Christ’s actions in verses 1-5 represent what He did when He left heaven to come to earth. He arose from His throne, laid aside the outward expression of His glory, became a servant, and humbled Himself to die on a cross. After He had completed the work of redemption, He put on His garments and sat down (v. 12), foreshadowing His resurrection, ascension to glory, and enthronement at the Father’s right hand.” (Warren Weirsbe Expository Outline)

This act by Jesus Christ truly made an impression on the 11 Apostles and especially on the second main character Peter as He later teaches the lesson of humility in 1 Peter 5:5-6.

1 Peter 5:5, “You younger men, likewise, be subject to your elders; and all of you, clothe yourselves with humility toward one another, for God is opposed to the proud, but gives grace to the humble. 6Therefore humble yourselves under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt you at the proper time.”

Humility is the quality or status of being humble. While the noun “humble” has many definitions, ranging from “feeling of insignificance and feeling of inferiority” to “low in rank or low in importance,” none of these definitions relate to the Biblical word.  Humility or being humble in the Plan of God is recognition of the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ and submitting to that authority.   Humility is recognition of authority. Since the Bible is the mind of Christ, submission to the authority of our Lord is tantamount to consistently renewing your mind.   When we humbly submit by our daily intake of God’s Word we are operating under grace orientation and humility.

Through consistent Perception, Metabolization, and Application (PMA) of Bible doctrine arrogance is brought low or humbled, while…

  • The filling of the Holy Spirit,
  • Grace Orientation,
  • Personal Love for God the Father,
  • Impersonal love for all mankind,
  • A Personal Sense of Destiny, and
  • Occupation with Christ

… are raised to the highest level of function.

In Biblical humility, the independence of human power and ability is reduced to zero, so that dependence on the power and ability of God is increased to the maximum through the function of grace.  At the point of faith in Christ, you reduced yourself to a state of total humility. You recognized you were a sinner and knew that you could not rectify your sins or save yourself. Therefore you accepted the cleansing and saving work of Jesus Christ on the Cross.

Biblical humility is neither derogatory nor undue self-depreciation. The mandate of James 4:10, “humble yourselves before the Lord” is a mandate that precedes any effective use of the Problem Solving Devices.  Therefore, humility is a system of divine viewpoint thinking related to Grace Orientation and Occupation with Christ.

This means that humility is a system of recognizing the authority of Jesus Christ as the ruler of the Church, and that He has delegated all authority in the Church Age to the Word of God, especially the Mystery Doctrine found in the Epistles, and the Pastor-Teacher as God’s delegated authority to teach His Word.

This means that humility is a system of cognition of Bible Doctrine, resulting in the believer living in the Directive Will of God (learning from your right Pastor-Teacher) rather than the Permissive Will of God (having your ears tickled).

Therefore the cleansing of your feet, Rebound / confession of your sins, is paramount to the PMA (Perception, Metabolization & Application) of Bible Doctrine and living the Christian way of life, where the simple fact of recognition of your sins is an act of humility as you name them to God the Father.

Foot washing was, 1) Needed in Palestine, (The streets were dusty and people wore sandals without socks or stockings); 2) A mark of honor for a host to provide a servant to wash a guest’s feet; 3) A breach of hospitality not to provide for it (Gen 18:4; 1 Sam. 25:41; Luke 7:40-50; 1 Tim. 5:3-16).

1 Sam 25:41, “She (Abigail of Carmel who became David’s wife) arose and bowed with her face to the ground and said, “Behold, your maidservant is a maid to wash the feet of my lord’s servants (David).””

1 Tim 5:10, “Having a reputation for good works; and if she has brought up children, if she has shown hospitality to strangers, if she has washed the saints’ feet, if she has assisted those in distress, and if she has devoted herself to every good work.”

Therefore, in regards to our spiritual life it, 1) is necessary for your spiritual walk; (1 John 1:9);  2) glorifies God the Father as He provided Jesus Christ; 3) is part of the Protocol Plan of God.

During that time, before and afterwards, foot washing was to be done by the host or the host’s slave / servant as noted in vs 15-16. Therefore, Christ’s act within the context of first-century Judaism was truly shocking; an absolutely stunning example of humility that must have made a deep, lasting impression on the disciples. We can’t imagine a more powerful way that Jesus could have left His disciples “an example” of the attitude they must develop to effectively lead the people of God. This was a striking rebuke of the Apostles’ arrogance, for previously that evening they were debating who was to be the greatest! Luke 22:24-27

Pastor R.B. Thieme Jr. brings out the issue of protocol and the confession of sins.

“As we come to this table there is a terrible breech of manners. In the ancient world they always came into a room barefooted. They kicked off their sandals at the door. There is a pool of water there and they are supposed to go through the pool and have their feet dried by someone on the other side. But they came in with dirty feet. They skipped the pool of water. And they were now sitting down at the table. Jesus has clean feet; everyone else has dirty feet. So the Lord Jesus Christ was not going to teach anything until He taught the importance of rebound (confession of sins) before you can take in Bible doctrine, and at the same time correct the manners of the disciples.” R.B. Thieme Jr.

Before coming to the Supper the disciples had already bathed. The taking of a bath is analogous to salvation, the washing of the entire body.  As we have noted the disciples mental attitude sins had been fired up in the discussion of “who is the greatest”. As a result, even though they had already obtained salvation, they now had sins upon their souls. Therefore we begin to see the principle unfold, one bath with many washings.

So we understand that it was customary to wash the feet before entering the house and dinning at the table. (Today the custom would be to wash your hands before dinning in the U.S.). The picture we are seeing is that of “Rebound”, the confession of our sins especially before taking in the Word of God. If you come with dirty feet or hands what should you do before sitting down to dine with the Lord? Well, before you eat the Lord’s food (Bible doctrine) you must wash your feet – confess your sins.

By walking through the streets the disciples have accumulated filth on their feet. This is analogous to being a believer who accumulates sins on his soul during his day and as a result is out of fellowship with the Lord.

The dinner represents fellowship with the Lord in which food was involved. Our greatest fellowship with the Lord is when we meet together to dine upon Bible doctrine. If you cannot partake of food with the host having dirt on your feet, you cannot dine on Bible doctrine with the Lord having sins on your soul. Therefore, you cannot take in Bible doctrine with sins on your soul. That is being out of fellowship. If you are out of fellowship you cannot take in Bible doctrine.

The feet are also representative of Christian service. It is impossible to serve the Lord with dirty feet.  At the beginning of the previous chapter the feet of Jesus had been anointed with oil, while at the beginning of this chapter the feet of the disciples are washed with water.

Oil on the feet of the Savior indicates the sustaining ministry of God the Holy Spirit.

Water on the feet of the disciples indicates the cleansing of the Rebound Technique, which enters you into fellowship with the Holy Spirit.

Notice in this scene that Jesus did not have to have His feet washed. This is analogous to the Doctrine of Impeccability. He was Non Posse Peccare, and Posse Non Peccare. Which are Latin phrases used to indicate that our Lord was “not able to sin” in His Deity and “able not to sin” in His humanity. The humanity of Christ was temptable but able not to sin. The deity of Christ was neither temptable nor peccable. Jesus Christ in hypostatic union was, therefore, temptable but impeccable. The temptations were real but our Lord was able not to sin. Therefore, He was impeccable or without sin of His own.

Yet the disciples needed to have their feet washed. They had Old Sin Natures and periodic carnality.  Therefore, Jesus washed their feet. This is a picture of Christ providing the basis of “rebound” by means of the Cross.

Rebound is taught in 1 John 1:9 but the basis for it is 1 John 1:7. See also Psa 32:5; 38:18. In addition the Levitical sacrifices told of the confession of sin, as did sacrifices prior to the giving of the Law, Gen 4:3-7.   Remember that the bath prior to coming to dine is a picture of our salvation through the cleansing Word and blood of Jesus Christ. John 15:3; Eph 1:7; 1 Peter 1:18,19; Rev 1:5.

Foot washing is analogous to Rebound after salvation as a means of the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP) with the result of producing divine good.

The first Greek word in this sentence is the Adverb EITA, which is a primary particle meaning then, next, therefore, or furthermore and denotes sequence. So we could translate this as “after that” or “next”.

So our Lord began the process of forgiving our sins after He recalled His Personal Sense of Destiny and physically preparing Himself, as a man should, to conduct His priestly servant responsibilities.

The next word of interest is the word for “poured”.  This too is asterisked for a Dramatic Present Tense in the Greek but translated with the past tense in the English.

The word is BALLO in the Active, Indicative, which means to throw or cast. The interesting analogy here is that the devil BALLOS (put) into the heart of Judas betrayal in verse 2, while the Lord Jesus Christ BALLO’s water into a basin for the cleansing of sin in verse 5.

Also throughout the Bible water (HUDOR) is analogous for the Word of God. Therefore, the devil is trying to throw his negative cosmic influence into the souls of people, while the Lord Jesus Christ is working to wash man clean by throwing His Word into the souls of people.  Our Lord poured the water into a basin, NIPTER, which is from NIPTO (which we will see below). NIPTER means “a vessel for washing the hands and the feet”, “a basin”.

“Basin” is only used here in the New Testament. The first time “basin” is used in scripture is in Ex 12:22 in regards to the blood to be placed on the doorpost of the first Passover.  This too points to the cross of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of our sins.

Ex 12:22, “You shall take a bunch of hyssop and dip it in the blood which is in the basin, and apply some of the blood that is in the basin to the lintel and the two doorposts; and none of you shall go outside the door of his house until morning.”

When you connect the blood spots of the lintel and two doorposts you will see a cross.

See also Ex 35:16; Lev 8:11; 1Kings 7:30-38  (Solomon’s temple and the Basins for cleansing); and Zech 9:15 for further analogies in regards to “basin” and the cleansing of Jesus Christ upon the Cross.

The next phrase is “and began” which is KAI ARCHO. KAI means and, even or also. The conjunction “and” is appropriate here. This is followed by the Ingressive Aorist, Middle, Indicative of ARCHO. ARCHO literally means to be first, (in political rank or power), reign (rule) over or figuratively “to begin”.   The Ingressive denotes entrance into a state or condition. He began His Royal High Priestly service.

The Indirect Middle voice is appropriate because it stresses the Lord as producing the action of the verb but unlike the Active voice it also stresses some effect back to Him. So the word chosen for our Lord to begin the process of washing the disciple’s feet, the process of cleansing all of mankind from their sins, is a word that means rulership in the Middle voice. This is a first glimpse at our Lord’s right to have bestowed on Him His third royal patent of the “King of kings and Lord of lords”. Because of His saving work to cleanse us of our sins the Father bestowed on Jesus Christ in hypostatic union a new royal title. Therefore, Christ rules because of His act of cleansing – pouring out the water. The Middle voice also reminds us that the cleansing act of our Lord is intended to gather a royal family to accompany our Lord’s new royalty. So His action of cleansing brings honor to Him and gathers a family for Him, as the Middle voice represents the subject as acting upon himself or concerning himself.

The phrase “to wash” is NIPTO, which means to wash an extremity, e.g. hands or feet. This is an Infinitive in the Present tense and Active voice. With the infinitive we add “to” to the sentence, e.g. “to wash”.

NIPTO is compared to the word LOUO, which means to wash the whole body, as we will see in verse 10.  So the understanding is that this is not a whole body washing representing salvation. It is a partial washing representing Rebound because of the sin on their souls post salvation. Remember that they were arguing from the arrogance of their Sin Natures who was the greatest. So they had to Rebound before they could receive His Word. Also remember that this Upper Room Discourse was our Lord’s instructions for the Church Age believer that was still yet future. So they truly did not understand this object lesson until they received the Spirit and understood what it meant to be filled with the Spirit verses walking in sin. This is not unlike many of the doctrines Jesus taught. Until the Spirit came on Pentecost, they didn’t fully understand as noted by Peter’s objection in verse 8.

Then we have the Accusative of direct object in the plural of POUS or PODAS, “feet”.

Next is the Genitive, Masculine, Plural of MATHETES, which means pupil, student or disciple. The Genitive of possession tells us it was their feet that were washed. They needed to Rebound.  Our Lord went from one to the other of the disciples’ feet. Salvation is not the issue here; rebound is the issue. Why? Because rebound is necessary for the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP), rebound is necessary for service.

Christ became our servant at the Cross, so that we could be His slaves in our spiritual walk. 1 Cor 4:1; Eph 6:6; Phil 1:1; Rev 1:1; cf. Rom 16:18

Then we have, “and to wipe”, which is also an Infinitive in the Present, Active of EKMASSO, which means to knead or to wipe off clean. The Infinitive expresses the result, to wipe clean, they would be experientially clean as a result of rebound.

The last phrase we have is TO LENTION HOS EIMI DIAZONNUMI for “the cloth which to be girded”. This is drawing our attention back to the Priestly Servant’s cloth that was used to wash and dry the disciples’ feet.

The word EIMI “to be” is in the Imperfect tense representing that Jesus Christ’s cleansing towel is used over and over again. Every time we sin the towel comes out to wash us, if we receive it via 1 John 1:9.

At the same time DIAZONNUMI  “the cloth” used for washing is in the Perfect tense representing a completed past action. Therefore at the cross our sins have been paid for once and for all time and you only need to confess each sin once to receive cleansing. You don’t have to confess the same sin over and over again. One confession of each sin invokes the grace of God to cleanse us from all unrighteousness, 1 John 1:9. This also eliminates human works for cleansing. You don’t have to do the work to make up for your sins. The cleansing towel of our Lord has done all the work.

So we take away from this passage that in order to receive the water of Jesus Christ, (the Word of God), we must wash our feet, (confess our sins / rebound), by receiving the towel of Jesus Christ, (remembering the Cross at Calvary and subsequent resurrection).  For the communicators of the Word the principle is the same. In order to teach the Word of God as a humble priestly servant, we must lead in the confession of sins, by recalling the efficacious work of Jesus Christ on the Cross.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 5

Vs. 6-7, Peter’s Objection Due to Ignorance. The Doctrine of GAP (Grace Apparatus for Perception)

John 13:6 – Peters Objection

Verse 6, “So He came* to Simon Peter. He (Peter) said* to Him (Jesus), “Lord, do You wash my feet?””

The Lesson of Rebound begins with Peter objecting to the Lord’s washing of His feet. It’s funny how whenever the Lord needed to drive home a point, Peter was there with his mouth open.

On the surface it looks like an honorable act to not let the Lord do such a menial task when someone else should have already washed their feet. Peter was a very noble, impetuous type of person. When he opened his mouth he always made the right noises from the human point of view. Nevertheless our Lord utilized his objection to give us the great lesson of Rebound, the confession of our sins.

“And so He came” is the conjunction OUN meaning therefore, then or (and) so, plus the Present, Middle Deponent, Indicative of ERCHOMAI, to come. The Middle Deponent acts like the Active voice. Jesus produced the action of the verb but was led to do so because of His Personal Sense of Destiny. This too is an asterisk verb in the NASB translation, because it’s a present tense in the Greek but translated as past tense in the English.

“To Simon Peter” is PROS plus the direct object Accusative SIMON PETROS that means “face to face with Simon Peter.” PETROS literally means a rock. This was the nickname given to Simon, (Mat 4:18, as was Cephas with a similar meaning), which our Lord used to distinguish between Himself as the PETRA, large rock or boulder, which the Church would be built on, (Mat 16:18), and Peter, PETROS, a small or piece of a rock, which indicated a faith based Church. You see PETROS comes from PETRA. It’s a piece of the PETRA and Jesus Christ is the PETRA that the Church is built.

“He said to Him, Lord” is the Present, Active, Indicated of LEGO (to say) plus the Dative Pronoun AUTOS (to Him) plus the Vocative of address KURIOS (Lord). When Peter addressed Jesus as Lord he was acknowledging the deity of God-man in Hypostatic Union, the Lord Jesus Christ. He acknowledges the authority of the One, High Priest, who was taking the place of a servant.

“Do you wash my feet” is the emphatic subject Nominative Pronoun SU (you), plus the possessive Genitive Pronoun MOU (of me, my), plus the Present, Active, Indicative NIPTO (to wash), plus the object Accusative TOUS (the), with the Accusative PODAS (foot or feet). This is transliterated as, “you of me wash the feet”, but comes to mean, “do you wash my feet”?

With this statement you can almost see Peter pulling his feet back as he says this. Showing how we all from time to time pull back from the ministry of God working in our lives because we think we know better.  Peter’s statement also shows the stupidity and fallibility of sincere people. Stupid because they don’t know Bible Doctrine. Fallible because they don’t know how to do a right thing in a right way.

Sincerity is not a part of the Christian way of life, it is a facade of human viewpoint and there is no virtue in human viewpoint. The Word of God resident within your soul produces something far greater than the hypocrisy of sincerity. It produces the virtue of God in you.

So we see that Peter is very sincere, he wants to do the right thing. However again, sincerity is no substitute for knowledge of Bible doctrine from the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP).   Sincerity is no substitute for Bible doctrine in the right lobe of your soul, for the Edification Complex of your Soul (ECS), or for the discernment that comes with the super-grace life, spiritual maturity. Sincerity never accomplishes the will of God.

Principle, sometimes it’s better to keep quite than to be overly zealous, especially when something dramatic is occurring. Let the picture unfold before jumping to conclusions. You just might learn something.

John 13:7a – Ignorance

Verse 7, “Jesus answered and said to him, “What I do you do not realize now, but you will understand hereafter.

This is as if our Lord had said, “Permit me to do it now, and I will shortly explain to you the nature of this action, and my motives for doing it”.

The phrase “Jesus answered,” is ISESOUS plus the verb in the Aorist, Passive Deponent, Indicative mood of APOKRINOMAI which is from APO meaning away from and KRINO meaning to judge or to decide.

So APOKRINOMAI comes to mean to begin to speak where an address is expected, to answer, reply or respond. The Passive Deponent acts like the active and tells us that Jesus answered. The Third Person tells us Jesus answered Peter’s question.

This is linked to KAI LEGO AUTO meaning “and said to him”.  So this is Jesus’ retort due to Peter’s ignorant question.

The next phrase is literally, “What I do you do not know now.”

It begins with the Pronominal Relative Adjective of HOS meaning “what”. Followed by Pronoun EGO meaning “I”.

Then we have the Present, Active, Indicative of POIEO meaning to make or do. This is a Dramatic Present telling us that this only happened once and would never be repeated. Jesus washed their feet once just as He paid the penalty for our sins only once upon the Cross, and we only need to confess each sin we commit post salvation only once for the cleansing of our soul.

Rom 6:10, “For the death that He died, He died to sin once for all; but the life that He lives, He lives to God.”

Then we have SU OUK OIDA ARTI literally meaning, “you not know now”. The Perfect, Active, Indicative of OIDA, to know or perceive, has a Present force so it comes to mean, “you do not understand”. This type of Perfect tense has little distinction between the act and the results. Coupled with the negative OUK means that they “did not learn in the past” and “still don’t understand” what Jesus is doing. Linked with adverb ARTI it means, “you do not understand now or at the present time.” So the point here is that even though Jesus is about to wash their feet and will later on tell the disciples to go out and do some foot-washing on their own, He doesn’t mean literal feet. What it means is that because of past failure to learn Bible Doctrine at this time they don’t understand it. They are ignorant to what is going on. But as our Lord states next, they will in the future via GAP (Grace Apparatus for Perception), once the Holy Spirit is given.

The Doctrine of Ignorance:

In this passage we see a group of believers who are ignorant to our Lord’s teachings.

John 13:7, “Jesus answered and said to him (Peter), “What I do you do not realize now, but you will understand hereafter.”

Ignorance is a potential for all of mankind whether a believer or unbeliever. Romans 10:3 addresses the ignorance of the legalistic unbeliever.

Rom 10:3, “For not knowing about God’s righteousness and seeking to establish their own, they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God.”

From Romans 10:3 we see three things Paul refers to regarding Israel’s relationship to righteousness.

1) They did not know God’s righteousness.

2) They sought to establish their own righteousness.

3) They did not submit to God’s righteousness.

Isn’t it interesting that we see those same three aspects rattling in the mind of Peter during this Passover Super? So the fact is that ignorance is still ignorance regardless of your spiritual status.

In John 13:7 the Greek for ignorance is OUK OIDA, in Romans 10:3 it is AGNOEO.

ἀγνοέω – agnoeó (ag-no-eh’-o); is from “A” (as a prefect negative) and “GINOSKO”; in the Present, Active, Participle, means to be ignorant, not to know, have no knowledge, not to understand, unknown, to err or sin through mistake, or to be wrong.

What was it that they were ignorant of? They were ignorant of God’s grace plan that would give them His righteousness.   Israel and Peter were ignorant of the righteousness that comes from God and instead were seeking/demanding/striving for their own righteousness from the works they were performing under the Law.  They were striving to make their own righteousness stand up under the scrutiny of God’s justice. They were placing their own righteousness on the scales of God’s justice, demanding that their own righteousness outweigh their sins thereby gaining God’s acceptance.

The third point is that “they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God”. They did not voluntarily place themselves under or obey God’s Plan and provisions for their righteousness.

So putting it all together we note that:

Israel and Peter were ignorant of the righteousness that comes from God and instead were seeking / demanding / striving for their own righteousness from the works they were performing under the Law. They were striving to make their own righteousness stand up under the scrutiny of God’s justice. But they did not voluntarily place themselves under or obey God’s plan and provisions for their righteousness.

Remember that what the righteousness of God demands His justice satisfies. You see sinful man cannot satisfy the demands of God’s righteousness. There is nothing we can do to pay for or overcome our sins, either for bathing at salvation or cleansing post salvation. Only God can satisfy His own perfect righteous demands. God’s perfect justice fulfilled His perfect righteous demands through the efficacious sacrifice of our Lord Jesus Christ upon the Cross. This is the great tragedy of Israel, all unbelievers and believers who do not claim the promises of God. They look to themselves to save and/or cleanse themselves instead of receiving the gracious work of our Lord. Israel is ignorant to God’s grace plan of salvation and believers of His grace plan for cleansing. They are ignorant of the fact that only God’s perfect justice can stand up under the intense scrutiny of His perfect righteousness.

So let us understand more about this thing called ignorance.

Ignorance

Definition from Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, Tenth Edition: Ignorance means the state or fact of being ignorant. Therefore we need to understand the word “ignorant”.

Ignorant means:

1) Destitute of knowledge or education, lacking knowledge or comprehension of the thing specified.

2) Resulting from or showing a lack of knowledge or intelligence, unaware, and uninformed.

3) It may imply a general condition or it may apply to a lack of knowledge or awareness of a particular thing.

4) It can be applied to illiterate, unlettered, untutored and unlearned, which means not having knowledge.

  • Illiterate applies to either an absolute or a relative inability to read and write.
  • Unlettered implies ignorance of the knowledge gained by reading.
  • Untutored implies lack of schooling in the arts and ways of civilization.
  • Unlearned suggests ignorance of advanced subjects.

From these definitions we can see Israel’s, the unbeliever’s and the immature believer’s ignorance.

Illiterate, although many of the common citizens of the time may not have been able to read or write the Pharisees, Scribes and Sadducees could. They were highly educated people. With their education they were responsible to teach the commoners what the Bible had to say about the Messiah. So illiteracy is not the reason here for their ignorance. Some of the Apostles may have been illiterate but the Lord was not and He taught them His Word day and night for 3 years. So although some may have been illiterate they still received the Word.

Unlettered, this implies the ability to read but due to various reasons information is ignored and is not read or comprehended. Therefore, the knowledge available from reading is not gained. In the first sense this is not an excuse for the Pharisees because they did read the Bible constantly. Their problem was faith. They did not mix what they read with faith to receive the true and full knowledge found in the Word of God. So in this sense they were unlettered, not because they did not read, but because they did not understand what they read due to a lack of faith. This also applies to the immature believer like Peter who had knowledge (GNOSIS doctrine) but did not have wisdom (EPIGNOSIS doctrine). For the commoner of the times of our Lord, they most likely did not read their Bible nor mix in faith. Therefore, they were unlettered in both senses of the word. They did not know what the Bible truly said.

Untutored, again this is no excuse for the Pharisees, Scribes or Sadducees because they received much schooling in the Law. They had opportunity to see the truth but due to a lack of faith they did not see the truth. As for the commoners, they were unschooled academically but received teaching from the Pharisees. Unfortunately the teaching they received regarding the Law was false teaching. Nevertheless, even in a system of false teaching there is some truth between the lines. If anyone has true faith they will see through the inaccuracies, see the truth and seek out more truth in faith. As for the immature like Peter, he might have learned certain things but did not know how to apply them in his life. On the other had the information may have been presented but for some reason not absorbed due to some form of distraction. Therefore, He did not understand the reason for our Lord washing His feet.

Gal 3:23, “But before faith came, we were kept in custody under the law, being shut up (closed in) to the faith which was later to be revealed. 24Therefore the Law has become our tutor to lead us to Christ, so that we may be justified by faith. 25But now that faith has come, we are no longer under a tutor (the Law).”

Unlearned, this is the ignorance most reflective of all unbelievers. The Word of God is an advanced subject. It is the Divine thinking of our Lord Jesus Christ. It takes divine teaching by God the Holy Spirit for us to receive divine understanding. Everyone who desires to know the truth will receive the truth through the teaching ministry of the Spirit. Those who do not desire to know the truth will be unlearned regarding God’s Word. In the case of the immature believer, as was Peter’s case, they do not apply the Word they have learned and instead use their human intellect. Human intellect cannot comprehend the wisdom of God, therefore Peter did not understand at this time what our Lord was doing or why.

1 Cor 2:14, “But a natural man does not accept the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him; and he cannot understand them, because they are spiritually appraised. 15But he who is spiritual appraises all things, yet he himself is appraised by no one. 16For who has known the mind of the Lord, that he will instruct Him? But we have the mind of Christ.”

Rom 1:19, “Because that which is known about God is evident within them; for God made it evident to them. 20For since the creation of the world His invisible attributes, His eternal power and divine nature, have been clearly seen, being understood through what has been made, so that they are without excuse. 21For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God or give thanks, but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. 22Professing to be wise, they became fools.”

Acts 13:26, “Brethren, sons of Abraham’s family, and those among you who fear God, to us the message of this salvation has been sent. 27For those who live in Jerusalem, and their rulers, recognizing neither Him nor the utterances of the prophets which are read every Sabbath, fulfilled these by condemning Him. 28And though they found no ground for putting Him to death, they asked Pilate that He be executed.”

From the Wikipedia Encyclopedia

1) Ignorance is a lack of knowledge. Ignorance is also the state of being ignorant or uninformed. For example, “Bill lost the debate because he was ignorant of that subject.” In such a case the term is not pejorative (demeaning), and may even be used as a self-descriptive term, as in, “I am ignorant of English history.”

2) Ignorance is also the choice to not act or behave in accordance with regard to certain information in order to suit one’s own needs or beliefs. For example, “I know better but I choose to ignore that and act in a way that behooves me.”

Here again we see the ignorance of the unbeliever especially those who read the Law or Bible but twist its words to accomplish their desires. Likewise the reversionistic believer will choose not to abide by what is found in the New Testament for living the spiritual life.

3) Ignorance is often misinterpreted as a synonym of stupidity, and is as thus often taken as an insult, when really it is, in its correct form, not an insult at all but a criticism.

The English word “ignorant” comes from two Latin words: IN, meaning not, and GNARUS, meaning knowing. Just as the Greek AGNOEO. Therefore, ignorance is lack of knowledge about a thing in a being capable of knowing.

A famous saying and part of American law is that “ignorance is no excuse for the law.” This means that regardless of ones knowledge of the laws of the land, if you break the law you are guilty by it. Your defense can not be, “I did not know”.

The concept comes from Roman law, and is expressed in the brocard: IGNORANTIA LEGIS NON EXCUSAT (ignorance of the law is no excuse). The essential public character of a law requires that the law must apply to anyone in the jurisdiction where the law applies. Thus, no one can justify his conduct on the grounds that he was not aware of the law.

The same goes with salvation. No one will have an excuse when it comes to the Great White Throne Judgment Seat of Jesus Christ. John 15:22; Rom 1:20; Luke 14:16-21

Rom 1:20, “For since the creation of the world His invisible attributes, His eternal power and divine nature, have been clearly seen, being understood through what has been made, so that they are without excuse.”

Unfortunately many wrongly believe that they have a good excuse for not accepting the Messiah as noted in the parable of the Dinner Invitation. Luke 14:18, “But they all alike began to make excuses.”

Ignorance does not mean that information was not made available. Ignorance means information is available but the person chooses to ignore or reject it.

Gal 3:22, “But the Scripture has shut up (enclosed or encapsulated) everyone under sin, (all have sinned according Rom 3:23; 5:12), so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe. 23But before faith came, we were kept in custody under the law, (our tutor teaching us about the Christ), being shut up (enclosed / encapsulated) to the faith which was later to be revealed.”

The Law told us what sin was and that we are all sinners. Therefore we are held guilty by the law. The Law also told us that God would send YEHOSHUA, His son to pay for our sins. The Law told us to believe in God’s promises. Therefore rejecting YEHOSHUA, Jesus Christ as the Savior Messiah, is also in violation of the Law. The information is available to all. Therefore ignorance is no excuse for the Law.

To further the definition, there are three divisions of ignorance.

  • Ignorance of law, when one is unaware of the existence of the law itself, or at least that a particular case is comprised under its provisions.
  • Ignorance of the fact, when the thing itself or some circumstance is unknown. This is not speaking about the relation of something to the law, but the fact itself.
  • Ignorance of penalty, when a person is not cognizant that a sanction has been attached to a particular crime. This is especially to be considered when there is question of more serious punishment.

These three divisions apply to every member of the human race in relationship to the Savior.

1) We already noted that some are “ignorant of the Law” and that is no excuse. Likewise the believer who ignores Bible Doctrine has no excuse for their lack of a spiritual life.

2) “Ignorance of facts”, speaks to the person who does not want to face their own depravity due to sin. Instead of facing his sin and total depravity to save him and be reconciled to God through belief in the savior, he hides from his depravity and tries to ignore it. Likewise, the believer who does not apply the Word of God in faith and losses rewards in the eternal state will be without excuse.

3) Next we have “ignorance of penalty”. This is the individual who tries to convince himself that either there is no hell or that there is nothing after death. Many wrongly accept these two alternatives as fact thereby never coming to understand the need of a savior. But, as stated repeatedly throughout this doctrine, ignorance of the fact of God’s judgment, eternal condemnation in the Lake of Fire for all who reject Jesus Christ as their savior, is no excuse and will not pardon nor commute their sentence. Likewise, the believer in reversionism who is disciplined by God, (1 Cor 11:29-32; Heb 12:6-10; Rev 3:19), can only accept the divine discipline.

We must also note that ignorance may precede, accompany or follow an act of our will. It is therefore said to be antecedent, concomitant or consequent. (Catholic Encyclopedia)

  1. Antecedent Ignorance is in no sense voluntary, neither is the act resulting from it; it precedes any voluntary failure to inquire. Acting without prior knowledge before obtaining knowledge. A “knee jerk reaction”.
  2. Concomitant (accompaniment) Ignorance is concerned with the will to act in a given contingency; it implies that the real character of what is done is unknown to the agent, but his attitude is such that, were he acquainted with the actual state of things, he would go on just the same.
  3. Consequent Ignorance, on the other hand, is so called because it is the result of a perverse frame of mind choosing either directly or indirectly to be ignorant.

These three are seen in Acts 17:23 and Romans 1:21-23

Acts 17:23, “For while I was passing through and examining the objects of your worship, I also found an altar with this inscription, ‘TO AN UNKNOWN GOD.’ Therefore what you worship in ignorance (AGNOEO), this I proclaim to you.” (Antecedent Ignorance)

Rom 1:21, “For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God or give thanks, (Concomitant Ignorance), but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened, (Concomitant Ignorance). 22Professing to be wise, they became fools, 23and exchanged the glory of the incorruptible God for an image in the form of corruptible man and of birds and four-footed animals and crawling creatures, (Consequent Ignorance).”

Regardless of the nature of ignorance there is and will be no excuse for anyone who does not come to the saving knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. Rom 1:20; Rev 20:11-15

Greek definitions and Scriptures:

AGNOEO – to be ignorant, not to know, have no knowledge, not to understand, unknown, to err or sin through mistake, or to be wrong as used in Rom 10:3.

Mark 9:31, “For He was teaching His disciples and telling them, “The Son of Man is to be delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill Him; and when He has been killed, He will rise three days later.” 32But they did not understand this statement, and they were afraid to ask Him.” w/ Luke 9:45

Romans 2:4, “Or do you think lightly of the riches of His kindness and tolerance and patience, not knowing that the kindness of God leads you to repentance?”

Rom 6:3, “Or do you not know that all of us who have been baptized into Christ Jesus have been baptized into His death?”

Rom 7:1, “Or do you not know, brethren (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law has jurisdiction over a person as long as he lives?” See also 2 Peter 2:12-15.

AGNOIA – a Noun meaning; ignorance, lack of knowledge or perception, especially of divine things or of moral blindness.

Eph 4:17-19, “So this I say, and affirm together with the Lord, that you walk no longer just as the Gentiles also walk, in the futility of their mind, 18being darkened in their understanding, excluded from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardness of their heart; 19and they, having become callous, have given themselves over to sensuality for the practice of every kind of impurity with greediness.”

1 Peter 1:14, “As obedient children, do not be conformed to the former lusts which were yours in your ignorance.”

AGNOSIA – a noun meaning ignorance, no knowing, or no knowledge. 1 Cor 15:34; 1 Per 2:15.

1 Cor 15:34, “Become sober-minded as you ought, and stop sinning; for some have no knowledge of God. I speak this to your shame.”

AGNOEMA – a noun meaning a sin of ignorance, ignorance, sins. A sin committed through ignorance or thoughtlessness. Heb 9:7

Heb 9:6-7, “Now when these things have been so prepared, the priests are continually entering the outer tabernacle performing the divine worship, but into the second, only the high priest enters once a year, not without taking blood, which he offers for himself and for the sins of the people committed in ignorance.”

In our text of John 13:7 the Greek is OUK OIDA – OUK is the Greek negative meaning not. OIDA is the Perfect with present meaning tense of EIDO, which means to see. So OIDA comes to mean to have seen or perceived, hence to know.

1 Cor 3:16, “Do you not know that you are a temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?”

Gal 4:8, “However at that time, when you did not know God, you were slaves to those which by nature are no gods.”

1John 2:11, “But the one who hates his brother is in the darkness and walks in the darkness, and does not know where he is going because the darkness has blinded his eyes.”

Some famous quotes regarding Ignorance:

  • “A truly refined mind will seem to be ignorant of the existence of anything that is not perfectly proper, placid, and pleasant.” ~ Charles Dickens, Little Dorrit
  • “An ignorant man is always a slave.” ~ Anonymous
  • “Deliberately breaking rules is fine; ignoring them is not — ignorance is bad.” ~ Anonymous
  • “If ignorance is bliss, you must be the happiest man alive.” ~ Anonymous
  • “If ignorance is bliss, then knock the smile off my face.” ~ Zack de la Rocha
  • “Ignorance is the parent of fear.” ~ Herman Melville, Moby Dick
  • “Lack of knowledge is darker than night.” ~ Anonymous
  • “Man,” I cried, “how ignorant art thou in thy pride of wisdom!” ~ Mary Shelley, Frankenstein
  • “Man is arrogant in proportion to his ignorance.” ~ Edward Bulwer-Lytton, 1st Baron Lytton
  • “The most violent element in society is ignorance.” ~ Emma Goldman
  • “To be conscious that you are ignorant is a great step to knowledge.” ~ Benjamin Disraeli, Sybil
  • “Whoever works without knowledge works uselessly.” ~ Anonymous
  • “Wonder is the foundation of all philosophy, research is the means of all learning, and ignorance is the end.” ~ Michel de Montaigne
  • “You can swim all day in the Sea of Knowledge and still come out completely dry. Most people do.” ~ Norman Juster
  • “To be ignorant of one’s ignorance is the malady of ignorance.” ~ A. Bronson Alcott
  • “Light travels faster than sound. That’s why most people seem bright until you hear them speak.” ~ Anonymous
  • “Only two things are infinite, the universe and human stupidity, and I’m not sure about the former.” ~ Albert Einstein
  • “Men go abroad to wonder at the heights of mountains, at the huge waves of the sea, at the long courses of the rivers, at the cast compass of the ocean, at the circular motions of the stars, and they pass by themselves without wondering.” ~ St. Augustine

“If the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the ditch”, Matthew 15:14.

This completes the doctrine of ignorance. We now turn to the last statement of our Lord in John 13:7.

John 13:7b – The Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP)

John 13:7b, Our Lord finishes His statement with “but you will understand hereafter”, which is GINOSKO DE META HOUTOS, literally meaning, “to come to know but this after”

DE is the conjunction, “but”, that sets up a contrast between Peter’s present ignorance and his future understanding of the doctrine.

“You will understand” is the Future, Middle, Indicative of GINOSKO meaning, “to come to know”, “recognize” or “perceive”, “you will learn” is the meaning here.

This is the experience of learning Bible doctrine. He will know from the experience of study. Peter will learn doctrine in the future, including the principle of GAP, how it relates to the rebound technique, and the lesson the Lord was teaching by washing his feet.

The Middle voice tells us Peter will benefit by learning this doctrine and understanding it at a future time. The indicative mood is the reality of Peter’s future knowledge of how GAP functions and how the washing of feet represents not only the confession of sins, but the communication of Bible doctrine.

You cannot communicate the Word of God until you study, until you learn, until you know it. In order to learn it you must be clean. Likewise, in order to communicate it you must be clean. Also the recipients of the communicated Word must be clean as they listen in order to comprehend it.

Being clean is the Rebound technique. Rebound is for communicators. Rebound is for those who listen to the communication of Bible doctrine.

The last phrase is META HOUTOS. META means “with”, “among” or “after”, and HOUTOS is the demonstrative pronominal adjective TAUTA that means “this” or “these”. Combined they mean “after this” or  “hereafter”.

Principle: The believer who is ignorant of Bible doctrine is shocked and confused regarding the details of life because of his disorientation to the grace of God. Ignorance of Bible doctrine results in disorientation to God’s grace. It also results eventually in reversionism. Therefore, the believer must appropriate the grace of God through the rebound technique and the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP) in order to learn and grow spiritually, thereby being equipped for every good work, including the communication of the Bible Doctrine. As a result we are ambassadors for Christ and God is glorified.

As our Lord alluded, Peter would not accomplish this until a later point, that being the Day of Pentecost when he and the other disciples received the grace of God when they received the permanent indwelling of God the Holy Spirit. Now what was done in ignorance can be turned into wisdom via the grace of God.

This leads us to understanding the Doctrine of:

The Grace Apparatus for Perception

  1. Introduction.

At the beginning of the believer’s spiritual life he is ignorant of the thoughts of God. That is why the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP) was given to us.  If a believer is consistently distracted, indifferent or negative towards God’s Word he will remain in a state of ignorance regarding God’s thoughts.

Learning the mind of Christ calls for two categories of faith:  Faith perception and faith application which are part of the three stages of the Faith-Rest Drill.  When you learn Bible doctrine faith perception applies. When you utilize doctrinal rationales and come to doctrinal conclusions (the second and third stages of the faith-rest drill), faith application applies.

To go from ignorance to cognizance of Bible doctrine begins with what is called GNOSIS, knowledge in the Greek.  GNOSIS is achieved through teaching from the pulpit that is heard and understood in your NOUS, (the Greek word for mind or the left lobe of the soul). GNOSIS is knowledge of Bible doctrine, which resides in the left lobe and cannot be applied or used in spiritual growth yet. GNOSIS must be transferred to the right lobe as EPIGNOSIS (the Greek word for full knowledge or wisdom, doctrine in the right lobe of the soul), in order for you to grow in the spiritual life. This is accomplished through faith perception, or being positive to the doctrine taught.

When a person understands something but does not believe it that is called negative faith perception. When a person understands and believes that is being positive at faith perception.   When GNOSIS is converted to EPIGNOSIS you have formed categorical knowledge of God’s Word and you can now apply that knowledge into doctrinal rationales for faith application. As a result spiritual growth occurs.

There are three primary systems of perception in life.

a.  Rationalism relies on reason as the source of knowledge, claiming that reason is superior to and independent of any sensory perception. It believes that reality is what you think. Rationalism subjects Bible doctrine and scriptural interpretation to the test of human reason. Therefore, rationalism always rejects dogmatic authority.

b.  Empiricism is the scientific system of learning by observation and experimentation. Empiricism holds that reality lies in the function of your sensory system relaying information to the brain.

Both of these systems are dependent upon human I.Q. Therefore, if God made either one the criteria for learning His Word, He would be arbitrary and unfair, which is impossible.

c.  Faith is a system of learning by accepting the authority of the criterion. Faith is learning by accepting words as vocabulary, or by accepting the authority of the one teaching. Faith is a non‑meritorious system of thinking. Therefore, faith is the only system God could use and to be consistent with His policy of grace toward the human race. The validity of faith depends on the object of faith. Heb 11:1 calls faith, “the reality of the unseen.”

         2.  Faith Application.

The application of Bible doctrine to experience (reverse concentration) is faith application in contrast to faith perception.

Faith perception converts GNOSIS doctrine into EPIGNOSIS doctrine. Faith application is the second stage of the faith-rest drill, in which The Word is applied to circumstances by reversing our focus away from the problem or issue and onto Bible Doctrine.   This is the difference between having the mind of Christ and having the mind of the flesh, the difference between Divine viewpoint and human viewpoint.

The three stages in the Faith-Rest Drill are:

Stage One, claiming a promise from God, which is the means of reverse concentration away from the problem or situation and onto the Word of God. This will stabilize the mentality of your soul for calm and organized thinking.

Stage Two, applying the promise(s) of God to the situation with the result of arriving at a Biblical rationale in regards to the situation. This is the dynamics of reverse concentration gained from claiming a promise of God.

Stage Three, reaching a Biblical conclusions, which is the result of reverse concentration. This is the doctrine and mode of operation you will apply in faith to the problem or situation.

The dynamics of the faith-rest drill depend on the second stage of the faith-rest drill. Claiming promises is the means to the end, but is not the end.  The ultimate is the second stage of the faith-rest drill, or reverse concentration, which is the application of doctrinal rationales to one’s environment and circumstances.

The first stage of the faith-rest drill, claiming promises, can only stabilize the believer for the dynamics of applying doctrinal rationales in the second stage. The real issue of the faith-rest drill is reverse concentration. Claiming promises will not apply doctrine to the situation. Therefore, without reverse concentration the believer cannot utilize EPIGNOSIS doctrine. The believer must learn to think in terms of divine viewpoint.

        3.  The Mechanics of GAP.

Stage One is the communication of Bible doctrine from your right Pastor-Teacher primarily via face to face.

The congregation is placed under a system of spiritual humility for perception and reception of Bible doctrine. Spiritual humility requires the filling of the Holy Spirit and the existence of humility whether organized (in the local church), enforced (by the authority of the Pastor), or genuine (from your own positive reception of doctrine).

The believer must be motivated through their personal love for God the Father, which results in positive volition to hear His Word. (When you lose your motivation you lose your spiritual growth.) This leads to concentration and self-discipline. Therefore, learning the Rebound rationale and applying it while listening to Bible teaching is very important.

Stage One begins with the pastor communicating doctrine using the I.C.E. procedure.

“I” stands for ISAGOGICS, which is the interpretation of the Bible within the framework of its historical setting.

“C” stands for the categorical communication of doctrine, which fulfills the hermeneutical principle of comparing scripture to scripture to determine the classification of doctrine.

“E” stands for the exegetical communication of doctrine, which is the analysis of each verse in its context to determine the exact meaning of that verse in its relationship to the context as a whole, analyzing grammar, syntax, and etymology.

Stage Two is operation GNOSIS, in which you understand what you hear and comprehend it in the left lobe (NOUS) of your soul.

The function of receptive comprehension means that under the ministry of the Spirit and with enough Frame of Reference, you actually understand the doctrine being taught. This is made possible under a system of enforced humility. When you understand what you have been taught, the doctrine goes to the left lobe of your soul.

The believer comes to Biblical teaching in ignorance. The objective is to turn ignorance into cognizance. If ignorance persists, it is because the believer is negative toward the doctrine being taught. If he is negative in attending class, it is because he is involved in the Cosmic System.

Other reasons for ignorance include lack of a Frame of Reference, sporadic exposure to doctrine, distractions from the pleasures of life, and an erroneous scale of values, all of which perpetuate arrogance, discipline, and failure.

Apart from the ignorance factor, a believer under the ministry of the Holy Spirit can and does learn doctrine from his right Pastor-Teacher. Once the believer understands doctrine under the principle of receptive comprehension, it is called GNOSIS and resides in his left lobe. GNOSIS information cannot yet result in spiritual growth nor can it be applied to experience. GNOSIS doctrine is waiting for the believer’s faith to convert it into EPIGNOSIS. In the GNOSIS stage it is doctrinal thought still in the staging area. GNOSIS is fat; EPIGNOSIS is muscle.

Stage Three is the function of Faith-Perception.

When you believe (apply faith to) what you have been taught, God’s Word is cycled from your NOUS / left lobe to your human spirit.

There are two kinds of faith: Faith-Perception and Faith Application. Both are related to the Plan of God.

Faith-perception is used in learning Bible doctrine and converting GNOSIS into EPIGNOSIS. Then faith-application can use EPIGNOSIS doctrine in application to life.

In Stage Three, GNOSIS is converted to EPIGNOSIS through the function of faith-perception. The mechanics involve volition and faith. At this time the Word is transferred from your left lobe to your human spirit.

There are two possibilities: “I understand what you are saying, but I don’t believe it,” or “I understand and I do believe it.”

1) This stage is critical to fulfilling the Plan of God for your life, because only EPIGNOSIS doctrine can be used in application, causing your advance to spiritual maturity.

2) The Faith-Rest Drill has no muscle without EPIGNOSIS doctrine.

3) Faith is non‑meritorious; therefore, it is a grace system of perception and does not depend on your human I.Q.

Col 1:3-14, “We give thanks to God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you, 4since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus and the love which you have for all the saints; 5because of the hope laid up for you in heaven, of which you previously heard in the word of truth, the gospel 6which has come to you, just as in all the world also it is constantly bearing fruit and increasing, even as it has been doing in you also since the day you heard of it and understood the grace of God in truth; 7just as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow bond-servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf, 8and he also informed us of your love in the Spirit. 9For this reason also, since the day we heard of it, we have not ceased to pray for you and to ask that you may be filled with the knowledge of His will in all spiritual wisdom and understanding, 10so that you will walk in a manner worthy of the Lord, to please Him in all respects, bearing fruit in every good work and increasing in the knowledge of God; 11strengthened with all power, according to His glorious might, for the attaining of all steadfastness and patience; joyously 12giving thanks to the Father, who has qualified us to share in the inheritance of the saints in Light. 13For He rescued us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son, 14in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins.”

Stage Four is the function of Faith-Application.

As a result of Faith-Perception the doctrine cycled to your Human Spirit is then transferred to the right lobe of your soul (the heart), called KARDIA in the Greek, where it is applied to life.

1 Cor 2:13, “Which things we also speak, not in words taught by human wisdom, but in those taught by the Spirit, combining spiritual (Divine Viewpoint) with spiritual (our Human Spirit).”

Faith-Application is reverse concentration or the second stage of the Faith‑Rest Drill.  Faith-Application converts EPIGNOSIS doctrine into experience. EPIGNOSIS doctrine consists of the doctrinal rationales.

The believer with GNOSIS doctrine in the soul is only capable of anthropocentric thinking (Human viewpoint).  EPIGNOSIS doctrine is the only divine viewpoint that can be applied to life. Claiming promises through faith is not the end; it is not a panacea. It is merely a stabilizer for thinking.

In Stage Three of the Faith-Rest Drill, you come to Doctrinal Conclusions and have gained control of the situation. Doctrine is more real to you than anything else in life.

We have studied the right lobe in the past and noted its different compartments using the analogy of a filing cabinet in your soul for the storage and retrieval of God’s Word. The Heart has six compartments including:

a) The Frame of Reference is where EPIGNOSIS doctrine becomes the foundation for learning more advanced doctrine. Prov 4:4; 1 Cor 2:9

b) The Memory Center is the storage center for EPIGNOSIS in a manner that brings into focus what is pertinent to a given situation. Psa 119:16; 109; 2 Cor 10:4‑6

c) The Vocabulary Storage is where technical identification of EPIGNOSIS doctrine is stored. Jer 15:16; Deut 8:3

d) The Categorical Storage is where individual doctrines are formed into larger categories for rationales in application to life. Prov 2:2, 10; 3:3; 15:14‑15; 18:15

e) The Conscience is where EPIGNOSIS doctrine forms new standards for life. Acts 24:16; Rom 2:14‑15; 9:1, 13:5; 1 Cor 8:7; 2 Cor 4:2, 5:11; Titus 1:15; Heb 9:14

f) The Launching Pad is used for application of EPIGNOSIS doctrine to life, which is the function of reverse concentration. 1 Cor 1:30; 2:7-8, James 3:17; Phil 4:8.

The Heart of your soul performs a number of functions.

a) It sets up a system for using basic doctrines as the means for learning advanced doctrines.

b) It sets up a red alert section of the soul to detect false doctrine.

c) It uses EPIGNOSIS doctrine for dealing with problems of the subconscious and guilt complex.

d) It uses EPIGNOSIS doctrine for effective communication of ideas in conversation, witnessing, and public speaking.

e) It provides capacity for life, love, and happiness.

f) It raises the believer’s spiritual I.Q., and motivates general learning and understanding of life.

Stage Five is spiritual growth in the fulfillment of the Plan of God. Only EPIGNOSIS doctrine results in spiritual growth and occupation with the Person of Christ.

  1. Human I.Q. is not an issue in the function of GAP. GAP is a grace system for perception, Col 1:9‑10; 1 Cor 3:16; 1 Thes 5:23; 1 Cor 1:19‑2:16.
  2. God’s grace provision for the perception of bible doctrine includes:

a) God has provided the mechanics of inspiration for the formation and preservation of the canon of scripture. 2 Tim 3:16-17

b) God provides the omnipotence of God the Holy Spirit inside Gods Power System (GPS) enabling us to understand the mechanics for the execution of the Plan of God for our lives. John 14:26

c) God provides the divine plan for the Church, the protocol plan of God for the Royal Family of God. James 2:8; Rom 15:13-14

d) God provides a right pastor-teacher for every member of the royal family who is positive to doctrine. There is no such thing as a self-made Christian. You must learn from someone else. 1 Peter 5:1-3

e) God provides the privacy of the royal priesthood for the perception of mystery doctrine. Every believer is given a royal priesthood for the purpose of freedom and privacy. Bible doctrine in your soul is your altar. 1 Peter 2:5, 9; cf Heb 13:10

f) Logistical grace support, by which every member of the royal family is kept alive for equal privilege and equal opportunity to execute God’s plan. Logistical grace includes the provision of your body, clothes, food, shelter, transportation, and other necessities of life. Psa 23:1-6; Mat 6:25‑34; 2 Cor 9:8, 12:9; Phil 4:19; 2 Peter 3:18

g) God provides spiritual freedom, in contrast to human freedom. Spiritual freedom exists only within God’s Power System. John 8:32; Gal 5:1

Human freedom is for the entire human race through the laws of divine establishment.

Gal 5:1, “It was for freedom that Christ set us free; therefore keep standing firm and do not be subject again to a yoke of slavery.”

h) God provides the local church as the classroom for the Royal Family to learn His Word. Worship is academic, not emotional. You must know God’s system to function under His system. God always raises up local churches where pastors are faithful in the teaching of the Word of God.

i) God provides human volition as the means of transferring Bible Doctrine from the left lobe to the right lobe of the soul.

6.  There is no substitute for the function of GAP. Job 32:1‑9

7.  Primary result of the Grace Apparatus for Perception is spiritual maturity resulting in glorifying God as part of the tactical victory in the angelic conflict.

8.  Synonyms for the Grace Apparatus for Perception found in the Bible:

    1. Epignosis: full knowledge – Language synonym.
    2. More Grace – Super Grace: spiritual maturity – Theological synonym. James 4:6
    3. Altar of the soul – Priestly synonym. Heb 13:9-10
    4. Edification Complex of the Soul (E.C.S.) – Building synonym. Eph 4:12-16
    5. Redeeming of Time – Time synonym. Eph 5:16-18, Col 4:5
    6. Strength in the Lord – Power synonym. Eph 6:10
    7. Putting on the whole armor of God (Eph 6:11-17); Following the colors to the high ground (Heb 12:1-2 – race = AGON, the games or a battle); Establish a command post of the soul (Col 2:5-8) – Military synonyms.
    8. Take up your cross and follow me – Crucifixion synonym. Mat 16:24; Luke 9:23
    9. Salt seasoned (sodium chloride, salt = G.A.P.) – Chemical synonym. Col 4:6
    10. Godliness – Sanctification synonym. 1Tim 6:3-6, 2 Peter 1:3

9. Other results of the Grace Apparatus for Perception include:

  1. Reversion recovery
  2. Glorification of God in the Angelic Conflict
  3. Equates the royal status of the believer with his priesthood
  4. Leads to maturity and Super Grace (maturity)
  5. Leads to occupation with Christ and other capacities for life
  6. Provides maximum influence in history
  7. Provides the basis for legitimate production or service (divine good)
  8. Becomes the basis for eternal rewards

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 6

Vs. 8-11, Peter’s misguided zeal and our Lord’s Response. Washing of the feet, not salvation cleansing but experiential sanctification. He shows them the Rebound technique. 1 John 1:9

John 13:8, Peter’s misguided zeal

Verse 8, “Peter said* to Him, “Never shall You wash my feet!” Jesus answered him, “If I do not wash you, you have no part with Me”.”

This is another case of Peter’s thoughtless speech as also noted in Mark 8:32 and 9:5.

Mark 8:31, “And He began to teach them that the Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again. 32And He was stating the matter plainly. And Peter took Him aside and began to rebuke Him. 33But turning around and seeing His disciples, He rebuked Peter and said, “Get behind Me, Satan; for you are not setting your mind on God’s interests, but man’s.””

Mark 9:4, “Elijah appeared to them along with Moses; and they were talking with Jesus. 5Peter said* to Jesus, “Rabbi, it is good for us to be here; let us make three tabernacles, one for You, and one for Moses, and one for Elijah.” 6For he did not know (OUK OIDA) what to answer; for they became terrified.”

In John 13:8 the interjection, “never” is a double negative in the Greek OUK and ME. Combining to form an absolute negation. It is linked with our word for ceremonial washing or hand/feet washing NIPTO in the Aorist Active Subjunctive. The aorist plus the double negative is as strong as you can get.

NIPTO does not mean a bath in regards to salvation as noted previously, but emphasizes the washing of moment by moment confession of sins, rebounding, 1 John 1:9.

The principle here is that if Peter refuses our Lord’s washing of his feet, he will remain at the table with dirty feet. This is like trying to serve the Lord while you are out of fellowship, or like trying to GAP it while you are out of fellowship. When you are out of fellowship you can only produce human good at best, and cannot produce anything on the basis of Bible doctrine. That is the object lesson our Lord is teaching. This is not a salvation lesson, it is not a lesson of positional sanctification. It is a lesson of the confession of your sins, it is a lesson of experiential sanctification.

In Jesus’ reply He counters Peter’s objection using Peter’s own words by saying “if I do not (ME) wash your feet, you have no (OUK) part with Me.”

Jesus answers him with a third class conditional if, maybe yes, maybe no, by combining EAN and the Aorist Active Subjunctive of NIPTO showing that Peter does have volition. He can decide whether to allow the Lord to wash His feet or not; just as you and I decide to use the rebound technique or not.

The word for “part” is MEROS, which means (to receive one’s portion); a part, share, portion. It can mean a business, partnership, or function. The principle He is emphasizing is that rebound precedes the correct function of GAP.

Without the confession of your sins you cannot walk in the righteousness of God. You will not be in fellowship with the God the Holy Spirit and cannot produce the Fruit of the Spirit, divine good production, 1 John 1:5-10; Eph 5:6-18; Gal 5:13-26.

1 John 1:5-10, “This is the message we have heard from Him and announce to you, that God is Light, and in Him there is no darkness at all. 6If we say that we have fellowship with Him and yet walk in the darkness, we lie and do not practice the truth; 7but if we walk (cleansing of the feet) in the Light as He Himself is in the Light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus His Son cleanses us from all sin. 8If we say that we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves and the truth is not in us. 9If we confess our sins, He is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins and to cleanse (wash our feet) us from all unrighteousness. 10If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar and His word is not in us.”

The word “cleanse” here is KATHARIZO. Joseph Thayer defines it as:

1a) To make clean, cleanse from physical stains and dirt; of utensils, food of a leper, to cleanse by curing and to remove by cleansing.

1b) In a moral sense to free from defilement of sin and from faults; to purify from wickedness; to free from guilt of sin; to purify to consecrate by cleansing or purifying; to consecrate, dedicate.

2) To pronounce clean in a Levitical sense.

Eph 5:6-18, “Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience. 7Therefore do not be partakers with them; 8for you were formerly darkness, but now you are Light in the Lord; walk (cleansing of the feet) as children of Light 9(for the fruit of the Light consists in all goodness and righteousness and truth), 10trying to learn what is pleasing to the Lord. 11Do not participate in the unfruitful deeds of darkness (human good production), but instead even expose them; 12for it is disgraceful even to speak of the things which are done by them in secret. 13But all things become visible when they are exposed by the light, for everything that becomes visible is light. 14For this reason it says, “Awake, sleeper, and arise from the dead, and Christ will shine on you.” 15Therefore be careful how you walk, not as unwise men but as wise (with clean feet plus the GAP), 16making the most of your time, because the days are evil. 17So then do not be foolish, but understand what the will of the Lord is. 18And do not get drunk with wine (a category of sin), for that is dissipation (a wasteful life style), but be filled with the Spirit.”

Gal 5:13-26, “For you were called to freedom, brethren; only do not turn your freedom into an opportunity for the flesh, but through love serve one another. 14For the whole Law is fulfilled in one word, in the statement, “You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” 15But if you bite and devour one another (a category of sin), take care that you are not consumed by one another. 16But I say, walk (cleansing of the feet) by the Spirit, and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh. 17For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another, so that you may not do the things that you please. 18But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the Law. 19Now the deeds of the flesh are evident, which are: immorality, impurity, sensuality, 20idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousy, outbursts of anger, disputes, dissensions, factions, 21envying, drunkenness, carousing, and things like these (many categories of sin), of which I forewarn you, just as I have forewarned you, that those who practice such things will not inherit the kingdom of God. 22But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, 23gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law. 24Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires. 25If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit. 26Let us not become boastful, challenging one another, envying one another.”

One of the problems Peter is having in John 13 is that he is too hyped up about His faith. He is being over-zealous in his mind and actions.  Instead of being patient and waiting on the timing of the Lord, he always seems to jump into action without thought or knowledge.

So the principle is “think before you leap”. Having the mind of Christ resident and cycling throughout your soul through the Grace Apparatus for Perception will lead you to making good decision and performing righteous actions, the fruit of the Spirit, with the results of glorifying God.  That is the secret to not being over-zealous for the Lord and ending up failing in the Plan of God.  Being over-zealous was the problem with Peter early on and Israel as a whole, as noted in Romans 10:2.

Zeal without knowledge is a dangerous and lethal combination.  For the unbeliever it leads to arrogance and persistent unbelief with no positional sanctification resulting in the Eternal Lake of Fire due to rejection of Christ’s efficacious work on the Cross.  For the believer it leads to failure in executing the Plan of God for their life, no experiential sanctification, loss of rewards in the eternal state and inadequacy to glorify God.

When we are over-zealous it inevitably leads to error and mistake and can result in reversionism and complete apostasy. Why, because in zeal you are acting on your emotions and feelings instead of the Word of God resident in your soul.  This was the error of Peter at this time. He wanted to do something for the Lord instead of receiving what the Lord had done for Him. Receiving what God has done for you is the key to glorification of God and producing divine good.

When Jesus states, “you have no part with me”, He is referring to walking in the Light as He Himself is in the Light and sharing all that the Light has for us in time and eternity.  This means no experiential sanctification because we are talking about a NIPTO washing verses a LOUO washing as Jesus clarifies in verse 10.

Christ’s words to Peter in v. 8 are important: “If I do not wash you, you have no part [communion] with Me” (NKJV). There is a difference between union and communion. Peter was in union with Christ as one of “His own” through faith, but sin can break our communion with the Lord. There is a difference between sonship and fellowship. Only as we allow Christ to cleanse us can we remain in fellowship with Him and enjoy His presence and power.” Warren Weirsbe

As we will see in verse 10, he who has been bathed by the Lord, through His Word and Baptism of the Spirit, (John 15:3; Titus 3:5; Eph 5:26), needs only to wash himself day by day from the filth and defilement (sin) which he might have accumulated by his contact with the world.

Then in verse 9 we see Peter’s third statement of over-zealous ignorance when he says, John 13:9, “Lord, then wash not only my feet, but also my hands and my head.”

This is a case of sincerity plus ignorance. The sincerity is shown in Peter’s address of Jesus as Lord. Peter finally realizes that He wants what the Lord has to offer him but does not understand what is being offered to him at this time. Therefore, he has no capacity to receive what God desires to give him at this time.

When our Lord stated in verse 8 that if He did not wash Peter’s feet, Peter would have “no part with Him”, Peter thought, due to ignorance, our Lord was speaking about Peter’s eternal portion or position when in fact He was not.

Peter doesn’t need a bath, analogous for salvation / eternal life / positional sanctification, as our Lord will point out in the next verse. Peter has already achieved that in faith of Jesus Christ as his Savior. Peter even used the correct term to indicate this by addressing Christ as Lord. But Peter is not using the Word resident in his soul. He is letting his emotions run wild. So Peter continues to demonstrate his error of over zealousness.

The lesson our Lord is teaching here is that it is Peter’s feet that touched the filth of the streets as he was coming to the upper room. And it is only his feet that need to be washed and to be cleansed.  When our soul comes in contact with our Sin Nature, it picks up the filth of the Sin Nature that needs to be cleaned off.  The issue is not salvation, it is what comes after salvation, the cleansing of daily sins through rebound so that we “walk in the Light as Jesus Himself is in the Light”, 1 John 1:7.

What Peter wanted to do is take a second bath, and that is like doubting your salvation.

Many times even though Christians have accepted Christ as their Savior, they continue to respond to the call of the evangelist to come forward and commit or recommit their lives to Christ. First of all we can’t commit anything to Christ. Christ has done all the work and we need to receive God’s saving grace work for our salvation.

In addition, many are burdened by a system of works, or giving, or attendance to a church thinking they need to maintain their salvation or ensure their salvation through their works. This too is heresy. There is nothing we can do to save ourselves or ensure our salvation other than the one-time non-meritorious act of faith in the Person and work of the Lord Jesus Christ upon the Cross for the forgiveness of our sins. Eph 2:8-9

Peter was sincere but let his emotions get the better of him in over zealousness. That coupled with ignorance of the Word of God became a destructive force in his life at this time where he was unknowingly refusing the efficacious work of our Lord, unknowingly refusing his daily portion with our Lord and unknowingly refusing his experiential sanctification.

Seeing Peter’s reaction here is their little doubt as to why later that night he denied the Lord three times? You see emotion can only carry you so far. But the Word of God resident within your soul is power and strength everlasting.

Rom 1:16, “For I am not ashamed of the gospel, for it is the power of God for salvation to everyone who believes, to the Jew first and also to the Greek.” w/ 1 Cor 1:18

1 Cor 2:5, “So that your faith would not rest on the wisdom of men, but on the power of God.” w/ 1 Peter 1:5; Isa 40:31

Then we see our Lord’s response in verse 10, “Jesus said to him, “He who has bathed needs only to wash his feet, but is completely clean; …..”

As we noted previously in the statement by Warren Weirsbe, there is a difference between Union and Communion, so in Jesus’ foot washing analogy He is distinguishing between regeneration and rebound.  The words He purposefully chose to convey this difference make it clear.

“He who has bathed” is the Perfect tense, Passive voice, Participle of LOUO, which means to wash the entire body, or to take a bath.

The Perfect tense indicates that once saved, always saved.

The Passive voice tells us the believer receives salvation. He receives the bath, as it were, at the point of salvation.

The Participle sets up a concept in which the entire body is washed once. “He who has been bathed.”

The principle that we have seen before is, we are saved once yet need to rebound many times.

So LOUO is used as the illustration of salvation while NIPTO is used for rebound. Sin and carnality do not mean that a believer must be saved again.

This is the first mention of LOUO in the New Testament and draws its meaning here. The same meaning of bathing for salvation is also found in Acts 16:33 and Heb 10:22.

Acts 16:31, “They said, “Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and your household.” 32And they spoke the word of the Lord to him together with all who were in his house. 33And he took them that very hour of the night and washed their wounds, and immediately he was baptized, he and all his household. 34And he brought them into his house and set food before them, and rejoiced greatly, having believed in God with his whole household.”

The Jailer’s act of washing Paul and Silas’ wounds was symbolic of his own salvation through faith in the Lord Jesus Christ.

Likewise in Heb 10:22, “Let us draw near with a sincere heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled clean from an evil conscience and our bodies washed with pure water.”

Hebrews 10:22 puts it in a matter of fact statement through the use of the Perfect tense for both “sprinkled” (RHANTIZO) and “washed” (LOUO). Our bodies were washed clean once and for all time at the moment of salvation. Therefore we don’t require another bathing.

Back in John 13:10, the phrase “needs only to” is literally, does not have a need.

Then missing in the NASB translation but in the KJV is the Greek words EI plus the negative ME which combine to mean “except.” The NASB puts this sentence in the positive even though the Greek uses two negatives to express the reality.

“He who has bathed needs only to wash his feet”, verses “He who has bathed does not have need to bath except his feet be washed.”

Then we have “to wash” which is the Aorist Tense, Middle Voice, Infinitive of NIPTO, which means to wash the extremities, i.e. the feet.

The Aorist tense is a Constative Aorist that gathers into one entirety our NIPTOing every time rebound is necessary. It places the stress on the fact of occurrence, not its nature.

The Middle voice benefits the subject. This is a reflexive middle and indicates that every believer priest must rebound for himself, and therefore is benefited.

The Infinitive expresses purpose, Rebound is part of the Plan of God.

Then we have “the feet” PODAS, which tells us there is no fellowship when the believer is defiled by sin. You cannot walk (or at the Last Supper eat) with God, while having dirty feet.

“But is completely clean” is ALLA EIMI HOLOS KATHAROS.

“Is” or EIMI in the Present, Active, Indicative and the word HOLOS means all, whole, complete or all over, while KATHAROS means pure, clean or innocent.

So we are to be assured of our eternal security through the bathing we received at the moment of our salvation which our Lord doubly emphasizes with the next phrase “and you are clean”.

This phrase is in the Present, Indicative of EIMI (ESTE) plus KATHAROS. It is an instantaneous Present, which means the action is completed at the moment of Christ speaking these words. In other words “you keep on being clean”. That is eternal salvation. So we could say “and you remain clean”.

“But not all of you“, is the Greek phrase ALLA OUK PANTES.

ALLA means but, rather, on the contrary.

OUK is our Greek negative, which identifies that some in the room are NOT saved.

PAS meaning every or all is a nominative pronominal adjective acting like a pronoun, therefore “of you” is added to address the entire group in the room.

Remember that this is not a picture of salvation. It is a picture of ceremonial washing for the cleansing of the filth we pick up during our day. It is a picture of the washing away of the believers daily sins, 1 John 1:9.

Yet in this message there is one exception and this refers to Judas Iscariot.  This message is not intended for him but as we will see indirectly it has purpose. In the analogy, the others came with dirty feet but Judas came without a bath. In other words, Judas is unsaved and therefore this particular message and all the messages in the Upper Room Discourse are not pertinent to Judas at all. Nor are they pertinent to the unbeliever.

Another point that is made here is that salvation is not a result of blessing by association. You cannot be saved, and are not saved, just because you hang out with Christians or the fact that your family and friends are saved. As we noted in Acts 16:31-34 saying to the jailer “you and your family” was not a blessing by association passage. It was a simple prophecy that all in his family would hear the gospel message and believe, which they did.

So here too we see that it is a personal and individual decision and responsibility to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ as your Savior for your very own salvation. No one else can do it for you. John 3:16; 36

Also, as we noted in the beginning of this chapter, Jesus was publicly acknowledging what He already knew, that one of them, Judas Iscariot, was an unbeliever.  Here we have a person who spent the past three years in the presence of the Lord day and night yet never came to accept Him as his Savior.  Jesus knew that Judas never believed in Him and that he was filled with Satan’s Cosmic System thinking and was under demonic influence, John 13:2. His unbelief and demonic influence would eventually lead him to betray our Lord. As we will see in verse 27, Judas’ final betrayal is carried out under demon possession by Satan himself. That is the potential downward spiral of the unbeliever.

That’s why verse 11 says, “For He knew the one who was betraying Him; for this reason He said, “Not all of you are clean.””  Not everyone has taken a bath (LOUO) for salvation and become clean; therefore, not everyone will receive the benefits from this type of washing (NIPTO).

“Knew” is the Greek verb in the Pluperfect, Active, Indicative of OIDA. The pluperfect of OIDA is used as an imperfect (in the English, the past perfect) to indicate that Jesus always knew that Judas Iscariot was and would remain an unbeliever.

“Who was betraying” is the Present, Active, Participle of PARADIDOMIA. It means to hand over, to give or deliver over, or to betray. This is a futuristic present tense meaning the betrayal hasn’t occurred yet, but He knows that it will.

“For this reason”, DIA HOUTOS, is literally because of this, meaning because of this knowledge Jesus did something or in this case said something. Principle: knowledge is power that leads to action, doing or saying a right thing in a right way.

“He said, ‘not all of you are clean” is LEGO HOTI (that) OUK PAS KATHAROS EIMI meaning, “He said that not all are clean”. This again refers to Judas Iscariot as an unbeliever.  Judas never came to the saving knowledge of Jesus Christ as the Messiah.

Our Lord repeats this message a third time in verse 18 making is completely understood that not everyone in the room was a believer.

The interesting fact here about Judas is that the last message he received in this Upper Room was that of the washing away of sins by our Lord. Even though the application is the forgiveness of sins for the believer post salvation, the basis for this NIPTO cleansing is the same as that for the unbeliever’s LOUO salvation bathing, the Cross at Calvary.

So in grace our Lord gives Judas one last chance for salvation even though He knows Judas’ hard heart. That is a good lesson for us all. Never make up your mind about someone’s faith. Always continue to present the gospel and let God take it from there.

In addition, our Lord does not go on with the rest of the Upper Room Discourse until after Judas is dismissed. Why? Because Bible doctrine teaching is not for the unbeliever.

The only issue for the unbeliever is that portion of doctrine called the gospel, which is made up of Christology, Soteriology and some Hamartiology.

Here our Lord completed the discussion on those topics and is going to reveal some new principles regarding the Mystery Doctrine of the Church. Therefore, Judas need not be present.

Nevertheless, the main point of John 13 is not salvation but the washing of the soul of the believer who has sinned post salvation.

As a result of NIPTO washing we have a daily part / portion with Jesus Christ, vs 8, and “walk in the Light as He himself is in the Light”, 1 John 1:5-7.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 7

Vs. 12, Learn from this picture, Christ’s Completed Work for our Spiritual Perfection

Verse 12 states, “So when He had washed their feet, and taken His garments and reclined at the table again, He said to them, “Do you know what I have done to you?”

“So after/when He had washed their feet”.

This is the Aorist, Active, Indicative of NIPTO.   This indicates that Jesus won out! He finally convinced Peter that his feet needed to be washed in order to continue his fellowship with the Christ.

As we noted, this in effect provides cleansing for the eleven born-again believers. Now that they were clean they can take part in the last Passover; but with dirty feet they could not.

This is also the principle in the Communion Supper (Eucharist) for us today.

So the lesson has been, when we are saved, we are washed all over, 1 Cor. 6:9-11; Titus 3:5-6; ….

1 Cor 6:9-11, “Or do you not know that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor pedophiles, nor homosexuals, 10nor thieves, nor the covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor swindlers, will inherit the kingdom of God. 11Such were some of you; but you were washed, but you were sanctified, but you were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and in the Spirit of our God.”

Titus 3:5, “He saved us, not on the basis of deeds which we have done in righteousness, but according to His mercy, by the washing of regeneration and renewing by the Holy Spirit, 6whom He poured out upon us richly through Jesus Christ our Savior.”

… When we confess our daily sins to the Lord, we have our feet washed and our “walk” is cleansed, 1 John 1:7-9.

This bathing and washing was also analogous to the ordination of the Jewish priests. They were washed all over (Ex. 29:4), which pictures our once-for-all cleansing; but God also provided the laver (Ex. 30:17-21) for them to use in the daily washing of their hands and feet.

It is this daily cleansing that keeps the believer in communion with Christ. The lesson here has nothing to do with “getting” or “losing” one’s salvation. It is strictly a matter of communion, fellowship with Christ.  As we have noted, many believers today make the same mistake Peter made in verse 9 where they want to be saved (washed) all over again when in fact all they need is to have their feet washed.

Then we have “and taken His garments”, which is the Aorist, Active, Indicative of LAMBANO and means to receive. So after washing the disciples’ feet Jesus put His garments on again and returned to His former position.

Remember that the Apostles were all dressed up, yet they had dirty feet. Jesus Christ was undressed and clean, looking like a servant ready to serve.  Back in verse four He laid aside His outer garments which represented His laying aside of His Deity so that He could be the humble priest-servant of all at the Cross.  This was also noted when He girded Himself with the towel signifying His priestly service.

So now He LAMBANO HIMATION (Him-at’-ee-on); “takes His outer garment” and puts it back on.

With this action He is resuming His position as the God/Man in Hypostatic Union.

At the Cross His humanity suffered and died for the forgiveness of our sins, not His Deity, so that we could LOUO and NIPTO.  Jesus Christ stripped off His outer clothes (did not use His deity) to do this job; just as He was also physically stripped at the Cross, a picture of providing for salvation and rebound.  Now that the job was finished, He is dressed once again, just as He received His burial clothes.

Therefore, putting on His garments is a picture of operating in Hypostatic Union once again.  Likewise, putting on His garments is analogous to the resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ.

Taking His garments off and washing the disciples feet was a picture of the Cross, while putting His garments back on is a picture of His Resurrection in Hypostatic Union.

Washing the feet is the provision of Christ by His death on the cross. When He puts His clothes back on again, resurrection, it is the provision for dressing us in regeneration for eternal life coupled with the promise of our resurrection. Rom 13:12-14; 1 Cor 15:53-54; Eph 4:24; Eph 6:11-14; Col 3:10-14; 1 Thes 5:8; 2 Cor 5:2-4; John 3.

“And reclined at the table again”, is KAI ANAPIPTO PALIN. ANAPIPTO is also in the Aorist, Active, Indicative and means to fall back, lean back or sit down while PALIN means again.

So He took the seat He was previously occupying.  Ultimately this is a picture of His ascension and session, being seated at the right hand of the Father.  So in this passage we see the whole picture. His humanity on the cross, His resurrection, followed by ascension and session.

Remember back in verse 3 we noted the three broad brush strokes Jesus recalled of the Father’s Plan for His life that gave Him a personal sense of destiny to push on.

What were they?

1) “Knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands”, (glorified for all of eternity seated at the right hand of the Father),

2) “and that He had come forth from God”, (became man incarnate in Hypostatic Union to face the Cross)

3) “and was going back to God”, (promise of resurrection and ascension).

As He recalled it in verse 3, He acts it out in verse 12.

Now that He is reclining at the table, seated at the right hand of the Father, God is able to do something that He has not been able to do in all of human history. Once again He will open up the floodgates of heaven. This time not with rain, but with Bible doctrine that has been held in reserve, held in secret for the entire course of the human race. Now our Lord will continue the discourse with the New Doctrines for the Church.

The point is, God the Father is now able to send the Spirit and all of this doctrine from heaven; the doctrine of the Church Age, the Mystery Doctrine for the Church, the doctrines that we have recorded in the New Testament. These things are now available to us, after Jesus Christ was seated at the right hand of the Father.

The final analogy here is that Jesus Christ, seated at the right hand of the God the Father, as our High Priest in Hypostatic Union, is our advocate before God the Father.  The picture of resuming His position after the washing, after our salvation, shows us that as a result of His sacrifice in like kind, being a man, (Heb 2:5-10; 10:1-18) He was qualified to die in our place, be our High Priest and now be our advocate before the Father.

By no coincidence this is also the message tied to 1 John 1:9, when in Chapter 2:1-2 it says, “My little children, I am writing these things to you so that you may not sin. And if anyone sins, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; 2and He Himself is the propitiation for our sins; and not for ours only, but also for those of the whole world.”

So through the payment of the sins of the entire world we all have the opportunity for salvation, a bath, as well as the opportunity for daily cleansing, washing, from the sins we commit post salvation.

Then, after giving this object lesson, the Lord questioned the disciples in order to draw out the significance of the lesson.  “He said to them, ‘Do you know what I have done to you?’”

First we have the Aorist, Active, Indicative of LEGO which means, “to say” and is the verb of address. Followed by the Dative case third person plural of AUTO meaning “to them”.

Then we have the Present, Active, Imperative of GINOSKO, which means “to know or have knowledge”. This is followed by the adjective TIS meaning “what”, making this a question.

Present tense: Means do you have knowledge now and also means to keep on learning.

Active voice: He is addressing the eleven disciples who all have the gift of communication.

Imperative mood: They are commanded to keep learning what He has done.

The imperative can be a command or exhortation or probing question. In a sense it can be viewed as a searching question, particularly to Simon Peter, (who didn’t understand the Washing work of our Lord at the Cross), and Judas, (who didn’t understand the Bathing work of our Lord at the Cross). But more broadly it was a command to all to learn and keep on learning, especially what He has shown them and was about to tell them.

“I have done to you” is the Perfect, Active, Indicative of POIEO meaning “to make”, “do” or “accomplish”. This is followed by the Irregular Dative case for SU meaning “to you”.

The Perfect tense of POIEO means an event that was completed in the past that has results existing in the present time. It’s the present state of affairs resulting from the past action.  Therefore, our Lord is emphasizing the completed work of the Cross that not only LOUO’s us at regeneration but provides for our NIPTO washing for fellowship and communion with Him.  In both cases it’s a one-time action, you receive Christ as your Savior once through non-meritorious faith and you only need to confess each sin committed post salvation once, because the work was completed at the Cross.

When our Lord says, “what I have done to you”, what He has done is release to them the greatest doctrine the world has ever known.

Our Lord had told Peter, in the presence of the rest in verse 7, that he should afterwards know what was the intent and meaning of this washing; and now He begins to fulfill that promise. Therefore, He gives a command to learn, as He knew Himself that they did not comprehend what He had done previously. So we could translate this “CONSIDER what I have done to you”. In other words “ponder what you have just seen and know the work that I have done for you”.

As we noted previously this is in sharp contrast to what Peter wanted to do. He strongly objected to our Lord’s work because he thought he should do the work for the Lord. As we have seen this is a common error in Christianity.

Oswald Chambers comments on this in relationship to Acts 26:15, Paul’s defense witness to King Agrippa regarding his own ignorance at his conversion.  How Could Someone Be So Ignorant!
“Who are You, Lord?” (Acts 26:15).

“The Lord spoke thus to me with a strong hand …” (Isaiah 8:11).

There is no escape when our Lord speaks. He always comes using His authority and taking hold of our understanding. Has the voice of God come to you directly? If it has, you cannot mistake the intimate insistence with which it has spoken to you. God speaks in the language you know best—not through your ears, but through your circumstances.

God has to destroy our determined confidence in our own convictions. We say, “I know that this is what I should do”—and suddenly the voice of God speaks in a way that overwhelms us by revealing the depths of our ignorance. We show our ignorance of Him in the very way we decide to serve Him. We serve Jesus in a spirit that is not His, and hurt Him by our defense of Him. We push His claims in the spirit of the devil; our words sound all right, but the spirit is that of an enemy. “He … rebuked them, and said, ‘You do not know what manner of spirit you are of’ ” (Luke 9:55). The spirit of our Lord in His followers is described in 1 Corinthians 13.

Have I been persecuting Jesus by an eager determination to serve Him in my own way? If I feel I have done my duty, yet have hurt Him in the process, I can be sure that this was not my duty. MY WAY will not be to foster a meek and quiet spirit, only the spirit of self-satisfaction. We presume that whatever is unpleasant is our duty! Is that anything like the spirit of our Lord—“I delight to do Your will, O my God …” (Psalm 40:8).”

That is a great message from the late Chambers. To follow up on his word, this type of ignorance and rebuke is also seen in Mat 16:21-23 and Mark 8:26 where Jesus foretold His Death.

Mat 16:21-23, “From that time Jesus began to show His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem, and suffer many things from the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and be raised up on the third day. 22Peter took Him aside and began to rebuke Him, saying, “God forbid it, Lord! This shall never happen to You.” 23But He turned and said to Peter, “Get behind Me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to Me; for you are not setting your mind on God’s interests, but man’s.””

So in John 13:12 when our Lord asks, “Do you know what I have done for you”, He is saying learn and keep on learning these principles of washing (NIPTO) and bathing (LOUO), confession of sin and salvation.

Now an interesting fact here is that this is our seventh grouping of three actions. As you may know, in Scripture seven is the number of “spiritual perfection”, while three is the number for completeness, that which is solid, real, and substantial and comes to mean “divine perfection”. Combined it means “divinely completed for spiritual perfection”.

But that is not the only thing we take away from these groupings. We also see in analogy the complete picture of Christ’s Work for our Spiritual Perfection.

So let’s take a closer look at these groupings to see what these actions are telling us.

In Verse 1, (Knew His hour had come, Depart out of this world to the Father, Loved His own)

In Verse 3, (Father given Him all things, Come from God, Going back to God)

In Verse 4, (Rose from table, Laid aside garments, Girded Himself with towel)

In Verse 5, (Poured water, Washed feet, Dried feet)

In Verse 6-10, Peter’s three objections, (Don’t wash, Never wash, Wash hands and head)

In Verse 6-10, Christ’s three lessons, (Ignorance and understanding, Our portion with Him, Rebound not salvation)

In Verse 12, (Completed washing, Took garment again, Sat down), or (Took garment, Sat down, Command to learn)

So let’s see the significance of these events based on what we have noted about each and as we do view them also in the order of 1) Blessing(s), 2) Action, and 3) Result(s).

In other words 1) What is the blessing that is in view?,  2) What action is performed to acquire the blessing?, and 3) What is the end result of the blessing and action?

1) In Verse 1, (the number in Scripture for unity), Jesus Christ (Knew His hour had come, Depart out of this world to the Father, Loved His own).

Here we noted that Jesus had a Personal Sense of Destiny, in the fact that He “knew” the broad-brush strokes of the Plan of God for His life.

  • a) He came to go to the cross and pay the penalty for our sins.
  • b) He was going back to be with the Father so His Resurrection, Ascension and Session (R.A.S.) are in view.
  • c) Finally, He knew of His love for the believer.

So the three facts from verse one are; (Cross, R.A.S., and Love).

2) Then in Verse 3, (the number of divine perfection), we have more of Jesus’ Personal Sense of Destiny in knowing that the (Father given all things into His hands, Come forth out from God, Going back to God).

He recalls the three broad-brush strokes of knowledge as part of His Personal Sense of Destiny:

  • a) Glorification seated at the right hand of the Father; therefore, His eternal Session is in view.
  • b) Came out from God as the God / Man in hypostatic Union to go to the Cross, His incarnation is in view.
  • c) Going back to God via His Resurrection and Ascension.

So the three facts from verse 3 are; (Glorification, Incarnation, and Resurrection).

3) Then in Verse 4, (the number for material completeness), we see our Lord moving from thought to action by completing the following, (Rose from supper, Laid aside garments, girded Himself with towel). The number 4 is important because it represents the material matter or our Lord, His humanity. In other word He temporarily laid aside His deity to perform the task solely in His humanity.

This grouping shows us,

  • a) The power of resurrection.
  • b) Temporarily putting aside His deity to operate in Hypostatic humanity as a servant.
  • c) Assumed His priestly position.

So the three facts from verse 4 are, (Resurrection, Humanity, and High Priest).

4) Then in Verse 5, (the number of Grace), He (Poured water, washed disciples’ feet, and dried feet)

These three continue the action as He demonstrates the Grace provision for the believer post salvation.

  • a) The washing water used by the Priest is the cross.
  • b) The Confession of our sins, Rebound, because of the Cross.
  • c) Our ability to walk clean daily as a result of His resurrection, and our new life.

So the three facts from verse 5 are (Priest washing, Rebound, Walk in Christ).

5) Then in Verses 6-10, (6-man, 7-spiritual perfection, 8-super abundant and new, 9-conclusion of a matter, 10-perfect divine order) we have Peter’s three objections, (Don’t Wash, Never Wash, and give me a bath).

Here we see man, specifically the believer, operating in the flesh objecting to the washing work of our Lord on the Cross. This shows us three errors man makes in regards to Christ’s washing work on the Cross. The three errors are:

  • a) Ignorance of Bible doctrine.
  • b) Over-zealous and misguided in application.
  • c) False sincerity, wanting to be saved over and over again.

So we see the three facts of man’s error regarding our Lord’s NIPTO washing, the confession of our sins (ignorance, over zealousness and false sincerity).

6) Also in Verses 6-10, we have Christ’s three lessons, (Ignorance turned understanding, Our portion with Him, and Rebound not salvation).

Here our Lord shows us what we gain by receiving His grace work on our behalf. We receive:

  • a) Wisdom and understanding where once there was ignorance.
  • b) Daily fellowship with Him.
  • c) Daily washing since we are already saved.

So the three benefits for the believer post salvation as a result of our Lord’s work on the Cross includes, (Wisdom, Fellowship, and Daily cleansing).

7) Now we turn to the final three in verse 12, (governmental perfection). Our groupings of three are finalized in this seventh depiction which also tells us of “divine completeness for spiritual perfection”.

Being the twelfth verse doubly puts a completed stamp on the overall picture as being part of God’s perfect government or administration for the believer. Therefore, we take away the significance and importance of the confession of our sins in order to walk daily in fellowship with Him.

Without confession we cannot operate inside the Plan of God or inside God’s Power System. Therefore, this message shows us God’s perfect administration for the believer in time. We must confess our sins in order to walk with God on a daily basis.

There are two potential groupings for the final three which I will show you below under 7a and 7b.

7a) In the first potential grouping we see (Completed washing, Put garment back on, Reclined again at the table).

As we have noted, putting His garment back on represents putting on His deified nature once again. Remember that He never lost it nor was it removed, He just did not use it to solve His problems including enduring the Cross. That is what “laying aside” means, He did not use His deity. Likewise, “putting on” means He is operating in deity and humanity once again.

Now reclining at the table represents His Session in heaven seated at the right hand of the Father in Hypostatic Union.

Therefore, this grouping shows the completed work of our Lord’s humanity on the Cross and His current work being performed from heaven as the God / Man. Therefore:

  • a) The work for daily washing, the Cross, is completed.
  • b) He resumes His position of Deity as the God / Man, the results of His R.A.S.
  • c) He is once again seated at the right of God this time in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate, 1 John 2:1.

So this grouping tells us, (Work completed, Raised as the God / Man, and Seated at the right hand of God as our High Priest Advocate).

7b) Another way to look at the last grouping is to say that the narrative of “and so when he had washed their feet” is setting the stage and the three acts are, (took garments, reclined and said, “do you know what I have done for you” where the word “done” is in the perfect tense.).

This would mean:

  • a) He resumes His position of Deity as the God / Man, the results of His R.A.S.
  • b) He is once again seated at the right of God this time in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate, 1 John 2:1.
  • c) God is now able to pour out His Doctrine to us and we are to keep learning about the perfectly completed work of our Lord.

So the message would be, (Raised as the God / Man, Seated at the right hand of God as our advocate, and Keep learning the doctrine poured out to us about His completed work).

Interestingly, verses 2 and 11 are not included in our groupings of 3, why?

In verse 2 we have two characters mentioned, the Devil and Judas. In the Bible two is the number of division, so we see the intention of Satan and Judas, in their betrayal, to separate out Jesus from mankind, to stop His gracious priestly work upon the Cross.

Secondly, in verse 11 we have the number of disorder, disorganization, imperfection and disintegration. By no coincidence is verse 11 the second mention of Judas’ betrayal and fact that “not all of you are clean”.

Our Lord recognizes that not all members of the human race will accept His saving work for salvation. As a result they will not be able to utilize that same work for the daily cleansing through the confession of their sins post salvation that is necessary to “walk in the Light as He Himself is in the Light.” Not everyone will be able to live in the daily portion that God has for them.

Seven Groups of Three – John 13:1-12

1) Verse 1, (Unity), (Cross, R.A.S., Love).

a) He came to go to the cross and pay the penalty for our sins.

b) He also knew that He was going back to be with the Father so His Resurrection, Ascension and Session (R.A.S.) are in view.

c) He had love for the believer.

2) Verse 3, (Divine Perfection), (Glorification, Incarnation, Resurrection).

a) Glorification seated at the right hand of the Father therefore His Session is in view.

b) Came out from God as the God / Man in hypostatic Union to go to the Cross, Incarnation is in view.

c) His Resurrection and Ascension.

3) Verse 4, (Material Completeness), (Resurrection, Human, Priest).

a) The power of resurrection.

b) Putting aside His deity to operate in Hypostatic humanity as a servant.

c) Assumed His priestly position.

4) Verse 5, (Grace), (Priest washing, Rebound, Walk in Christ).

  • a) The washing water used by the Priest is the cross.
  • b) The Confession of our sins, Rebound, because of the Cross
  • c) Our ability to walk clean daily as a result of His resurrection, and our new life.

Verses 6-10, (6-Man, 7-Spiritual Perfection, 8-Super Abundant and New, 9-Conclusion of a Matter, 10-Perfect Divine Order)

5) Verse 6-10, Peter, (Ignorance, Over zealousness and False sincerity).

a) Ignorant of Bible doctrine

b) Over-zealous and misguided in application

c) False sincerity: wanting to be saved again.

6) Verse 6-10, Jesus, (Wisdom, Fellowship, Daily Cleansing).

a) Wisdom and understanding where once there was ignorance

b) Daily Fellowship with Him

c) The Grace provision of daily washing since we are already saved.

7) Verse 12, (Governmental Perfection),

(Work completed, Raised as the God / Man, Seated at the right hand of God as our High Priest Advocate).

a) The work for daily washing, the Cross, is completed.

b) He resumes His position of Deity as the God / Man.

c) He is once again seated at the right of God this time in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate, 1 John 2:1.

or,

(Raised as the God / Man, Seated at the right hand of God as our High Priest Advocate, Keep learning about His completed work).

a) He resumes His position of Deity as the God / Man.

b) He is once again seated at the right of God this time in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate, 1 John 2:1.

c) God is now able to pour our His Doctrine to us and we are to keep learning about the perfectly completed work of our Lord.

In conclusion the message is:

John 13:1, “He came to go to the cross and pay the penalty for our sins, knowing that He was going back to be with the Father by means of His Resurrection, Ascension and Session (R.A.S.), because He loved us, (only believers are in view here). 3He is glorified from eternity past seated at the right hand of the Father in session as a result of His incarnation as the God / Man in Hypostatic Union who would go to the Cross, be raised, (on the third day), and ascend to heaven to be with God forever. 4The power that raised Him will also raise mankind because He put aside His deity and operated humbly in His humanity the servant High Priest. 5The washing water used by the Priest is the Cross which provides for the confession of our sins, (rebound), giving us the ability to daily walk clean in Him because of His resurrection, and our new life. 6-10In wrong application man shows his ignorance of Bible doctrine, over zealousness leading to misguided application, and displays a false sincerity desiring to be saved repeatedly. 6-10In Jesus, there is wisdom and understanding where once there was ignorance, daily fellowship with Him, because of the grace provision of daily washing post salvation. 12The work for daily washing (the Cross), is completed once and for all. Therefore, Christ resumed His position (emphasizing His deity) as the God / Man and is seated at the right of God in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate.

Alternate ending:

12Christ resumed His position (emphasizing His deity) as the God / Man and is seated at the right of God in Hypostatic Union as our High Priest Advocate. Now God is able to pour out His doctrine on us and we are commanded to keep learning about and applying the completed work of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.

All of this speaks to God’s perfect Plan for the administration of the believer’s life during the Church Age so that we can achieve daily Spiritual Perfection to the glory of God.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 8

Vs. 13-15, Jesus is our Teacher and Lord, our Role Model.

We continue our study in verse 13. Jesus had just commanded them in verse 12 to,  “keep learning what I have done to you”.  So now He continues the lesson in regards to the forgiveness of sins.

John 13:13, “You call Me Teacher and Lord; and you are right, for so I am.”

“You call me” is the Nominative case (subject), Pronoun of SU in the 2nd Person meaning “you”, that being the eleven believing disciples. This is followed by the Present, Active, Indicative of PHONEO which means call, call to; call out, etc. This is followed by the Accusative (direct object), Pronoun of EGO in the first person meaning, “I” or “me”.

Then we have the title “Teacher” in the Nominative Masculine Singular of HO DIDASKALOS. This tells us that Jesus Christ is the right pastor while He is on earth to these eleven apostles.  So the disciples are referring to Jesus Christ as their right Pastor-Teacher during His incarnation.

Principles:

1.  Jesus Christ was the Pastor-Teacher to His disciples during His incarnation, Mat 22:36; John 3:1-2.

Mat 22:36, “Teacher, which is the great commandment in the Law?”

John 3:1, “Now there was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews; 2this man came to Jesus by night and said to Him, “Rabbi, we know that You have come from God as a teacher; for no one can do these signs that You do unless God is with him.””

2.  He continues to be our teacher today because all Bible Doctrine emanates from our Lord Jesus Christ.

John 1:1, “In the beginning, (which was not a beginning) (speaking of the restoration of planet earth), was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”

3.  All Doctrine is the mind of Jesus Christ, 1 Cor 2:16.

Eph 4:16, “Because of whom [Jesus Christ], the entire body, being joined together [Baptism of the Spirit], and being inculcated [repetitious teaching of the mystery doctrine] by every joint of supply [Pastor-Teacher] on the basis of the operational power [omnipotence of Trinity], in measure, one [Pastor-Teacher] for each part [segment of believers].”

4.  The emphasis of teaching is related to the grace of God that gave us the mind of Christ for the Church Age called Mystery Doctrine.

Eph 3:8-9, “To me (Paul), the very least of all saints, this grace has been given to preach to the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ, and to make known to all what is the dispensation of the mystery which has been concealed from ages [Theocentric dispensations] in the God (Jesus Christ) who created all things.”

5.  Jesus Christ is the creator. The pre-incarnate work of Jesus Christ indicates He is God. He is the creator of the universe, John 1:3; Col 1:16; Heb 1:10. He had to be God to pre-exist all other creatures.

His creation includes the Mystery Doctrine for the Church Age, which was concealed in Him until His First Advent.

  1. The concealed Mystery Doctrine relates to the Royal Family of God in the Church Age only.
  2. This doctrine was not revealed until Christ received His third royal patent at the right hand of the Father.

Next we have “and“, which is KAI meaning and, even or also.

Then we have “Lord“, which is HO KURIOS in the Nominative Masculine Singular.

This is followed by KAI meaning “and“.

Then we have “you are right” which is the adverb KALOS which means, “right”, “correct” or “accurately” with the Present Active, Indicative, 2nd Person plural of LEGO which means, “to say” or “to answer” that isn’t translated in the NASB. So we could translate this “you accurately say” or “you say correctly”.

Then we conclude with “for so I am” which is the verb “to be” of EIMI in the Present, Active, Indicative, First Person Singular, meaning, “I am” or “I keep on being”.

This is followed by subordinating conjunction GAR meaning, “for“.

So literally it is “to be for” but the meaning is “I am your teacher; I am your Lord”.

DOCTRINE OF THE LORDSHIP OF CHRIST

1. In the title of the second person of the Trinity, there are three words.

a) KURIOS, translated “Lord”, which means deity in both Greek and Latin, for Jesus Christ is God.

b) IESOUS is translated “Jesus”, the title for His humanity meaning Savior.

c) CHRISTOS is translated “Christ”, meaning anointed one, which is His second royal titling as the Son of David being the Messiah.

2.  The Lord Jesus Christ was referred to by Israel in the words of Deut 6:4: SHAMA ISRAEL, ADONAI ELOHENU, ADONAI ECHAD, translated “Hear O Israel, the Lord [Jesus Christ] is our God, the Lord [Jesus Christ] is one or unique.”

3.  Jesus Christ is true humanity and undiminished deity in one person forever. He had to be true humanity in order to be judged for our sins and take our place.

4.  In Rev 1-2, Jesus Christ is called the Alpha and the Omega, the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Alpha refers to His deity; Omega refers to His hypostatic union with emphasis on His humanity.

5.  So in the title of the second person of the Trinity:

a)  “Lord” refers to the deity of Christ with emphasis on His authority as the “Lord of lords and King of kings”, Deut 10:17; Psa 136:1-26; 1 Tim 6:15; Rev 17:14; 19:16.

b)  “Jesus” refers to the humanity of Christ.

c)  “Christ” also refers to His deity with His Messiahship in view as the legitimate and eternal King of Israel.

6.  The use of the term “hypostatic union” refers to the unique person of Jesus Christ as the God / Man, beginning with the virgin birth and continuing throughout the incarnation.

7. The First Advent of the Jesus Christ in hypostatic union began with the virgin birth and terminated with our Lord’s death, burial, resurrection, ascension, and session. But our Lord always existed as God. John 8:58, “Before Abraham was born, I am (had always existed).”

8. Jesus Christ is Lord because He is the only Savior. Because Jesus Christ was judged for our sins on the Cross, becoming our substitute and taking our place, we who have believed in Him for eternal salvation have Him as our one and only Lord.

Eph 4:5, “one Lord, one faith, one baptism”, refers to the unique person of Jesus Christ as the God / Man.  His uniqueness began with His First Advent.

a)  “One Lord” means Jesus Christ is the basis for our unity because of His substitutionary spiritual death.

b)  “One faith” means we are all saved in exactly the same way, by faith in Jesus Christ.

c)  “One baptism” refers to God the Holy Spirit entering us into union with Christ forever at the point of salvation. We will always be in union with Christ, documented throughout the New Testament by the prepositional phrase “in Christ”, (EN CHRISTOS).

9.  Jesus Christ is the “Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world”, John 1:29. No one else could do this, only the perfect Jesus Christ as the Son of God could provide salvation.

10.  Since the First Advent, Jesus Christ is the God / Man as undiminished Deity and true humanity in one person forever. Now He is resurrected. Once resurrected, He spent forty days on the earth, after which He ascended into the presence of the Father to be our High Priest, Mediator and Advocate.

11.  The pre-incarnate person of Jesus Christ was and is infinite and eternal God, co-equal and co-eternal with God the Father and God the Holy Spirit. The post-incarnate person of Christ includes undiminished Deity and true humanity in one person forever.

12.  As the God / Man, Jesus Christ is:

  1. Different from all members of the human race because He is eternal God.
  2. Different from the other two members of the Trinity because He is true humanity.
  3. As infinite and eternal God, Jesus Christ is superior to all creatures, both angelic and human.
  4. In hypostatic union, Jesus Christ continues to be superior to all creatures, both angelic and human, Heb 1-2; Phil 2.

13.  As Lord, Jesus Christ creates and controls the universe. Prior to the incarnation, Jesus Christ created the universe, John 1:3; Col 1:16; Heb 1:10. As God, and now as the God / Man, our Lord Jesus Christ holds the universe together, Col 1:17; Heb 1:3.

Col 1:16-17, “For by Him all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities—all things have been created through Him and for Him. 17He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together.

Deut 33:26, “There is no one like the God of Jeshurun, who rides the heavens to help you, and in His majesty He rides through the skies.”

Heb 1:3, “And He is the radiance of His glory and the exact representation of His nature, and upholds all things by the word of His power.”

14.  A false doctrine prevalent today is called “Lordship Salvation”, which says that, “if Jesus Christ is not Lord of all, He is not Lord at all”. The old Wesleyan adage is “Christ saves us from sin, not in sin”.  This belief is a mixture of justification and experiential sanctification from the Arminian viewpoint held by many Reformers and Covenant Theologians today who are anti-Dispensationalist.  This false doctrine claims that if you do not keep Jesus Christ as number one priority in your life as demonstrated through good works you are not saved and, or will lose the salvation you once had.

Scripture wrongly used to make these claims include: John 14:15; Heb 12:14b; Eph 5:5; 1 Cor 6:9-10; James 2:14, 17.

We understand these scriptures as having a context that admonishes unfaithful but truly saved people to live their lives as an example to others faithfully in obedience to God’s commands.  Lordship salvation is contrary to the grace plan of God for salvation and a heresy that says Christ’s work on the Cross is not all sufficient for your salvation. You must demonstrate works in order to be saved.

In fact Scripture teaches that God saves the ungodly in their sins, Rom 5:6, “For while we were still helpless, at the right time Christ died for the ungodly.”

Scripture also teaches that God saves the believer from their sins, Gal 5:16, “But I say, walk by the Spirit, and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh.” Cf. Eph 5:18

The first known use of the term “Lordship Salvation” occurred in a 1959 debate in Eternity magazine between Presbyterian Everett F. Harrison, a professor at Dallas Theological Seminary, and John Stott, an Anglican theologian.

The fact is we should keep Christ as our number one priority in life, Heb 12:2. But whether we do or not, does not determine our salvation or the Lordship of Christ.

Miles Stanford suggests that “Lordship salvation … rightly insists upon repentance, but wrongly includes a change of behavior … in order to be saved. No one questions that there must be a sincere change of mind, a turning from oneself to the Savior; but Lordship advocates attempt to make behavior and fruit [that is, good works] essential ingredients of, rather than evidence of, saving faith.” (Miles J. Stanford, The Gospel According to Jesus – John F. MacArthur Jr., pg. 1. 1988)

15.  Jesus Christ is Lord regardless of our thoughts and actions.  In fact He is Lord of all members of the human race, believers and unbelievers, and is Lord of all angelic creatures as well.

That is why scripture tells us, “At the name of Jesus Christ every knee shall bow”, (Isa 45:23; Rom 11:36; 14:11; Phil 2:10-11; Rev 5:11-13), and that He is the “King of kings and Lord of lords”, (1 Tim 6:5; Rev 17:14; 19:16).

The reality is that Jesus Christ is Lord whether you keep Him in that position or not.

16.  The Lordship of Jesus Christ is the fact that He is God, now in hypostatic union. As our Lord, we should be obedient to His Word as depicted in the New Testament Mystery Doctrine for the Church Age. That is the reason why He reminds His disciples in John 13:13-14 that He is their Teacher and their Lord. In other words, they, as we too, should obey His commands because He is our God who departs His wisdom onto us. Therefore the phrase Teacher and Lord means learning and obeying.

As God our Teacher He continues in verse 14, “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, washed your feet, you also ought to wash one another’s feet.”

We begin with a first class conditional if (EI) which means “if and it is true”, followed by the conjunction OUN meaning “then”, plus the Nominative, First person, Singular, Pronoun of EGO meaning “I”.  “If then I”. This is the protasis, which sets up the apodosis.  Meaning if I have done something to you then something else should follow. The pragmatic approach here is a command or request by our Lord for the Disciples to do something in return.

Then in the Greek we have the phrase “washed your feet”, which is the Constative aorist, Active, Indicative of NIPTO for “washed”. The Constative views the action in its entirety with stress on the fact of occurrence, not its nature. Then we have the Genitive, Second person, Plural of SU meaning “your”, plus the direct object Accusative, Plural of HO PODAS meaning “the feet”.

So far we have “if then I washed your feet (and I have),”

Next we have Jesus reminding them of what He just stated in verse 13 using the subject Nominative, Singular with the conjunction for HO KURIOS KAI HO DIDASKALOS, “Lord and Teacher”. He is their God and instructor. Since He established their personal belief in verse 13, He calls upon their faith to heed the coming command.  In essence He is saying, “Since you have believed in me, then believe in and do what I say”

Then we have the apodosis phrase (then), which in the Greek is “and you ought to” made up of the Adverb KAI plus the Nominative, Second Person, Plural, Pronoun of SU meaning “you” with the Present, Active, Indicative of OPHEILO which means to owe, be under obligation, ought to, must or should. This is a verb of obligation. It means to discharge an obligation, to have a total responsibility.

In other words our Lord is giving a command or order for the disciples to take on and carry out during the Church Age. “You are also under obligation to” is a way we could translate this phrase.

Then our last phrase “to wash one another’s feet”.

“To wash” is our word NIPTO.

“One another’s feet” is the Genitive, Second Person, Plural, Pronoun of ALLELON (Al-lay-lone) meaning one another, each other, or others (of like kind) plus the direct object Accusative, Plural of HO PODAS, “feet”.

One another of the same kind refers to the believers of the first generation of the Church Age.

How will they wash their feet? By studying and teaching the mind of Jesus Christ.

As you know you have to have a bucket full of water before you can wash feet. The water of the Word is the cleansing agent. No pastor can wash his disciples (communicate the Word of God) having an empty bucket. Therefore, the disciple must study the Word in order to teach.

So He says, you have the responsibility to wash one another’s feet, see verse 15. This is not literally their feet, but it is the communication of Bible doctrine that cleanses the soul starting with the communication of 1 John 1:9. See also Eph 5:1-21; 1 Tim 4:6-7; 2 Tim 2:14-19.

Our Lord was their Teacher (DIDASKALOS) and Lord (KURIOS) which shows that Jesus is on a higher level than they, yet He had done a humble service for them as a teaching aid. Therefore, meeting or satisfying others’ need for learning Bible Doctrine by self-sacrificially studying His Word is one of the lessons from this example. 2 Tim 2:15.

2 Tim 2:15, “Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.”

In this passage our Lord is stating that “My life isn’t the issue but my message is the issue, my authority is the issue. Now listen to what I say and emulate me” as you study and teach My Word to clean others.

Gal 6:1-3, “Brethren, even if anyone is caught in any trespass, you who are spiritual, restore such a one in a spirit of gentleness; each one looking to yourself, so that you too will not be tempted. 2Bear one another’s burdens, and thereby fulfill the law of Christ. 3For if anyone thinks he is something when he is nothing, he deceives himself.”

Eph 5:25, “Husbands, love your wives, just as Christ also loved the church and gave Himself up for her, 26so that He might sanctify her, having cleansed (KATHARIZO) her by the washing (LOUTRON) of water with the word, 27that He might present to Himself the church in all her glory, having no spot or wrinkle or any such thing; but that she would be holy and blameless.”

1 Tim 5:9, “A widow is to be put on the list only if she is not less than sixty years old, having been the wife of one man, 10having a reputation for good works; and if she has brought up children, if she has shown hospitality to strangers, if she has washed the saints’ feet, if she has assisted those in distress, and if she has devoted herself to every good work.”

John 15:3, “You are already clean (KATHAROS) because of the word which I have spoken to you.”

See John 9:1-12 for an analogy of washing of the blind in order to see. In other words the Word washes us so that we have the wisdom of God. Cf. 2 Kings 5:14

Verse 15, “For I gave you an example that you also should do as I did to you.”

For I gave you” is the conjunction GAR meaning for, since, then, indeed or certainly, plus the Constative Aorist, Active, Indicative, of DIDOMI meaning gave, granted, allowed, etc., plus the Pronoun in the Dative of indirect object, Second Person, Plural of SU meaning “to you” speaking of the disciples in the Upper Room.

For I gave to you” is ultimately understood as a grace provision by God in giving Jesus Christ as an example for all teachers and ambassadors.

An example” is the direct object Accusative of HUPODEIGMA, (hoop-od’-igue-mah), which means example, pattern, copy, imitation, or model. This word is also used in Heb 8:5 and 9:23 as the earthly Tabernacle was a copy of the true heavenly Tabernacle in God’s Throne Room.

Next we have the conjunction HINA meaning that, in order that, so that, etc. “For I gave to you an example so that“. HINA introduces the purpose clause that follows, “you also should do as I did to you”.

The Greek starts with the second half of this phrase “as I did to you” with the conjunction KATHOS meaning as, just as, inasmuch as, because, in so far as, or to the degree that.  This is followed by the Pronoun, Nominative, First Person, Singular of EGO meaning “I” or me. Then we have “did” in the Aorist, Active, Indicative of POIEO meaning make, do, cause, effect, bring about, accomplish, perform, provide, etc.

This is a Culminative Aorist meaning, I did it once, that is all.

The Active Voice, Jesus did it once that is His teaching during the First Advent, including this Upper Room Discourse washing of the feet.

The Indicative Mood is the reality of the fact that He did wash their feet as a training aid to command them to communicate Bible doctrine to others.

We will translate this “did it once”.

Jesus taught doctrine to the disciples; the disciples, in turn, who have the gift of communication, will communicate to the first generation of the Church Age. After that it will be Pastor-Teachers appointed by God and every believer through their Royal Ambassadorship.

Then we have the Pronoun in the Dative of Indirect Discourse, Second Person, Plural of SU meaning “you” speaking of the disciples once again.

So far we have our Lord as the example, “For I gave to you an example so that just as I did it once to you

Then we have the final phrase in the Greek, “you also should do“, which is KAI SU POIEO.

Also” is the conjunction KAI meaning and, even or also.  “You” is the subject Nominative SU in the Second Person, Plural in regards to the disciples in the Upper Room.  The first generation of communicators were the Apostles who were seated there, minus Judas and the apostle Paul who will fill in later.  “Should do” is the Present, Active, and Subjunctive of POIEO, which is addressed to the communicators.

This is the Iterative Present of linear aktionsart meaning “you disciples do it and (keep on doing it)”.

The Active Voice, “you disciples communicate”.

The Subjunctive Mood is the mood of purpose. It goes with HINA above.

So we have “you also should communicate and keep on communicating”, Bible Doctrine.

All together it reads, “For I gave to you (in grace) an example so that just as I did it once to you, you also should do (communicate) and keep on doing (communicating Bible Doctrine).

Here we see the grace plan of God in that He has given us Jesus Christ as the precedence, pattern and example for Pastor-Teachers to study and teach, study and teach as a DIDASKALOS. We also see Jesus as the prototype spiritual life for all Church Age believers.

The word example (HUPODEIGMA – hoop-od’-igue-mah), precludes the idea of a ritualistic pattern. We aren’t to ritualistically wash feet or worse literally crucify ourselves as some fanatics do thinking they are glorifying God.  No! More importantly this is speaking of the heritage of GRACE which is perpetuated through the communication of accurate teaching of Bible Doctrine.

This GRACE is passed from one generation to another because in God’s grace plan He raises up Pastor-Teachers to accurately communicate Bible doctrine. In addition He always maintains a remnant forming a pivot of positive believers for the advancement of His Word, Rom 11:4-5.

All precedence for the Church Age is derived from the Incarnation of the Hypostatic Union of our Lord Jesus Christ. This precedence emphasizes His humanity residing in the prototype of God’s Power System (GPS), i.e., the filling of the Holy Spirit plus the Word resident in His soul, Heb 9:14.

Heb 9:14, “How much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without blemish to God, cleanse your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?”

The Church Age has the thinking of Christ, (1 Cor 2:16 – the New Testament Canon), which emphasizes a body of doctrine that pertains to us today.  It is sometimes called the Mystery Doctrine because it was not known to the Old Testament prophets. Rom 16:25; 1 Cor 2:7; Eph 3:2-11; Col 1:20, 27; 1 Tim 3:9, 16.

Under the doctrine of verbal plenary inspiration, 2 Tim 3:16-17, the New Testament Canon had to be written to explain the relationship between the great power experiment of the Hypostatic Union and the great power experiment of the Church Age.

This explains why the New Testament is divided into parts.

  1. The Gospels present the great power experiment of the Hypostatic Union.
  2. The Book of Acts is the history of the transition between the great power experiment of the Hypostatic Union and the great power experiment of the Church Age.
  3. The Epistles delineate the great power experiment of the Church Age; i.e., what is expected of you after your salvation through faith in Christ.
  4. The Book of Revelation presents the transition between the Church and the Kingdom of Christ, the Tribulation.

1 Cor 10:11‑13 tells us that the Old Testament has benefit for us, but it does not tell us how to live the Christian life. Only the Mystery Doctrine for the Church gives us this information as well as our current study of the Upper Room Discourse, which was the introduction to the Mystery Doctrine.

So we see that the great power experiment of the Hypostatic Union and the great power experiment of the Church Age go together. The first is designed for the strategic victory of one person, Jesus Christ; the second for the tactical victory of many believers, i.e., Church Age believers who advance to spiritual maturity.

By living in the prototype Power System, our Lord was qualified by impeccability to go to the cross and be judged for our sins. That judgment is the beginning of the strategic victory of our Lord followed by His Resurrection, Ascension and Session at the right hand of the Father.

Our Lord used the Mystery Doctrine including the Problem Solving Devices during the Hypostatic Union and established a precedent for the use of our Problem Solving Devices in the Church Age.

There is no greater illustration in history for the resisting of the outside pressures of adversity from being converted into the inside pressure of stress in the soul than the final three hours on the Cross, when salvation was provided.  Therefore, as the One who set the precedence, Jesus Christ is the role model (HUPODEIGMA, hoop-od’-igue-mah), for the Church Age believer.  Making a role model out of Christ means understanding His incarnation and the doctrines of the Hypostatic Union and Impeccability (POSSE NON PECCARE – able not to sin).

We have the same Problem Solving Devices (PSDs) available to us as our Lord had available to Him. In fact, we have two additional PSD’s: Rebound (1 John 1:9) and Occupation with Christ.  The humanity of Christ during the incarnation utilized the prototype Power System to execute the Incarnation Plan of God.  The Royal Family of God during the dispensation of the Church utilizes the operational-type Power System to execute the Royal Family Plan of God.  So we understand that all precedence for the Plan of God for our lives during the Church Age is taken from the great power experiment of the Hypostatic Union, He is our example for executing the spiritual way of life.

Mat 5:16, “Let your light shine before men in such a way that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father who is in heaven.”

1 Peter 5:2, “Shepherd the flock of God among you, exercising oversight not under compulsion, but voluntarily, according to the will of God; and not for sordid gain, but with eagerness; 3nor yet as lording it over those allotted to your charge, but proving to be examples (TUPOS – someone to emulate) to the flock.”

Ministering in Everyday Opportunities.
(By Oswald Chambers).

“If I then, your Lord and Teacher, have washed your feet, you also ought to wash one another’s feet. For I gave you an example that you also should do as I did to you.” (John 13:14-15).

“Ministering in everyday opportunities that surround us does not mean that we select our own surroundings—it means being God’s very special choice to be available for use in any of the seemingly random surroundings which He has engineered for us. The very character we exhibit in our present surroundings is an indication of what we will be like in other surroundings.

The things Jesus did were the most menial of everyday tasks, and this is an indication that it takes all of God’s power in me to accomplish even the most common tasks in His way. Can I use a towel as He did? Towels, dishes, sandals, and all the other ordinary things in our lives reveal what we are made of more quickly than anything else. It takes God Almighty Incarnate (Lord) in us to do the most menial duty as it ought to be done.

Jesus said, “I have given you an example, that you should do as I have done to you” (13:15). Notice the kind of people that God brings around you, and you will be humiliated once you realize that this is actually His way of revealing to you the kind of person you have been to Him. Now He says we should exhibit to those around us exactly what He has exhibited to us.

Do you find yourself responding by saying, “Oh, I will do all that once I’m out on the mission field”? Talking in this way is like trying to produce the weapons of war while in the trenches of the battlefield – you will be killed while trying to do it.

We have to go the “second mile” with God (see Matthew 5:41). Yet some of us become worn out in the first ten steps. Then we say, “Well, I’ll just wait until I get closer to the next big crisis in my life.” But if we do not steadily minister in everyday opportunities, we will do nothing when the crisis comes.”

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 9

Vs. 16-20, Five principles from Foot Washing.

            Vs. 16, 1) The servant must have Authority Orientation

            Vs. 17, 2) Knowledge and application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness.

            Vs. 18, 3) God’s Omniscience does not violate our human volition

            Vs. 19, 4) Bible doctrine prepares the believer for shocking behavior

            Vs. 20, 5) Bible doctrine is perpetuated after the death of Christ.

The next section, verses 16-20 deals with the five principles derived from foot-washing.

John 13:16, “Truly, truly, I say to you, a slave is not greater than his master, nor is one who is sent greater than the one who sent him.”

1) Authority Orientation:

Verse 16 – the first principle. “Truly, truly” means point of doctrine.

Truly, Truly” is the Greek word AMEN. AMEN it is a transliteration of the Hebrew word having the same meaning. It means sure, faithfulness, truly or so be it. At the beginning of a discourse, it means surely, truly, or of a truth stating that what is to follow is a true fact.

AMEN is a Particle Sentence which is a particle that acts as an intentional intensifier or supplies an “attention getter” to the sentence.

When AMEN is repeated as is here it means this is a point of Bible Doctrine that the listener or reader must pay attention to.

I say to you” … We have the Present, Active Indicative of LEGO, to say or to address, plus the Dative case, Second Person, Plural of SU meaning “to you”.

Slave“, servant or bond servant, is DOULOS, which refers to the disciple from the standpoint of his discipleship. He is a slave.  A disciple is a student under strict discipline. The English word discipline is taken from the same word as disciple.

“The disciple’s objective is to be under academic discipline and receive information. So the word servant is used interchangeably with the word disciple. The servant and the disciple are two sides of the same coin. A disciple is under strict discipline with no privileges and no rights. A slave is exactly the same thing. Why does the Lord use interchangeably the words slave and disciple? If the Lord is actually teaching He calls them disciples, or if He is giving them some principle related to His teaching. But if they are out of school they are still not out from His academic discipline, therefore they are called slaves.”, (RB. Thieme Jr.).

So just as John used the word little children (TEKNION) in his epistles interchangeably for students of the Word and his loved ones, our Lord uses the word DOULOS.

Then we have the descriptive action for the servant in the Present, Active, Indicative for “is”, EIMI, plus the negative OUK “not“. This describes the hierarchical relationship of the servant to our Lord.  This is further modified by the word “greater” which is the comparative adjective of MEGAS – MEIZON. The comparative is used when two items are being compared, us to our Lord.  This is followed by the Genitive of comparison, “master“, which is the word KURIOS for “Lord”. The Genitive of comparison calls us to add the word “than” in our comparison.  This along with the possessive Genitive of AUTO, “of him” gives us the entire comparison, “a slave is not greater than his Lord“.

As we have noted Lord connotes deity and also indicates a great contrast between the disciple and Jesus Christ.  Our Lord has just washed their feet. To do so He took upon Himself the form of a servant to perform this humiliating task. Even though Jesus took the place of a slave and washed their feet it did not remove His rank of Lord over the disciples. He did not become inferior to them, nor did it rob Him of His authority. His is still the KURIOS and He is still the DIDASKALOS.

Now, KURIOS is His authority over them when called DOULOS, slave.

DIDASKALOS is His authority over them when called MATHETES, disciple as in verse 5.

Even though He has done a very humiliating thing He has not traded places with the disciples nor lowered His rank.

Then we end this passage with some interesting Greek words that don’t show up apparently in the English translations.

The phrase is “neither is one who is sent greater than the one who sent him“.

Neither is” is the conjunction OUDE meaning neither, nor or and not.  “One who is sent” is actually the Greek noun APOSTOLOS meaning, apostle, messenger, or one sent on a mission. This is not a reference to the disciples or Apostles. It is actually a reference to the Lord Jesus Christ because He was sent by God the Father.  Then we have our comparative adjective MEGAS once again meaning “greater than“.

This is followed by the root word for “the one who sent him“, which is the Aorist, Active, Genitive Participle of PEMPO meaning, to send, dispatch, commission or appoint. The Genitive participle turns this verb into a noun such as sender, dispatcher, commissioner or appointer. This goes back to verse 3 where Jesus knew He had come forth from God. He knew of and respected the authority of God the Father in the Incarnation Plan of salvation. So Jesus is recognizing the authority of God the Father in the First Advent, the incarnation. Nevertheless, Jesus Christ is Lord over the disciples and, speaking from His humanity, the Father is over the Son.

John 13:16, “Truly, truly (listen intently to this point of doctrine), a slave (student disciple under academic discipline) is not greater than his lord (the one with teaching authority), neither is the one sent (Jesus Christ is Hypostatic Union) greater than the sender (God the Father).

Principles of Authority:

1.  We have already noted the authority of Jesus Christ in Hypostatic Union by understanding His Lordship. Now we need to understand, as did the apostles, our orientation to authority.

2.  Spiritual service is occasionally accomplished in a very humble capacity but it does not rob the one who has the authority from God of his authority.

3..While a believer’s positive volition toward Bible doctrine leads to advancement, maturity, execution of the Plan of God, and to become an invisible hero, you cannot maintain and continue momentum unless you maintain and continue the basis for doing so, which is authority orientation.

Perception of Bible doctrine, renewing of the mind, is based on the principles of authority. Perception of doctrine is the only way to advance spiritually and demands authority orientation.

4. God has provided an umbrella of divine authority over the mechanics of learning and growing in the teaching ministry of God the Holy Spirit who indwells every believer. The Holy Spirit must fill the believer for perception of doctrine. 1 John 1:9; Eph 5:18

5.  God has also provided an umbrella of human authority over the mechanics of renewing our mind in the teaching function of the Pastor in the local church.

Spiritual authority resides in the Word of God and in its communicator, the Pastor-Teacher, as well as in Deacons to whom the Pastor delegates authority. The Evangelist also has authority. The Pastor-Teacher’s authority is limited to his own sheep, the Deacons to the local assembly and the Evangelist to the ones receiving his gospel communication.

There is no way you can read your Bible for yourself and understand and execute God’s Plan. That’s why God has given the spiritual gift of Pastor-Teacher, Eph 4:11.

6.  The Royal Family Honor Code demands authority orientation in the form of academic discipline when the Pastor is teaching Bible doctrine.

This academic discipline is the authority that the believer imposes upon himself during the teaching of the Word of God so that others may be free to learn without distraction.  This includes no talking unless asked a question, unnecessary movement, or anything that would break the concentration of those that are positive toward Bible doctrine. The Royal Family Honor Code recognizes common sense and good manners, thoughtfulness of others, and respect for the Word of God.

7.  Authority orientation is life orientation, honor and humility. The greater the authority over people, the greater the responsibility to people. No matter how high we go in life, there is always higher authority that must be recognized in order to perpetuate humility as orientation to life.

8.  Response to authority is a function of your human volition.

Human freedom provides the option of accepting or rejecting authority in life, both legitimate and illegitimate. While God has delegated legitimate authority in life, these authorities are useless if human volition does not accept them.

God delegates all legitimate authority in life through two categories of truth: the laws of divine establishment, and the content of Bible doctrine.

All illegitimate authority in life is based upon the function of man’s arrogance in the cosmic system of Satan. The arrogance of power lust and / or self-centered fear are two motivating factors that perpetuate illegitimate authority.

9.  Arrogance results from the rejection of legitimate authority in life. Such arrogance is the source of evil and psychosis. Rejection of authority causes people to degenerate, either morally or immorally.

At times we are tempted to put down the people who are in authority. In doing so we may have temporal success in business, in social life, or in some relationship, but it will eventually catch up to us.  In addition, we never truly take away the authority of those we put down. For example, a woman who puts down her husband has not changed a thing, he is still the authority over her.

Authority is designed for a purpose and under God no matter how you try or what you do, you never gain by undermining authority, in fact just the opposite occurs.

For example: a child’s attitude towards his parent’s authority determines whether they ever grow up or not. Predominant rejection of authority of parents destroys a society. The rejection of the authority of legitimate government is destructive. The rejection of the authority of teachers and coaches is very detrimental. Rejection of all the above authorities means you have the potential of becoming a criminal. It means you will reject the authority of the police officer, the judge on the bench, and of management.

Rejection of authority does carry responsibility and results in a life of misery, unhappiness, disaster, and no human or spiritual self-esteem.

God has delegated authority through His mandates in both the Old Testament, Deut 11:27; 1 Sam 15:22; Jer 7:25, 11:4,7; Zech 6:15, and the New Testament.

  1. Various realms of authority in our lives that we must honor:
  2. God has authority over nature, and nature obeys God, Mat 8:27; Mark 4:41; Luke 8:25; Rom 8:20-22.
  3. Angels are subject to divine authority, Mark 1:27; 1 Peter 3:22.
  4. The Pastor-Teacher and church officers have authority over the congregation in the local church, 1 Cor 16:15‑16; 2 Cor 10:8; 1 Thes 5:12; Heb 13:7, 17; Isa 54:17.
  5. Government has authority over its people to protect the sanctity of their freedom, property, and human life. Rom 13:1-7; 1 Peter 2:13-15
  6. The husband has authority over the wife. The husband’s authority over his wife provides great happiness, Eph 5:22; Col 3:18.
  7. Parents have authority over children, Eph 6:1; Col 3:20.
  8. Teachers have authority over students. Coaches have authority over athletes.
  9. Management has authority over labor. Authority in business stabilizes the economy, Eph 6:5-8; Col 3:22-25.
  10. Freedom through military victory is based on the principle of the authority of military rank, Neh 4:13-15.
  11. Law enforcement over citizens, Rom 13:1-7.

Scriptures regarding the right perspective of authority include:

Rom 13:1, “Let every person be in subjection to the governing authorities. For there is no authority except from God, and those which exist are established by God.”

1 Peter 2:13-15, “Submit yourselves for the Lord’s sake to every human institution whether to a king as the one in authority, or to governors as sent by him for the punishment of evildoers and the praise of those who do right. For such is the will of God that by doing right you may silence the ignorance of foolish men.”

Acts 23:5, “You shall not speak evil of the ruler of your people.”

1 Sam 17:47, “The battle is the Lord’s”

Exo 14:14, “The Lord will fight for you while you keep silent.”

Isa 54:17, ““No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that accuses you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD, and their vindication is from Me,” declares the LORD.”

2 Cor 13:8, “For we can do nothing against the truth but only for the truth.”

John 13:16, “Truly, truly (listen intently to this point of doctrine), a slave (student disciple under academic discipline) is not greater than his Lord (the one with teaching authority), neither is the one sent (Jesus Christ is Hypostatic Union) greater than the sender (God the Father).

In verse 16 our Lord has established a hierarchy between the Father, Son and believer. As such He states that the one in lower rank is certainly not greater than the one in higher rank or authority. Therefore, if the one in authority performs a task of low rank, the one in low rank should be able to do likewise. For example: if a general personally fights on the battlefield the private should also fight on the battlefield. Or if a master tills the soil and plants seed, the slave should also till and plant. Therefore, we see our KURIOS and DIDASKALOS serving and teaching the disciples who in turn should serve and teach others. And the fact is, we (believers) are all disciples of the Lord; therefore, we all should serve and teach, and at times in very humble circumstances.

Oswald Chambers brings this out in his passage entitled, “Are You Ready To Be Poured Out As an Offering?”, using 2 Tim 4:6 as the back drop, “I am already being poured out as a drink offering.”

“Are you ready to be poured out as an offering? It is an act of your will, not your emotions. Tell God you are ready to be offered as a sacrifice for Him. Then accept the consequences as they come, without any complaints, in spite of what God may send your way. God sends you through a crisis in private, where no other person can help you. From the outside your life may appear to be the same, but the difference is taking place in your will. Once you have experienced the crisis in your will, you will take no thought of the cost when it begins to affect you externally. If you don’t deal with God on the level of your will first, the result will be only to arouse sympathy for yourself.

“Bind the sacrifice with cords to the horns of the altar” (Psalm 118:27). You must be willing to be placed on the altar and go through the fire; willing to experience what the altar represents—burning, purification, and separation for only one purpose—the elimination of every desire and affection not grounded in or directed toward God. But you don’t eliminate it, God does. You “bind the sacrifice … to the horns of the altar” and see to it that you don’t wallow in self-pity once the fire begins. After you have gone through the fire, there will be nothing that will be able to trouble or depress you. When another crisis arises, you will realize that things cannot touch you as they used to do. What fire lies ahead in your life? Tell God you are ready to be poured out as an offering, and God will prove Himself to be all you ever dreamed He would be.”

As Chambers states we are to offer ourselves entirely to God. This is what it means to be a disciple of Jesus Christ. We must learn from Him. Not only by His example but by the Word He left behind.

In the Greek word DOULOS we see our position. We are a bonded-servant of Christ. We are bound to Him at salvation through the Baptism of God the Holy Spirit that places us in eternal and unbreakable union with Christ. Since we are bound to Him, we should walk as He walked and continue His work in our lives and the lives of others.

Now that we have noted DOULOS based on the phrase in verse 16, “Truly, truly, I say to you, a slave is not greater than his master,” we move on to better understand the last phrase in this passage, “nor is one who is sent greater than the one who sent him.”

This last phrase continues the hierarchy of authority from slave to master to sender. Ultimately it represents that all levels of authority humbly serve and that arrogance has no place inside the Plan of God.  In comparison to John’s earlier writings, we know that this phrase is speaking of Jesus Christ as the One sent and the God the Father as the Sender; both demonstrating servant-hood, John 5:23-37; 6:44, 57; 8:16-18, 42; 12:49; 17:21-25.

Jesus served by obeying the Father’s will and plan and the Father serves by exercising His authority to send us help.

John 12:49, “For I did not speak on My own initiative, but the Father Himself who sent Me has given Me a commandment as to what to say and what to speak. 50I know that His commandment is eternal life; therefore the things I speak, I speak just as the Father has told Me.”

Just as the Father sent His Son to deliver the Gospel in person, we too are sent by our Lord to deliver the gospel in person.

John 20:21, “So Jesus said to them again, “Peace be with you; as the Father has sent Me, I also send you.””

In order to perform this great commission the Father has also exercised His authority to send us the Holy Spirit to empower us for success.

Gal 4:6, “Because you are sons, God has sent forth the Spirit of His Son into our hearts, crying, “Abba! Father!” 7Therefore you are no longer a slave, but a son; and if a son, then an heir through God.”

With heir status we are fully vested in the family business and carry all rights and powers. With those rights and powers we are to deliver the saving message of Christ Crucified and the message of hope Christ Resurrected.

1 John 4:14, “We have seen and testify that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world.”

As we noted previously, the phrase “the one who sent” is the Greek participle verb PEMPO in the Aorist, Active, Genitive meaning, to send, dispatch, commission or appoint. The Genitive participle gives this verb a noun connotation so instead of saying, “the one who sent” we could say here “the sender”, “the dispatcher”, “commissioner” or “appointer”. So from this phrase we understand that one in authority sent someone else to represent him. That is what we call an Ambassador. Therefore, we will note several principles of Ambassadorship.

Ambassadorship

An ambassador is a high-ranking minister of state or of royalty sent to another state to represent his sovereign or country. By analogy we are spiritual aristocracy as members of the Royal Family of God, and Christ, as our Lord, is the King who has sent us into a foreign country, the cosmic world.

At salvation, every believer enters the Royal Family of God through the baptism of the Holy Spirit, and at the same time he becomes a representative of the Lord Jesus Christ on earth. Ambassadorship stems from being in union with Christ, caused by the Baptism of the Spirit.

There are two commissions given to the believer at salvation: The Royal Priesthood, 1 Peter 2:5-9, and the Royal Ambassadorship. We represent ourselves before God and we represent God before man.

Ambassadorship emphasizes that every believer is in full-time Christian service. However, there are different services. Differences of function depend on differences of spiritual gifts, stages of spiritual growth, historical circumstances (prevalence of positive or negative volition), and environment at any given moment.

General Service is commanded by scripture, so there is no confusion between what your spiritual gift demands and those services that are common to all believers. Ambassadorship is one of the functions and fulfillment of the General Service imperatives of the Bible.

In order to express your Ambassadorship, you also need to apply the Faith Rest Drill, have Virtue-Love as a Problem Solving Device and be growing towards or have achieved spiritual adulthood. At the first stage of spiritual adulthood, Spiritual Self Esteem, you are now fully expressing your Ambassadorship through the enabling power of God the Holy Spirit and metabolized Bible doctrine in your soul ready for application.

An ambassador does not appoint himself. God appoints us at the moment we believe in Jesus Christ. God also gives use the power and ability to handle the job.  An ambassador does not represent himself. We represent the Lord Jesus Christ. Bible Doctrine and the Spirit give us the capacity to represent Christ.

The Word and Spirit give us the ability to master the details of life, remain calm and stable when adversity or conflict arises, maintain inner peace and happiness, and love in all three categories; 1) God, 2) Right man/woman [opposite sex], and 3) all of mankind.

John 20:21, “So Jesus said to them again, “Peace be with you; as the Father has sent Me, I also send you.””

Our purpose in life is to represent the Lord Jesus Christ. That means we enter into the spiritual and historical Angelic Conflict, which exists in this earth. Since it is a spiritual conflict we no longer represent ourselves but we represent the Lord Jesus Christ.

The ambassador’s instructions are always in written form, so he has no doubt as to what he should do. We have the policies, problem solving devices, instructions, principles, doctrines, and concepts in written form in the scripture, John 12:49.

John 12:49, “For I did not speak on My own initiative, but the Father Himself who sent Me has given Me a commandment as to what to say and what to speak. 50I know that His commandment is eternal life; therefore the things I speak, I speak just as the Father has told Me.”

The ambassador does not belong to the country to which he is sent. Our citizenship and home is in heaven according to Eph 2:19 and Phil 3:20, “For our citizenship is in heaven, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ.” We are also citizens of a client nation to God.”

The ambassador does not live in the foreign country for his own personal interest. We live here on earth solely to serve in the interest of our Lord.  Therefore, we are in the world but not of the world. 1 Cor 2:12 with 1 John 2:16-17.

The ambassador does not support himself. He rests in the logistical grace blessings from His sovereign.  God has promised the believer logistical grace support, 2 Cor 9:8.

2 Cor 9:8, “And God is able to make all grace abound to you, so that always having all sufficiency in everything, you may have an abundance for every good deed.”

The ambassador does not treat any insult to himself as personal. This is the Royal Ambassador’s function in both Spiritual Self-Esteem and Impersonal Love for all mankind. We tolerate others and hold no grudges.  When you are insulted, treated unfairly, or ridiculed, you have tremendous Problem Solving Devices. You have to have the spiritual strength to use these problem-solving devices to leave the matter in the Lord’s hands.

When an ambassador is recalled, his recall is tantamount to a declaration of war. This is analogous to the Rapture of the Church. The Tribulation is analogous to the period of war.

The Ambassador doesn’t straighten out society; he serves the Lord. Therefore, believers as ambassadors are the personal representatives of the Lord Jesus Christ and every believer is in the Plan of God and lives his life under the principle of full-time Christian service.  As such the vocation of every believer is representing Christ as a Royal Ambassador. The avocation (subordinate occupation, hobby) of every believer is making a living as per Philemon and his servant Onesimus.  Paul was as much an ambassador in prison as when he was a traveling missionary. The Lord uses ambassadors in business, professions, homes, academic life, and in local churches. Your circumstances are your full-time Christian service whether you work in the military, in labor, or in management. You always represent Christ.

1 Tim 3:16, “By common confession, great is the mystery of godliness: He who was revealed in the flesh, was vindicated in the Spirit, seen by angels, proclaimed among the nations, believed on in the world, taken up in glory.”

We now turn to verse 17, “If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them“.

As we noted at the beginning of verse 16 we will see five principles of foot washing in verses 16 through 20.

1) Verse 16, “The Servant must have Authority Orientation”

2) Verse 17, “Knowledge and Application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness”.

We begin verse 17 with a cause and effect “if” statement in the 1st class, “if and it is true“. It establishes the protasis (if clause) that results in an apodosis (then clause). The protasis has to do with knowledge of the Word of God.

“You know” is the Perfect, Active, Indicative, Second Person, Plural of EIDO meaning to have seen or perceived, to understand and therefore “to know”. In the 2nd person plural we translate it as “that you all know” This is a Perfect Tense with a present force and is stative meaning knowing is knowing, the act slides over to the results.

This is followed by the Accusative HOUTOS which is a Demonstrative Pronominal Adjective meaning “this”, but in the Neuter Plural “these things“. As a Demonstrative Pronominal it is referring to a specific thing, which in this case is Bible Doctrines as just taught by our Lord’s object lesson of washing feet. Therefore, “if you know (have doctrine in your right lobe) these principles of a Personal Sense of Destiny, Incarnation, Resurrection, Relaxed Mental Attitude, Hypostatic Union, Priesthood, Rebound, Servanthood, Authority Orientation, etc” it will result in something.

The next Greek adjective MAKARIOS in the plural is our apodosis (then statement or effect) meaning blessed, fortunate, or happy. It is referring to sharing the happiness of God. We will translate it as “then sharing the happiness of God.

Next we have the Present, Active, Indicative, Second Person, Plural of the verb to be, EIMI meaning “you all are“.

This places special emphasis on freedom in your soul from mental attitude sins. That is, you have a Relaxed Mental Attitude (RMA) based on knowledge of Bible doctrine. Knowledge of Bible doctrine not only produces an RMA but it orients the believer to both grace and the Plan of God. Therefore even in humiliation (as demonstrated by Christ) one does not lose the grace perspective, and by the understanding of Doctrine one understands that authority is not tampered with.

Principle: God gives authority and only He can remove it. That is why God always takes the believer to whom He has given authority and, if He has to, removes the person. For example He cannot remove the authority from the Apostle. Paul was always an apostle. Likewise, He cannot take back the gift of Pastor-Teacher. All He does is take the Pastor-Teacher out of the world. God never removed the kingship from Saul; He removed Saul from the world. God does not remove the authority; He removes the one having the authority. God never reneges on the authority which he has given.

This is followed by the second “if” statement. It is the subordinating conjunction EAN which is a 3rd class if meaning, “maybe you will and maybe you won’t but I hope so” because it is tied with the Subjunctive Mood of POIEO meaning to “make or do”. POIEO is in the Present Tense and Active Voice, Second Person, Plural. Meaning to take action with the knowledge that you have. So we could translate this “if and I hope you all do (apply)“.

This is application of Bible Doctrine. It is referring to learning and retaining pertinent Bible Doctrine and then applying it as noted by the last word AUTOS in the Accusative, Neuter, Third Person, Plural meaning he, she, it, here translated “them“, referring to Doctrines taught by our Lord. This means that by taking in doctrine consistently you are accumulating a concentration of happiness. Divine happiness is shared with you to the extent that you take in Bible doctrine.

Another principle is that Jesus is also using foot washing to illustrate the communication of Bible doctrine. Remember that He also told the disciples that they should go out and wash other people’s feet. Washing feet is also analogous to teaching Bible doctrine. So if you know the things that you teach, you have happiness, you are in a state of happinesses, “if you do them.” Doing them is communicating them to others.

The following charts describe pictorially how,  “If and it is true that you all know these things (Bible Doctrine), then you all are sharing the happiness of God, if and I hope you all do (apply) them (Bible Doctrine).”

 (See Both Charts)  http://gracedoctrine.org/diagrams-and-maps/

Chart #1 Grace Apparatus for Perception

This is the process of the intake and application of the Word through the ministry of God the Holy Spirit called the Grace Apparatus for Perception (GAP) which includes the transfer of Doctrine from the left lobe of your soul, the Mind, to the right lobe of your soul, the Heart, as a result of the OIDA pump where GNOSIS (knowledge) is transferred to EPIGNOSIS (wisdom) and stored in the heart. When stored EPIGNOSIS is applied in your life it results in sharing the Happiness of God.

Chart #2  Edification Complex of the Soul

This chart depicts the results of building up your soul with the Word of God. At salvation we only have a foundation in our soul called the Human Spirit. Upon that foundation we must edify our souls in order to be a glorious temple of God. As we build up our soul with Bible Doctrine we add floors to the foundation including Mastery of the Details of life, RMA, and the ability to apply Love. The final floor is Sharing the Happiness of God, +H.

By learning and applying the Word of God, we are promised that no matter the situation, humiliation, trial or tribulation, we will have God’s happiness within our soul.

Principles of Sharing the Happiness of God:

Our word for blessed or happiness in John 13:17 is MAKARIOS, which is also found in Mat 5:3-12 known as the Beatitudes. We have studies the Beatitudes in detail in the past but as a refresher, they too speak of Sharing the Happiness of God in a number of different categories.

The Beatitudes are broken down into three main sections, a) God’s Plan of Salvation and the new believer, b) Advancing in the Christian way of life, c) Undeserved suffering of the mature believer. Therefore, all three phases of the spiritual life, infancy, adolescence and adulthood have provision for Sharing the Happiness of God.

A.)  The first four Beatitudes represent the unbeliever as conscious of their need of salvation and acting upon it, and then what to do in the first stage of the spiritual life.

Verse 3, “Happy are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.”

(Happiness comes to those who realize their total depravity and need for a Savior. Theirs is an internal inheritance in the kingdom of God.)

Verse 4, “Happy are those who mourn, for they shall be comforted.”

(Happiness comes to those who know they are a sinner, have received Christ for salvation, and utilize 1 John 1:9 post salvation. Theirs is the comfort of the forgiveness of sins, a cleansed soul, inner peace and happiness.)

Verse 5, “Happy are the gentle (meek or humble), for they shall inherit the earth.”

(Happiness comes to those whose human strength and resources are surrendered to God. Theirs is eternal joy in the new heavens and new earth, Psa 37:11.)

Psa 37:11, “But the humble will inherit the land and will delight themselves in abundant prosperity.”

Verse 6, “Happy are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they shall be satisfied.”

(Happiness comes through intake and application of the Word of God. Those who have a strong desire for the intake of the Word will be abundantly supplied with it.)

B.) The next three represent the desired attitude of the growing believer in the spiritual life.

Verse 7, “Happy are the merciful, for they shall receive mercy.”

(Happiness comes to those who have an attitude of forgiveness. Theirs is to receive forgiveness when they have wronged or sinned against others, Mat 18:21-35.)

Verse 8, “Happy are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.”

(Happiness comes to the believer who is washed with the Word and strives to apply it daily through the filling of the Holy Spirit. Theirs is developing and knowing a personal relationship with the Lord, “walking in the light of Christ”.)

Verse 9, “Happy are the peacemakers, for they shall be called sons of God.”

(Happiness comes to those who are Ambassadors for Christ having a Relaxed Mental Attitude in the storms of life and giving others the means to have the same, starting with the Gospel message. Theirs is recognition as having the Christ-like nature, sons of God.)

C.) The last three speak to the mature believer who undergoes undeserved suffering.

Verse 10, “Happy are those who have been persecuted for the sake of righteousness, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.”

(Happiness comes to the believer who is faithful while under stress. Theirs is a reminder of the eternal reward and bliss they have already been promised.)

The following two verses add emphasis to verse 10 stating, you have been and will be run down / persecuted because of Jesus Christ being in your life, and you will be glorified by God just as Christ has been.

Verse 11, “Happy are you when people insult you and persecute you, and falsely say all kinds of evil against you because of Me.”

(Happiness comes to the believer who is verbally abused. The believer is reminded that it is not he who is insulted and persecuted but Christ in him.)

Verse 12, “Rejoice (CHAIRO) and be glad (AGALLIAO), for your reward in heaven is great; for in the same way they persecuted the prophets who were before you.”

(We are commanded to be exceedingly joyful in our soul and our body with a Personal Sense of Destiny when, due to our kinship with the Lord Jesus Christ, we continually receive persecutions, and, based on our advance in God’s Plan, we may come under various attacks even unto death.)

MAKARIOS would not be possible without the Word and Spirit. The Holy Spirit is the source of our sharing God’s perfect happiness because He is the teacher of Bible doctrine, which is the source of true happiness.

In summary Sharing the Happiness of God comes with:

1) Vs. 3 = Salvation

2) Vs. 4 = Rebound

3) Vs. 5 = Humility

4) Vs. 6 = Intake of the Word

5) Vs. 7 = Forgiving others

6) Vs. 8 = Walking with God

7) Vs. 9 = Ambassadorship

8) Vs. 10 = Suffering for Blessing Stage 1; (Providential Preventative Suffering at Spiritual Self-Esteem, SSE.)

9) Vs. 11 = Suffering for Blessing Stage 2; (Momentum Testing at Spiritual Autonomy, SA.)

10) Vs. 12 = Suffering for Blessing Stage 3; (Evidence Testing at Spiritual Maturity, SM.)

Principles of Suffering for Blessing:

Suffering acts as a guardian or parent in life. It plays an important role in the life of the adult. What your parents did for you in childhood, suffering does for you as adults in the school of hard knocks. God has given us suffering as a parent for the rest of our lives.

As a parent/guardian in life, suffering is designed by God for our good because it does two things:

1) It restrains us from sin, human good, and evil, just as our parents restrained us, and

2) It challenges us to advance in the Plan of God, just as our parents challenged us to grow up when we were under their control.

Suffering is a warning that we’re doing it wrong, or it is a means of greater blessing.  Parents didn’t always just spank you, they also gave you things.  They disciplined and gave blessings.  So also, God has provided for the entire human race the parent of suffering after we leave home.  The only restraint some people have after they leave home is the suffering that results from their bad decisions.  Suffering is a guardian, a parent, a referee that always makes good calls. Suffering is an authority designed to challenge the believer to grow in grace by the proper utilization of his Portfolio of Invisible Assets in the fulfillment of the Plan of God.

While suffering is a restrainer in life, as in punitive preventative suffering, it plays a major role in accelerating our momentum to spiritual adulthood in suffering for blessing. It becomes a major system for good and for the glorification of God.

There are two reasons and five categories of suffering in the spiritual life.

  1. Punitive suffering:

a.)  The law of volitional responsibility. Making bad decisions brings bad results to our lives.

b.)  Divine discipline. A warning from God to get you back on to the path of righteousness.

  1. Suffering for blessing:

a.)  Providential Preventative Suffering (PPS).

b.)  Momentum Testing (MT).

c.)  Evidence Testing (ET).

Each stage of spiritual adulthood has a comparable category of suffering for blessing; Spiritual Self-Esteem – PPS, Spiritual Autonomy – MT, Spiritual Maturity – ET.

        a.  Providential Preventative Suffering (PPS); Prov 16:18; 2 Cor 12:7-10; Phil 1:29; James 1:2-4; 1 Pet 1:6-8

PPS begins at Spiritual Self-Esteem (SSE).  SSE is when the believer lives by their own thinking from Bible doctrine resident in their soul and is making application of metabolized doctrine under all circumstances in life including suffering for blessing. The believer’s self-confidence is not derived from self but from the confidence that he has a unique relationship with God.

PPS insulates against the arrogance complex of sins. This means you begin to eliminate jealous, self‑pity, bitterness, vindictiveness, hatred, inordinate ambition, inordinate competition, and all the other mental attitude sins in the arrogance complex.

PPS prevents, restrains, intercepts, and insulates against sin and evil in the life while challenging your SSE to suffer for blessing and profit.

Prov 19:8, “He who gets wisdom loves his own soul (Spiritual Self Esteem); he who cherishes understanding prospers (Spiritual Autonomy).”

There are four categories of PPS, 1) People testing, 2) System testing, 3) Thought testing, and 4) Disaster testing.

PPS is the provision of the sovereignty of God in compatibility with His grace policy to provide the believer the power in SSE to advance to spiritual maturity, (i.e., The power to advance through the valley of Momentum Testing).

       b.  Momentum Testing (MT); Rom 12:2-3; Phil 2:5; 4:11-13; Col 3:12 – 4:1, 12; Heb 13:5; 1 Tim 6:6-8; 1 John 2:15-17.

MT begins when the believer reaches Spiritual Autonomy (SA).  SA is a continuation of mental contentment or +H (Sharing the Happiness of God) as a major Problem Solving Device.  In SA there is a stronger and increased contentment, capacity for life, and capacity for happiness as a result of combining SSE with PPS.  This contentment is based on impersonal love for all because others’ imperfections and mistakes will not be a source of unhappiness to you.  SA is having doctrinal and grace orientation with the absence of arrogance in your soul, resulting in mental toughness and self‑confidence, giving you a tremendous amount of divine viewpoint that is used in pressure situations as well as normal situations.

MT is the second category of Suffering for Blessing.  It is characterized as having the same four categories of testing as PPS, but intensified, with the addition of Prosperity Testing.

There are two categories of Prosperity Testing (PT).

1) Individual prosperity testing, in which some form of success challenges the top priority of Bible doctrine in your life.

2) Collective prosperity testing in which a city, state, nation, or group becomes very prosperous and the believer becomes distracted away from doctrine, lured away from the Plan of God.

Prosperity is the most subtle testing and can be a major distraction in the life of the believer. It means preoccupation with the blessings from God, which seems like it’s not a bad thing because you are enjoying what God has provided to you.

In PT, the pursuit of pleasure excludes the priorities of integrity both in establishment and in the Christian life. Collective prosperity testing challenges the society to choose between truth and hedonism.

The cosmic system can offer you success, sex, fame, wealth, promotion, social and professional prosperity, but all these are without happiness and you make your own misery.

Passing this test consolidates the believer’s scale of values, making them consistent with the Plan of God, resulting in stabilizing the right priorities of life, giving capacity to enjoy prosperity and receiving God’s greatest prosperity, the greater blessings of time and eternity.

    c.  Evidence Testing (ET); Job: all; Mat 4:1-11; Eph 6:10-12; Zech 3:1-2 w/ Rev 12:10; Rev 2:8-11

Evidence Testing comes when the believer reaches the adulthood stage of Spiritual Maturity (SM).  SM is the maximum expression of the grace of God utilized by the SM believer inside the Plan of God. SM is characterized by cognitive independence, which is maximum perception, maximum metabolization, and maximum accurate application of Bible doctrine to life.  He is independent of any form of advice, counseling, or human encouragement, but not independent of expository Bible teaching from his right Pastor-Teacher.  He brings maximum glory to God as an invisible hero living the super-grace life.

Evidence testing is Satan’s cross‑examination of every witness presented by God in the historical trial of all fallen angels.  In human history, man’s thoughts, motives, decisions, and actions are entered as evidence, exhibits, precedents, and arguments in Satan’s appeal trial.  Every believer who attains maturity is a primary argument or star witness for the prosecution against Satan.  Evidence testing, then, is Satan’s cross-examination of every witness presented by God.

There are two categories of Evidence Testing;

a) The relationship to the Plan of God test, illustrated by our Lord Jesus Christ, Mt 4:1‑11, and

b) The relationship to life test, illustrated by Job.

In human history, man’s thoughts, motives, decisions, and actions are entered as evidence, exhibits, precedents, and arguments in Satan’s appeal trial.  Every believer who attains maturity is an argument or witness for the prosecution (God) against Satan.  Every believer who attains SM is a witness for the prosecution (God) either in the formal appeal trial of the Old Testament or in the rebuttal phase of the First Advent and Church Age, or in the closing argument and summary phase of the Second Advent and the Millennium.

Spiritual Maturity plus Evidence Testing means glorification of God to the maximum in the historical appeal trial of Satan and all fallen angels.  Passing Evidence Testing, as the highest category of suffering for blessing, results in the doubling of your escrow blessings, Job 42:10-17.

So, as Mat 5:3-12 tells us, when we do the will of God and endure various suffering for blessing, we will share in the happiness of God.

God’s 10 Methods (Divine Order) for Achieving Happiness

Matthew 5:3-12, The Beatitudes

Challenge for Happiness Reward for Happiness
1) Vs. 3 = Recognize Total Depravity. Receive Eternal Salvation.
2) Vs. 4 = Believer recognizes need for confession of sins (1 John 1:9) post-salvation. Forgiveness of sins, cleansed soul and freedom to walk in the light of Christ.
3) Vs. 5 = Humility. Sharers in the covenant promises of the New Earth
4) Vs. 6 = Strong desire to learn the Word of God. Will be provided all the Word they desire from their local church.
5) Vs. 7 = Forgive others. Will be forgiven.
6) Vs. 8 = Living righteously by the Word and Spirit. Will have a fantastic relationship with God, consistently walking in the light of Christ
7) Vs. 9 = Ambassadorship. Presented by Christ to the Father as a son.
8) Vs. 10 = Suffering for blessing stage 1; (Providential Preventative Suffering at Spiritual Self-Esteem). Reminder of first blessing from God, eternal salvation and security.
9) Vs. 11 = Suffering for blessing stage 2, Personally attacked; (Momentum Testing at Spiritual Autonomy). Sharers in Christ’s suffering.
10) Vs. 12 = Suffering for blessing stage 3; (Evidence Testing at Spiritual Maturity). Maximum reward at the BEMA Seat of Jesus Christ, 1 Cor 3:10-15.

Principles of Happiness:

Isa 65:18, “But be glad and rejoice forever in what I create; for behold, I create Jerusalem for rejoicing and her people for gladness.”

Eccl 2:26, “To the man who pleases Him, God gives wisdom, knowledge and happiness, but to the sinner he gives the task of gathering and storing up wealth to hand it over to the one who pleases God.”

  1. The key to true happiness is a change in our mental attitude. Never confuse happiness, as taught in the Bible with the various stimuli of life, which are enjoyable for the moment, but have no ability to sustain us in daily living. John 15:11; Heb 11:25 (for a season).

Heb 11:25, “Choosing rather to endure ill-treatment with the people of God than to enjoy the passing pleasures of sn.”

John 15:11, “I have taught you these things that My happiness might be in you, and that your happiness might be fulfilled.”

2.  It is not having what you want that makes you happy, but rather accepting what you have, and coming to a point of contentment. Phil 4:11-13; 1 Tim 6:7-8.

Phil 4:11-13, “Not that I speak from want, for I have learned to be content in whatever circumstances I am. 12I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity; in any and every circumstance I have learned the secret of being filled and going hungry, both of having abundance and suffering need. 13I can do all things through Him who strengthens me.”

1 Tim 6:7-8, “For we have brought nothing into this world, and it is obvious that we can take nothing out of it. But if we have food and shelter, we shall be content with these.”

3.  Happiness depends upon the quality of your thoughts, you should guard the type of thoughts you allow to enter your soul. Be careful not to entertain any thoughts incompatible with impersonal /unconditional love. Phil 4:8-9.

Phil 4:8-9, “Finally, brethren, whatever is true, whatever is honorable, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is of good repute, if there is any excellence and if anything worthy of praise, dwell on these things. 9The things you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, practice these things, and the God of peace will be with you.”

4.  Whenever we use our capacities to the greatest extent to learn and apply the Word of God, we attain the greatest success and happiness possible in this life. It is our capacity that allows us to experience happiness.

Phil 4:11, “I have learned to be content.” (Aorist, Active, Indicative of MANTHANO – educated)

Phil 4:12a, “I know how to get along.” (Perfect, Active, Indicative of OIDA2 – to know, to learn)

Phil 4:12b, “I have learned the secret.” (Perfect, Passive, Indicative of MUEO – initiated into the secret)

Phil 4:13, “I can do all things.” (Present, Active, Indicative of ISCHUO – have the power)

5.  The only way to happiness is to cease worrying about things that are beyond the power of your will. An unhappy person is someone involved in egotism, selfishness, evil or ignorance.

6.  You will never realize how much of God’s happiness you have in your life until you go through certain problems and find out that your happiness has not been taken away. Psa 31:7; 1 Peter 1:3-8.

Psa 31:7, “I will rejoice and be glad in Your lovingkindness, because You have seen my affliction; You have known the troubles of my soul.”

7.  Happiness is not a reward for doing something; it is a consequence. In the Bible, it is the consequence of taking in Bible Doctrine. Prov 3:13.

Prov 3:13, “Happy is the man who finds wisdom and the man who gains understanding.”

8.  True happiness does not come as a result of getting something we do not have, but rather of recognizing and appreciating what we do have.

9.  The place or the condition does not dictate happiness. It is the mind alone that can make someone happy or miserable, Prov 23:7; 17:22.

Prov 23:7, “For as he thinks within himself, so he is.”

Prov 17:22, “A joyful heart is good medicine, but a broken spirit dries up the bones.”

10.  Happiness is not “following the crowd” and accepting their approach toward life. A happy person is one who makes up his own mind, has his own convictions, and does not allow himself to be manipulated, Exodus 23:2.

Happiness is not allowing yourself to indulge in the usual manipulation that goes on in life. A happy person is not afraid to live and is not afraid to fail.

11.  A person is happy because he is growing daily, not even knowing where his limit lies. Every day there can be a new revelation or a new discovery about life, about God, and about ourselves. Those who are truly happy will live one day at a time.

12.  Happiness is not limited to something you experience but can also be something you remember. Happiness even includes the ability to treasure the memory of past misfortunes.

The Characteristics of Happiness.

1.  The happiest people are those who think the most interesting thoughts. Those who decide to use leisure as a means of mental development, and who love good music, books, company, and conversation, are the happiest people, and they share their happiness with others.

2.  It is not how much we have, but how much we enjoy based on our capacity through the Word resident in our soul that makes us happy.

3,  Psa 16:11 teaches three ways in which God shares His perfect happiness with us.

  •  “You will make known to me the path of life.” (The Word of God resident in the soul)
  • “In Your presence is the fullness of happiness;” (Application of the Word of God to life’s situations)
  • “In Your right hand (Jesus Christ) are pleasures forevermore.” (Blessings and rewards as a result of applying the Mind of Christ)

Rom 14:17, “For the kingdom of God is not eating and drinking, instead it is righteousness, prosperity and happiness by means of the Holy Spirit.”

Rom 14:22, “The doctrine which you have, have it on the basis of your own norms and standards which you have before God. Happiness belongs to the person who does not condemn himself in what he does.

4.  Perfect happiness is tranquility of soul.

5.  Perfect happiness is a Problem Solving Device preventing stress in the soul.

6.  Perfect happiness is contentment of soul.

7.  Perfect happiness is capacity for life, love, appreciation, gratitude, and thanksgiving.

8.  Perfect happiness is never feeling threatened by adverse circumstances, by people, or by evil scenarios.

9.  Perfect happiness is the invigoration of happiness. This is the stimulation and enthusiasm in life from right priorities, metabolized doctrine circulating in the stream of consciousness, and freedom from garbage in the subconscious.

10.  Perfect happiness is having a true sense of security, like assurance regarding eternal security, eternal life, freedom from fear, worry, doubt, and apprehension.

11.  Stability from honor and virtue, derived from doctrinal application, and resultant personal integrity. Integrity, honor, and virtue hinder trying to build your happiness on someone else’s unhappiness through projection, malice, vilification, and revenge.

12.  As a part of God’s grace policy, God has found a way to share His happiness with the believer, a happiness which never depends on people or circumstances, a happiness which works for the believer in both prosperity and adversity.

John 13:18, “I do not speak of all of you. I know the ones I have chosen; but it is that the Scripture may be fulfilled, ‘He who eats My bread has lifted up his heel against Me.’”

In verses 16-20 we have been noting five principles related to foot washing.

We have seen:

Vs. 16, 1) The servant must have Authority Orientation,

Vs. 17, 2) Knowledge and application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness.

And now vs. 18, 3) God’s Omniscience does not hinder or violate human volition.

I do not speak of all of you” in the Greek is OU PERI PAS SU LEGO.

OU or OUK is a Greek negative, usually used with the Indicative, “do not“.

PERI is a Preposition in the Genitive case meaning about, “concerning“, of, with reference to, for, or on account of.

PAS is in the Genitive Plural and means “all“, every, etc. It is referring to the disciples in the Upper Room.

SU is in the Genitive, Second Person, Plural meaning “of you“. With the negation of OU it is singling out one from among them.

LEGO is the Present, Active, Indicative, First Person, Singular, meaning to speak but hear in addressing the disciples in the first person, “I speak“.

Principles:

In this phrase Jesus is making a distinction among those present in the Upper Room. This is analogous to a gathering of all of mankind.

Everyone will come to know Christ, but not all will come to believe on Him, thereby creating a differentiation among men.  Jesus knew of this differentiation at the outset of the Last Supper.

As we will see, and have seen in verse 3, Judas Iscariot, as analogous of the unbeliever, is in view here.  He, the unbeliever, is the one who was not receiving the invaluable doctrines that our Lord was teaching.  He, the unbeliever, did not receive them because of his unbelief, which disqualified him from the Grace Apparatus for Perception.  He, the unbeliever, was disqualified from receiving the Happiness of God for both time and eternity.

As we will see later in this chapter, he, the unbeliever, is dismissed from attendance and as a result will miss out on further Biblical lessons taught by the Lord. This is analogous to both time and in eternity for the unbeliever.  He, the unbeliever, was allowed to hear the basic doctrines regarding the cleansing of sins. But due to rejection of the basic principle of Christ’s sacrifice on the Cross for the forgiveness of our sins, he is not qualified nor does he have the capacity to receive more advanced doctrine, in time or eternity.

Then we have, “I know the ones I have chosen” which is EGO OIDA TIS EKLEGO.

EGO is the First Person, Pronoun meaning “I“.

OIDA is the Perfect, Active, Indicative, First Person, Singular meaning to have seen or perceive and therefore “to know“.

The Perfect Tense has a Present Force stands for the fact that Jesus as God is omniscient. It emphasizes His current knowledge regarding the faith of those in the Upper Room based on His omniscience.

The Active Voice, says that Jesus is the one with this knowledge of their belief and therefore subsequent election.

The Declarative Indicative Mood is a statement of the fact that the sovereignty of Jesus discerns the ones that are His by means of His omniscience.

TIS is the Pronominal, Interrogative, Adjective in the Accusative, Masculine, Plural meaning who? which? what? what sort of?, or a certain one, someone, anyone. We will translate this as “which ones“.

EKLEGO in the Aorist, Middle, Indicative, First Person, Singular means to select or to choose. This is a compound word from EK – from or out from, and LEGO – to say. So we see that God called some out from others.

The Gnomic Aorist Tense means it is self-evident as a timeless general fact of occurrence. I have elected, Jesus says.

The Middle Voice is reflexive saying that Jesus Christ Himself did the choosing.  It gives more emphasis to what we have seen when Jesus says “I say” and “I choose”.

The Indicative Mood is the reality of the fact that every believer shares the election of Christ by union with Christ.

We will translate this “I have elected“.

Election of the believer is found in Rom 9:11; 11:5, 7, 28; 1 Thes 1:4; 2 Peter 1:10

Also Rev 17:14 says, “These will wage war against the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them, because He is Lord of lords and King of kings, and those who are with Him are the called and chosen and faithful.”

Principles of the Omniscience of Jesus Christ and His Sovereign Choice of the Believer:

The 10 major attributes of the essence of God include, Sovereignty, Righteousness, Perfect Justice, Love, Eternal Life, Omniscience, Omnipresence, Omnipotence, Immutability and Veracity.

All of these attributes are ascribed somewhere in scripture to Jesus Christ. For example:

Eternal life, Isa 9:6; Micah 5:2; John 1:1; 8:58; Col 1:16,17; Eph 1:4; Rev 1:11.

Righteousness and justice (holiness or integrity), Luke 1:35; John 6:69; Heb 7:26.

Love, John 13:1,34; 1 John 3:16.

Immutability, Heb 13:8.

Omniscient, Mat 9:4; John 2:25; 1 Cor 4:5; Col 2:3; Rev 2:23.

Omnipotent, Mat 24:30; 28:13; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 3:21; Heb 1:3; Rev 1:8.

Omnipresent, Mat 28:20; Eph 1:23; Col 1:27.

Any one of these scriptures proves the deity of Christ.

Therefore, Jesus Christ as a member of the Godhead (John 1:1-3; 8:58; Micah 5:2; Rom 9:5; Titus 2:13; Heb 1:8-12; 1 John 5:20), is omniscient, all knowing.  Omniscience is one of the relative attributes of Christ.  It is relative due to the fact that God has given man free will choice and His omniscience includes the knowledge of our choices, past, present and future. Nevertheless, eternal God in three persons has always known all things, which include both the actual and the possible past, present, or future. Job 31:4; 34:21 

Job 31:4, “Does He not see my ways and number all my steps?”

Job 34:21, “For His eyes are upon the ways of a man, and He sees all his steps.”

God’s knowledge is total and is not related to time. God’s knowledge is outside of time because He is eternal life, 1 Sam 2:3; Job 26:6; Jer 16:17; Psa 139:1-6; Ezek 11:5; Mat 10:29-30; Heb 4:13.

God therefore, has infinite wisdom and understanding, 1 Sam 16:7; Psa 44:21; 147:5; Prov 3:19; 5:21; 17:3; Isa 40:13-14; Jer 17:10; 51:15; Nahum 1:7; Rom 11:33; 1 John 3:20.

Omniscience is from the Latin omni, which means “all”, and scientia, “knowledge.”

Before the creation of the world, God knew every problem, every heartache, every moment of your life, including every sin you would ever commit, Heb 4:13.

Heb 4:13, “And there is no creature hidden from His sight, but all things are open and laid bare to the eyes of Him with whom we have to do.”

Even though His knowledge transcends time and eternity, His knowledge of events before they occur does not violate or interfere with human volition, Ezek 11:5.

Ezek 11:5, “So you think … for I know your thoughts.”

As a result of the omniscience of Jesus Christ, He was qualified to say in John 13:18, “I know the ones I have chosen.”

Principles of the Believer’s Election by God:

The Greek word “chosen” in John 13:18 is EKLEGO in the Aorist, Middle, Indicative, First Person, Singular. It means to select or to choose. This is a compound word from EK – from or out from, and LEGO – to say. So we see that God “called us out from others”.

The Gnomic Aorist Tense means it is self-evident as a timeless general fact of occurrence.  I have elected, Jesus says.

The Middle Voice is reflexive saying that Jesus Christ Himself did the choosing which also has a benefit back to Him, the body of Christ.  It gives more emphasis to what we have seen when Jesus says “I say” and “I choose”.

The Indicative Mood is the reality of the fact that every believer shares the election of Christ by union with Christ. We will translate this “I have elected“.

There are three elections in human history; 1) Israel under the Ritual Plan of God, 2) Christ under the Incarnation Plan of God, and 3) The Church under the Pre-designed Protocol Plan of God.

Each election brought a new category into human history: 1) Israel brought in the new racial species, the Jew, 2) Christ brought in the hypostatic union and the prototype spiritual life, 3) The Church brought in the new spiritual species (Gal 6:15), or Royal Family of God.

Election is the favor of God, by way of a full and free salvation, bestowed to those who accept Christ as their Savior, but not to all, (not given to the unbeliever).

Therefore, election is a Biblical term applied to the Church Age believer only, Eph 1:1-6.

The believer is said to be:

“Chosen in the Lord”, Rom 16:13

“Chosen . . . to salvation”, 2 Thes 2:13

“Chosen . . . in-Him before the foundation of the world”, Eph 1:4

“Predestined to adoption as sons”, Eph 1:5

“To be conformed to the image of His Son”, Rom 8:29

“Elect according to the foreknowledge of God”, 1 Peter 1:1-2

“Vessels of mercy, which He prepared beforehand for glory”, Rom 9:23

Election occurs at salvation, which enters the believer into a life of privilege as a Royal Family member. We have the privilege of impacting history by advancing to spiritual maturity, 2 Thes 2:13; 2 Peter 1:3-4.

2 Thes 2:13, “But we should always give thanks to God for you, brethren beloved by the Lord, because God has chosen you from the beginning for salvation through sanctification by the Spirit and faith in the truth.”

We are elected into the Church by means of the Baptism of the Holy Spirit, which occurs at the moment of salvation, 2 Cor 1:21-22; Eph 1:13. This is one of the forty things we receive at salvation by which we are entered into union with Christ.

At the point of your physical birth you come under the concept of selection, not election. God selected you to be a member of the human race rather than an animal. The fact that you have life is selection from the sovereignty of God.  When any person believes in Christ he receives eternal life as a matter of efficacious grace of the Holy Spirit. At that point selection becomes election.  The selection from the sovereignty of God at birth is followed by the election of the sovereignty of God at the point of regeneration.

As a result, the believer has been given the greatest opportunity and privileges ever conveyed to any member of the human race. Therefore, the dynamics of the ordinary life in the Church Age become extraordinary.  Election means you have equal privilege and equal opportunity as a Royal Priest and Ambassador to fulfill the Plan of God for your life.   Therefore, the equal privilege and equal opportunity of election means there never has been and never will be a Church Age believer who did not have exactly the same privilege and same opportunity to fulfill God’s Plan, to reach spiritual maturity, and to receive the fantastic escrow blessings provided for him by God the Father in eternity past.

Election means that some, but not all, are written in the Book of Life, Exo 32:30-33; Psa 69:28; Dan 12:1; Luke 10:20; Phil 4:3; Heb 12:23; Rev 3:5; 13:8; 17:8; 20:12-15; 21:27.

A comparison of these passages indicates both the Omniscience of God and the timeless nature of God’s knowledge.

The book of life is one thing from the standpoint of eternity past, another thing in time, and something different in eternity future.

1) In eternity past it is a registry containing the names of every member of the human race who would ever be born.  That’s why the Bible can say some will be blotted out of the Book of Life. Psa 69:28; Rev 3:5

Psa 69:28, “May they be blotted out of the book of life and may they not be recorded with the righteous.”

2) In time it contains members of the human race who are alive and will be born in the future, as well as a registry of all believers throughout time including overcomers. Psa 69:28 cf. Phil 4:3

Phil 4:3, “Indeed, true companion, I ask you also to help these women who have shared my struggle in the cause of the gospel, together with Clement also and the rest of my fellow workers, whose names are in the book of life.”

3) In eternity future, it is the registry of all believers throughout human history that qualifies them for privileges in the eternal state, Rev 20:12-15; 21:27.

Rev 21:27, “And nothing unclean, and no one who practices abomination and lying, shall ever come into it, but only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life.”

That’s why the Bible can say the unbeliever’s name was not written in the book from the foundation of the world.

Rev 13:8, “All who dwell on the earth will worship him, everyone whose name has not been written from the foundation of the world in the book of life of the Lamb who has been slain.”

That’s why the Bible can say you are elected before the foundation of the world, Eph 1:4; 2 Tim 1:9.

Eph. 1:4, “According as He has chosen (elected) us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love.”

2 Tim 1:9, “He has saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began.”

You must know that election is God’s Plan for your life in order to excel in the spiritual life, 1 Thes 1:4ff.

1 Thes 1:4, “Knowing, brethren, beloved of God, His election for you.”

Understanding election is grace orientation to the Plan of God for your life.

Col 3:12-13, “So, as those who have been chosen of God (elected), holy and beloved, put on a heart of compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness and patience; 13bearing with one another, and forgiving each other, whoever has a complaint against anyone; just as the Lord forgave you, so also should you.

Our human works have no relation to our historical impact but our election does.

2 Tim 1:9, “Who has saved us and called us with a holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace which was granted us in Christ Jesus from all eternity.

Heaven itself cannot stop our historical impact because of the fulfillment of our election.

Rom 8:33,”Who will bring a charge against God’s elect?” 

Election is the expression of the sovereign will of God in eternity past before the universe existed and before mankind lived on the earth.  It is God’s sovereign right over His creation.  Election, along with foreknowledge, predestination, justification and glorification, are all part of the sovereignty of God.  Therefore, they belong only to the believer, Rom 8:28‑30.  Election is the expression of the sovereign will of God for your life. Predestination is the provision of the sovereign will of God for your life.

Under the Doctrine of divine decrees, election cannot be divorced from predestination. Predestination is the provision of the sovereign will of God for the Royal Family.   Predestination provides equal privilege (union with Christ) and equal opportunity (GPS) to execute the Plan of God.

Omniscience, Election and the Divine Decree of God:

The decree of God is His eternal, holy, wise, and sovereign purpose, comprehending simultaneously all things that ever were or will be in their causes, conditions, successions, and relations, as well as determining their certitude.  The source of the Decree is God’s Omniscience.

In order to understand the Decree of God, we must understand them in their logical / Biblical order. Therefore, each act or thought is considered a decree and therefore combined we understand them as Divine Decrees. All God’s decrees were actually simultaneous, in one all-encompassing Divine Decree. He did not give them in stages.  The decrees of God are His eternal and immutable will, regarding the future existence of all events, which will happen in time and the precise manner and order of their occurrence.  Decrees mean the eternal Plan by which God has rendered certain all of the events of the universe (angelic history, human history) past, present, and future are absolute.  The decrees of God are the chosen and adopted Plan of God for all of His works.

The Presbyterian catechism says: “The decrees of God are His eternal purpose according to the counsels of His own will whereby for His own glory He has foreordained whatever comes to pass.”

Eph 2:10, “For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared beforehand so that we would walk in them.”

All God’s decrees were actually simultaneous, in one all-encompassing Divine Decree. He did not give them in stages. However, our finite mind can only understand them in stages rather than as one decree, and we must perceive them by Biblical, logical and chronological progression.

The logical / Biblical order of the decrees are:

  1. The decree to create all mankind.
  2. The decree to permit the fall.
  3. The decree to provide salvation for all mankind (unlimited atonement).
  4. The decree to elect some from among fallen mankind, and to leave others in their sin (those who will not believe in Christ).
  5. The decree to save the elect through faith in Christ, (i.e. to apply salvation to those who believe).

In theology there has been debate about the order of the decrees. The variations are noted in the doctrine of Lapsarianism.  Of all the decrees in eternity past, five are related to the purpose of God in election, therefore, Lapsarianism deals with the logical order of these five decrees.

Lapsarianism is from the word “lapse” and refers to the fact that man is a fallen being, “the lapse of man”.

Under Lapsarianism the five decrees of eternity past are related to the purpose of God in election. Therefore, the five concepts of Lapsarianism are often called the five elective decrees.  Lapsarianism deals with the order of the five elective decrees. It deals with the logical rather than with the chronological order of the decrees. By logical is meant that although the entire decree is one thought in the mind of God, the principle of cause and effect is involved.

A key factor to understanding the Divine Decress is that the sovereignty of God and the free will of man coexist by divine decree and that the omniscience of God decreed everything simultaneously, not by stages.

Of the various views of Lapsarianism only Infralapsarianism is correct Biblically. The diverse views are as follows:

Supralapsarianism: This is also call hyper‑Calvinism. This is the extreme view of God’s sovereign will and election of believers to the exclusion of man’s free will. Its order is:

  1. The decree to elect some to be saved (a false position) and to reprobate all others. (This is double predestination and heresy.)
  2. The decree to provide salvation for the elect, which is the basis for limited atonement.
  3. The decree to create man, both elect and non‑elect.
  4. The decree to permit the fall.
  5. The decree to save the elect.

Infralapsarianism: A form of moderate Calvinism. This is what we believe by rightly dividing the Word.

  1. The decree to create all mankind.
  2. The decree to permit the fall.
  3. The decree to provide salvation for all mankind (unlimited atonement).
  4. The decree to elect some from among fallen mankind, and to leave others in their sin (those who will not believe in Christ).
  5. The decree to save the elect through faith in Christ, (i.e. to apply salvation to those who believe).

Sublapsarianism: This is also a form of moderate Calvinism. This view also only provides for a limited atonement, which is a false viewpoint according to John 3:16.

  1. The decree to create all mankind.
  2. The decree to permit the fall.
  3. The decree to elect those who believe in Christ, and to leave in just condemnation for those who do not believe in Christ.  (Note the difference with Infralapsarianism). This is sometimes stated as: “The decree to elect some out of fallen mankind and leave the others to their misery”, but the last part of this statement is questionable as to its accuracy.
  1. The decree to provide salvation for the elect (limited atonement).
  2. The decree to save the elect through faith in Christ. (This is sometimes stated as the decree to apply salvation to those who believe in Christ.)

Arminian Lapsarianism: This is the view of denominations that believe in works or perseverance for or to maintain salvation.

  1. The decree to create all mankind.
  2. The decree to permit the fall.
  3. The decree to provide unlimited atonement (but they don’t understand it correctly.)
  4. Salvation by foreseen human virtue + faith + obedience; (hence the blasphemy of salvation by works).
  5. Election as an act of God in time, (which makes election synonymous with experiential sanctification, which is not correct because it ignores the portfolio of invisible assets).

In mixing truth with error, this view is a distortion and therefore a heresy.

Under Calvinism, election is the sovereign choice of God in eternity past which expresses His grace apart from every form of works, foreseen works and actual works.

This is not true of Arminianism, which is total heresy. In their system the decree to save the elect through faith follows the decree to save some who believe (#4 and #5 of infralapsarianism are switched).

Also their view depends not on faith in Christ for salvation but on human works called “foreseen human virtue, faith and obedience.” Therefore, they have a system of works for salvation. You aren’t saved until your deeds separate you experientially from the world.

As we have been noting John 13:18, we have paused to understand God’s sovereignty and omniscience in regards to His election of the believer. This is noted in the doctrine of Divine Decree.  God’s Decree makes provision for the salvation of all mankind. In this we have noted the doctrine of Lapsarianism which compares the order of each of the five elective decrees of God. As we have noted only Infralapsarianism aligns logically to the Plan of God as revealed in His Word.

In review Infralapsarianism orders the five elective decrees as follows:

  1. The decree to create all mankind.
  2. The decree to permit the fall.
  3. The decree to provide salvation for all mankind (unlimited atonement).
  4. The decree to elect some from among fallen mankind, and to leave others in their sin (those who will not believe in Christ).
  5. The decree to save the elect through faith in Christ, (i.e. to apply salvation to those who believe).

The Problem of Misinterpretation of the Decrees.

For example, if God’s decrees make all things absolute and certain, then in error you could say that there is no need for me to use the assets God has made available to me because regardless of what I do I am unable to avoid the results decreed. In other words, why bother applying if I am going to end up under predestination in the same situation?

The error here is that this ignores the fact that God has decreed the means as well as the ends, and that all God expresses in election is His desire to save and provide blessings. But man must still apply faith and the Holy Spirit must perform His ministry of Common Grace. Eph 2:1-9; Titus 3:3-7

You see your destiny is the outworking of your own thinking, motivation and decisions, which God just happened to know from eternity past and therefore He entered them into His Plan.  Just because God knows all does not infer that He interferes with your decision-making ability, Num 22-24. God’s knowledge of the facts does not interfere with their outworking in time.  The decree of God does not remove anyone from the results of his own thoughts, desires, judgments, and choices, based on individual circumstances within the sphere of his own experiences.  But the fact of the matter is, whatever free will choice you make is ultimately the execution of the decrees.  Not one of the decrees opposes your human freedom. God’s knowledge in eternity past in no way effects or interferes with your thoughts, motives, decisions, or actions.  But in love, knowing our failures, God went ahead anyway with His Plan to save us; that’s grace!

Since the decrees of God are the sum total of His Plan and indicate His purpose designed in eternity past, they must inevitably center on Jesus Christ as the God-man, Num 24:17.  As such, the free will of man must face the issue of Christ, the issue of His efficacious work on the Cross. It is at the Cross that the sovereignty of God met the free will of man for the glory of God and the momentum of His Plan.

Under the divine policy of grace, the work of salvation is accomplished by God while man benefits apart from his own human merit. That is why salvation is found through the non-meritorious act of faith in Jesus Christ.  Without violating human volition, God has designed and provided a Plan so perfect that it includes direction, provision, preservation, function, plus cause and effect for all believers. God’s Plan in eternity past was so designed so as to include all events, all actions related to their causes and conditions as a part of one indivisible system, every link being a part of the integrity of the whole.

Under this Plan God decreed to do some things directly, others through secondary agencies (Israel and the Church), and still others through individuals (e.g., Paul and you).  Therefore there are primary, secondary and tertiary functions within the Plan of God, but all of these functions constitute one all comprehensive Plan, which is perfect, eternal, and unchangeable without any loss of integrity. That’s why the Plan of God is so consistent with human freedom and does not unfairly coerce human freedom. Therefore, only Infralapsarianism can be the correct interpretation.

The revelation of the decrees is found only in the Bible. Therefore, the most important priority of the Christian life is perception and application of Bible doctrine.

The Principles of Human History are Related to God’s Omniscience.

1) In human history, God’s sovereignty and the free will of man coexist. This coexistence is by divine decree.

2) Even though God has complete knowledge (omniscience) of human volition, it has nothing to do with the function of human volition in time. That is why God does not stop you from making bad decisions.

3) God is the inventor of creature freedom. Gal 5:1

Gal 5:1, “It was for freedom that Christ set us free; therefore keep standing firm (make good decisions daily) and do not be subject again to a yoke of slavery (make bad decisions).”

4) The omniscience of God simply knows and has always known:

  • a) Every decision of every human being in history,
  • b) Every thought that preceded every decision
  • c) Every motive that was involved in every thought,
  • d) Every action that follows every motive, thought and decision.

For example: God knew billions and billions of years ago that Jacob would believe in Jesus Christ and Esau would not. Therefore, the blueprint for Jacob was regeneration and true Israel, and the blueprint for Esau was condemnation and exclusion from the new racial species of Israel. (Compare Rom 8:1-4; 9:6-16; Heb 12:15-17.) That’s why God was able to say in Romans 9:13, “Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated.”

5) Every human being, in the same way, has his very own blueprint based on God’s foreknowledge of their decisions.

1 Cor 1:21, “For since in the wisdom of God the world through its wisdom did not come to know God, (nevertheless), God was well-pleased through the foolishness of the message preached, (Christ crucified), to save those who believe.”

The Concept of Historical Sins and God’s Blueprint.

1) In addition to every person in history having his own blueprint, there is another printout that includes all human beings in history. The omniscience of God placed into this printout all personal sins in history.

Then, while Jesus was on the Cross, God the Father called for the printout and imputed all personal sins to Christ and judged every one of them.

Since both sins of cognizance and sins of ignorance are the function of human volition, every sin in human history was taken from the printout and imputed to Jesus Christ while on the Cross and judged by God the Father.

2) As for you and I, even though God gives us perfect volition, He imputes Adam’s original sin to our genetically formed Old Sin Nature at physical birth. That results in condemnation also at the point of physical birth. This automatically qualifies us for salvation by grace. Rom 5:12, 14-19.

3) As we have noted, the sovereignty of God and free will of man coexist by divine decree in human history. Therefore, God’s omniscience perceives:

  • a) The free as free (God will never tamper with your volition),
  • b) The necessary as necessary (divine justice as our point of reference),
  • c) Their causes, conditions, and relations, as one indivisible system of things.

4) Therefore, every cause and effect is related to another cause and effect, and so on, so that the course of human history is just as man thinks it, wills it, and does it; every link of which is essential to the integrity of the whole Plan of God.

Gal 6:7, “Be not deceived, God is not mocked; for whatever a person sows, this he will also reap.”

Hosea 8:7, “For they sow to the wind, and they reap the whirlwind. The standing grain has no heads; it yields no grain. Should it yield, strangers would swallow it up.”

Col 3:25, .”For he who does wrong will receive the consequences of that wrong which he has done, and there is no partiality.”

Prov 12:13, “An evil snare is the transgression of the lips, but the righteous (person with integrity) will escape from trouble.”

Prov 19:3, “A person’s own folly ruins his life, yet his heart rages against the Lord.”
A fool blames God for his own bad decisions and consequent discipline from the Lord.

The Decree Itself:

1) The omniscience of God fed only facts into the blueprint decrees. This was accomplished simultaneously in eternity past.

2) The decrees have become the complete and consummated right of the sovereignty of God determining the certain futurities of all things in human history.

  • a) No event is directly affected or caused by the decrees.
  • b) But the decree itself provides in every case that the events shall be affected by causes acting in a manner consistent with the nature of the event in question.

3) You are never deprived of your free will. God never changes the decree of what will happen and never tampers with your actions.

4) Therefore, in the case of every free will act of a moral agent, the decree itself provides at the same time the following.

  • a) That the antecedents and all antecedents of every act in question shall be what they shall be. Whenever you make a decision it shall be the result of decisions before that. The circumstances will be what they are, the facts will be what they are, and God knows what you’re thinking and will decide.  Man’s acts are a result of man’s free will, not because the sovereignty of God causes man to perform the act.
  • b) That the agent shall be a free agent (self‑determination).  When you were given life, you were given self‑determination. Therefore, you are accountable for your own bad decisions.
  • c) That all present conditions of the act shall be what they are.  The action takes place in a moment of time and is your very own act.
  •  d) That the act shall be perfectly spontaneous and free on the part of the agent.  There is no coercion.
  • e) That it shall be certainly future.

5) Hence, the decree from God’s will settled only what His creation would be.

6) Because God cannot contradict His own nature or His being, the essence and attributes of God necessitated His willing the highest and best for mankind.

7) The decrees of God are His eternal and immutable will, regarding the future existence of events, which will happen in time and the precise manner and order of their occurrence.

8) Decisions are made, the circumstances are all there on tape; we just see things as they unfold in history. We know how it’s going to turn out, but it’s still fun watching things unroll. Your life is on tape, and the tape is running. God wouldn’t be God if He didn’t know it all beforehand. Yet God never violates your volition.

Heb 4:13, “And there is no creature hidden from His sight, but all things are open and laid bare to the eyes of Him with whom we have to do.”

The decrees unite in one final and all-inclusive objective, the glory of God, Prov 16:4; Rom 11:36; Heb 2:10; Rev 4:11.

Now that we have understood the Omniscience of God in regards to His election of the believer, we continue our study of John 13:18. The next phrase is “but it is that the Scripture may be fulfilled”.

We begin with the Superordinating Conjunction “but” which is the Greek word ALLA that introduces a clause that is more prominent than the one to which it relates.

In this sentence the emphasis our Lord is making is on the fulfillment of prophecy in regards to all aspects of His life and death. In other words, His election of the believer would not be possible if the prophecies regarding His work on the Cross were not fulfilled. As always, His efficacious work on the Cross is the most important thing of all, and the prophecies concerning the Cross begin with the betrayal by a close friend.

In addition, we see an example of the principles we noted in the first part of this verse, “God’s Omniscience does not hinder or violate human volition”.  You see God did not make Judas betray the Lord, but God’s omniscience saw his negative volition from eternity past and therefore God was able to prophesize his future actions.  So the principle stands firm, “human volition is an extension of the angelic conflict and can never be violated by God”.   God knows what our human volition will do and He has incorporated that into His Plan.

Then we have another Greek conjunction HINA that means, “in order that”, “so that” or just “that”. Because this is a purpose clause, emphasizing scripture being fulfilled, we will translate it as “in order that”.

Next we have “the scripture”, which is the Nominative Feminine of HO GRAPHE.

This is followed by the Aorist, Passive, Subjunctive of PLEROO, “may be fulfilled” or specifically “implemented”.

In other words, because of the Omniscience, Veracity and Immutability of God, scripture cannot and does not lie. It is impossible for God to lie; it is impossible for God’s Word to lie with regard to a principle, a concept or a promise. It is all truth. When God says something will occur, it will occur.

We now have the prophecy about to be fulfilled, “He who eats My bread has lifted up his heel against Me.”

“He who eats” is the Present, Active, Participle in the Nominative of HO TROGO. This is not the usual word for eating. The ordinary word for eating is ESTHIO (es-thee’-o). TROGO literally means to gnaw, munch, or crunch.  This word is used in a similar derogatory manner for those who reject the Word of God in Mat 24:38-39.

Mat 24:38-39, “For as in those days before the flood they were eating (TROGO) and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered the ark, and they did not understand until the flood came and took them all away; so will the coming of the Son of Man be.”

John 13:18 and Mat 24:38-39 are in contrast to the only other occurrence of our Lord using this word. He sets up the beautiful contrast in John 6:54-58 regarding those who would come to salvation.

The principle here is, even though Judas partook of the Word, he did not learn from it, just as does the unbeliever who hears the Word and does not accept it for what it is, complete spiritual sustenance giving eternal life.

Then we have the phrase “My bread”, which is a bit misleading.

First we have the Genitive Pronoun, First Person, Singular of EGO, meaning “I” or “my”. This is a Genitive of Association so we would not just say “of me” or “my” but “with me” showing the close relationship of Judas and Jesus.

This is linked with the Accusative Masculine, Singular of ARTOS meaning, “bread” or a “loaf of bread”.

We note this subtle difference because scripture is clear that “whoever eats My bread has eternal life”. John 6:35-58.

John 6:35, “Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life (ARTOS ZOE); he who comes to Me will not hunger, and he who believes in Me will never thirst.””

John 6:47-48, “Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes has eternal life. 48I am the bread of life.”

These verses are a reference to the spiritual sustenance of the gospel of Jesus Christ that gives eternal life.

Judas did not have eternal life, because Judas did not eat Christ’s flesh, believe in Him. But he did eat bread with Christ, showing the close relationship they shared.

Principle: You will eat bread with many people in life, but many will not eat the bread of life with you.
So we have “He who eats bread with Me.”

Next we have “has lifted up” which is the Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular of EPAIRO which is a compound word from EPI meaning “on or upon”, and AIRO which means “to raise, take up, or lift”. So combined it means “to lift up; exalt, hoisting, lift, or raised”. Metaphorically it means “to be lifted up with pride, or to exalt one’s self”.  So we see that the blind arrogance of Judas led him to betray our Lord.

Then we have a Preposition in the Accusative case of EPI meaning “on, upon, in, against, over, to, for, around, about, concerning or towards”. Here “against” is a good translation showing the opposition to Christ or the focus of the betrayal.  This is linked with the Accusative Pronoun, First Person, Singular of EGO meaning “me”. So combined it is “against me”.  This is linked with the Accusative, Feminine Singular of HO PTERNA meaning “the heel”, along with the Genitive Pronoun in the Masculine, Third Person, Singular of AUTOS meaning literally “of him”. So we could say “the heel of him” but correct English is “his heel”. So we could say, “has lifted up his heel against me.”

The entire quote is, “he that eats bread with me has lifted up his heel against me”. This is a reference to Judas Iscariot’s prophesized betrayal of The Lord Jesus Christ.   Here again we have the principle that omniscience does not violate human volition and the traitor is free to make his own decisions. Remember that human volition is an extension of the angelic conflict and can never be violated by God.

Ultimately this phrase means to reject the authority of someone. This is an idiom. The raising up of the heel means to overthrow, to seek one’s destruction, or to reject authority.  There is one person in the room who has rejected the authority of Jesus Christ, Judas Iscariot. This one has pretended to love the Lord but in ignorance of Bible Doctrine his love was nothing more than pseudo love.  So we see the results of ignorance of Bible Doctrine and arrogance of the soul. It can and will lead to betrayal.

This betrayal was also noted by Paul in 1 Cor 11:23.

1 Cor 11:23, “For I received from the Lord that which I also delivered (PARADIDOMI) to you, that the Lord Jesus in the night in which He was betrayed (PARADIDOMI) took bread.”

The betrayal by Judas Iscariot was first prophesized in Psa 41:9, “Even my close friend in whom I trusted, who ate my bread, has lifted up his heel against me.”

Notice the difference in the two passages. In our verse our Lord only says, “he”. But in the Psalm we have more information, “even my close friend who I trusted”. This is the emphasis of the betrayal of a close friend. Our Lord says only “he”, leaving the disciple to study the prophecy for further application.

A wise man once said to me, “You haven’t been betrayed, until you have been betrayed by a close friend”.   In other words the betrayal of a close friend, companion or family member hurts more and cuts deeper than the betrayal of a casual acquaintance or a known enemy.

Therefore, we have a clue as to the pain of the Cross of Jesus Christ. The cross was not just an unconscious act of impersonal love. The Cross was a deep cut in the heart of our Lord, signified in this one place by the betrayal of a close friend. That is, the sins of the world are the sins of loved ones that our Lord had to bare.

Nevertheless, Jesus’ quote at the end of verse 18 from Psalm 41:9 shows that even Judas’ betrayal of Him and His coming death were within the Plan and purpose of God. Compare with John 13:2, 21-22, 26; Mat 10:4; 26:21-25, 45; 27:3; Mark 3:19; 14:18-21, 41; Luke 22:21-23.

Doctrine of Betrayal

1 Cor 11:23, “For I received from the Lord that which I also delivered to you, that the Lord Jesus in the night in which He was betrayed took bread.”

Betrayal is the Greek compound word PARADIDOMI. It is a compound word made up from PARA and DIDOMI.  PARA is a preposition meaning, “from beside, by the side of, by, beside, or above”.

DIDOMI meaning, “to give”.  So PARADIDOMI comes to mean, “to hand over, to give or deliver over, or to betray”.

Thayer defines it as:

1) To give into the hands (of another).

2) To give over into (one’s) power or use. To deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, or manage. To deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death. To deliver up treacherously by betrayal and to cause one to be taken and to deliver one to be taught or molded.

3) To commit, to commend.

4) To deliver verbally commands or rites, or to deliver by narrating, to report.

5) To permit allow, when the fruit will allow, that is when its ripeness permits. Gives itself up, presents itself.

Betrayer is the Greek noun PRODOTES that comes from PRODIDOMI which means to give before, give first,  or first given.  PRODOTES is found in Acts 7:52, and can also mean a traitor as in Luke 6:16 and 2 Tim 3:4.

Acts 7:52, “Which one of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? They killed those who had previously announced the coming of the Righteous One, whose betrayers and murderers you have now become.”

Luke 6:16, “Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot, who became a traitor.”

2 Tim 3:1, “But realize this, that in the last days difficult times will come. 2For men will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, 3unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, 4treacherous (traitors), reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, 5holding to a form of godliness, although they have denied its power; Avoid such men as these.”

The Wikipedia dictionary defines “betrayal” as a form of deception or dismissal of prior presumptions, is the breaking or violation of a presumptive social contract (trust, or confidence) that produces moral and psychological conflict within a relationship amongst individuals, between organizations or between individuals and organizations. Often betrayal is the act of supporting a rival group, or it is a complete break from previously decided upon or presumed norms by one party from the others.

Webster’s New Collegiate Dictionary defines “betray” as to lead astray, especially seduce, to deliver to an enemy by treachery, to fail or desert especially in time of need, to reveal unintentionally, show, or indicate, to disclose in violation of confidence or to prove false.

Dictionary.com

  1. To deliver or expose to an enemy by treachery or disloyalty: Benedict Arnold betrayed his country.
  2. To be unfaithful in guarding, maintaining, or fulfilling: to betray a trust.
  3. To disappoint the hopes or expectations of; be disloyal to: to betray one’s friends.
  4. To reveal or disclose in violation of confidence: to betray a secret.
  5. To reveal unconsciously (something one would preferably conceal): Her nervousness betrays her insecurity.
  6. To show or exhibit; reveal; disclose: an unfeeling remark that betrays his lack of concern.
  7. To deceive, misguide, or corrupt: a young lawyer betrayed by political ambitions into irreparable folly.
  8. To seduce and desert.

Even though the above has attempted to define betrayal, many believe the definitions are still inadequate. For example Rodger L. Jackson, author of the article, The Sense and Sensibility of Betrayal: Discovering the Meaning of Treachery Through Jane Austen, writes that “there has been surprisingly little written about what we even mean by the term”.

In psychology, practitioners describe betrayal as the breaking of a social contract; however, critics of this approach claim that the term social contract does not accurately reflect the conditions and motivations for, and effects of, betrayal.

Philosophers Judith Shklar and Peter Johnson, authors of The Ambiguities of Betrayal and Frames of Deceit respectively, contend that while no clear definition of betrayal is available, betrayal is more effectively understood through literature.

Still others like Ben-Yehuda in (“Betrayals and Treason Violations of Trust and Loyalty” Westview Press) framed all forms of betrayals and treason under a unifying analytical framework using loyalty, trust and moral boundaries as explanatory tools.

Psychological Effect of Betrayal

Betrayal can have a significant detrimental effect on the psyche of an individual, so much so that recent Psychology has adopted a new term for mental health treatment call Betrayal Trauma.

Betrayal trauma occurs when people or institutions that are depended on for survival violate human trust. An example of betrayal trauma is childhood physical, emotional, or sexual abuse.

The term was first used by Professor J.J. Freyd in 1991, and today most mental health professionals accept betrayal trauma as a possible alternative diagnosis to traditional post-traumatic stress disorder.

[Prof J.J. Freyd’s Home Page at the University of Oregon, http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/defineBT.html]

A subset of this is called Political Betrayal. Most adults living in western democracies place trust in the state of which they are a citizen. If this trust is betrayed, at its worst, the individual can suffer psychological betrayal trauma. Betrayal trauma has symptoms similar to post-traumatic stress disorder, although the element of amnesia and dissociation is likely to be greater.

The key difference between traditional post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and betrayal trauma is that the former is historically seen as being caused primarily by fear, whereas betrayal trauma is a response to extreme anger. Fear and anger are the two sides to the fight-flight response, and as such are our strongest and most basic psychological emotions.

Pure political betrayal trauma can be caused by situations such as wrongful arrest and conviction by the legal system of a western democracy; or by discrimination, bullying or other serious mistreatment by a state institution or powerful figure within the state.

In practice, however, it is likely that most people with symptoms of psychological trauma have elements of both fear based PTSD and anger based Betrayal Trauma, not one or the other. Certainly in the most serious cases of “PTSD” there is an element of both. For instance, the fact that a soldier is sent to war by the state is an important element in the reasons for war being a major cause of PTSD. In cases where soldiers are horrified by the actions or orders of their commanding officers, or where they are victims of friendly fire, their PTSD is likely to be worse because of the element of betrayal will be that much greater. Similarly, one of the most psychologically traumatizing events in history, the Holocaust, is almost certainly so serious a case because the element of state betrayal is as great as the element of fear trauma. (Helen Garrod’s Political Betrayal Trauma Page)

 Awareness

Some of the feelings people experience when they have been betrayed include being, furious, resentful, heartbroken, numb, humiliated, rejected, hurt, shattered and not safe.

Unfortunately, in our day and age, betrayal seems to be on the rise. If you have actually been betrayed or have the false sense of being betrayed, it helps to know that you are not alone. Broken trust is a universal experience and feeling.

One of the reasons betrayal is on the rise is because people, who have an inherent need to belong and be part of a relationship, have rejected the greatest offer for relationship, that is union with Christ. As a result people are open and vulnerable to pseudo relationships that inevitably will lead to betrayal and the painful emotions that come with it.

The emotional pain that can come from betrayal can hurt as much, if not more than a physical injury. Instead of the trauma being on the outer body the trauma is in the mental, emotional and spiritual realm.

Rom 2:9, “There will be tribulation and distress for every soul of man who does evil, of the Jew first and also of the Greek,”

The prophecy given to Mary regarding her son said in Luke 2:35, “And a sword will pierce even your own soul—to the end that thoughts from many hearts may be revealed.”

In foretelling of His betrayal and resultant death our Lord said in John 12:27, “Now My soul has become troubled; and what shall I say, ‘Father, save Me from this hour’? But for this purpose I came to this hour.”

Our Lord said in the Garden of Gethsemane of his betrayal by Judas in Mark 14:34, “And He said to them, “My soul is deeply grieved to the point of death; remain here and keep watch.”

Peter said of Lot’s spiritual torment in 2 Peter 2:8-9, “(For by what he saw and heard that righteous man, while living among them, felt his righteous soul tormented day after day by their lawless deeds), 9then the Lord knows how to rescue the godly from temptation.”

When we think of betrayal as a wound to the soul, it follows that to heal the wound we must work on the same.

It also goes to follow that when the betrayed regains peace of mind, heart and soul, they then can make healthy doctrinal decisions about the damaged relationship(s), that is forgiveness can become a possibility.

Psalm 51:12, “Restore to me the joy of Your salvation and sustain me with a willing spirit.”

Gal 6:1, “Brethren, even if anyone is caught in any trespass, you who are spiritual, restore such a one in a spirit of gentleness; each one looking to yourself, so that you too will not be tempted.”

Isa 51:18-19, “‘I have seen his ways, but I will heal him; I will lead him and restore comfort to him and to his mourners, creating the praise of the lips. Peace, peace to him who is far and to him who is near’, says the LORD, ‘and I will heal him”.”

2 Cor 2:9, “For to this end also I wrote, so that I might put you to the test, whether you are obedient in all things. 10But one whom you forgive anything, I forgive also; for indeed what I have forgiven, if I have forgiven anything, I did it for your sakes in the presence of Christ, 11so that no advantage would be taken of us by Satan, for we are not ignorant of his schemes.”

Satan is the Author of Betrayal

Even though we can point the finger at others who have truly betrayed us or through projection, we falsely believe someone has betrayed us, all betrayal comes from either the Old Sin Nature and / or demonic influence from Satan’s Cosmic System.  Whether real or projected, the sin nature is involved with either the perpetrator or the self-induced victim respectfully. Nevertheless, both are the result of Satan’s original evil.  Satan is the author of sin and evil. Through the mental attitude of his own free will volition, he chose to rebel against our Lord and entered into a process of betrayal.

He rejected the authority of God and instead wanted to be like God and incited an angelic rebellion against Him. Zech 14:12-14; Ezk 28:11-19

Zech 14:12-14, ” How you have fallen from heaven, O star of the morning (Lucifer, KJV), son of the dawn! You have been cut down to the earth, you who have weakened the nations! But you said in your heart,

     I will ascend to heaven; (i.e., God’s throne room)

     I will raise my throne above the stars of God, (i.e., Angels)

     And I will sit on the mount of assembly (i.e., man) in the recesses of the north.

14  I will ascend above the heights of the clouds (i.e., God’s glory);

     I will make myself like the Most High (i.e., God).’

The plot of betrayal emanated from Satan to other angelic creatures that also had free will. It appears that this thought of betrayal worked its way through all angels, (Rev 5:4), yet some chose God’s gift of redemption while others stayed in rebellion, Rev 12:3-4.

Satan is the prince or leader of those angels who remained in rebellion, called fallen angels or demons, and therefore, the director of all demons and all offensive action toward the human race, trying to lead mankind in betrayal as well. Mat 9:34, 12:34; Mark 3:22; Luke 11:15.

Rev 12:9, “And the great dragon was thrown down out of heaven, the serpent of ancient times who is called the devil and Satan, who deceived the entire inhabited earth; he was cast down to the earth and his angels were cast out with him.”

In human history, the sovereignty of God and free will of man coexist by divine decree because human history is an extension of the prehistoric angelic betrayal.   Satan learned in the prehistoric angelic conflict that he cannot attack the sovereignty of God, which is incorruptible, so he attacked the volition of other creatures.  Satan came up with a plan to attack God through his creatures, since he could not attack God.  Therefore, beginning with angelic creatures he is now focused on mankind, since the issue of rebellion has already been cast for the angels and mankind was created in history to resolve the appeal of Satan in the prehistoric angelic conflict trial.  Satan attacks at the weak point, the volition of mankind and the arrogance of his Sin Nature.

The greatest attack on human volition occurred against the humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ.   Jesus Christ was attacked constantly, especially in the realm of betraying God’s Plan for salvation. He was tempted beyond anything we will ever know, Mat 4:1-11.  Satan is always trying to get at God through human volition.

The original sin in the Garden of Eden was also an act of betrayal and rebellion. Adam and the woman were instructed not to eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. Through Satan’s temptation, Adam chose to eat, desiring to be like God.  Adam’s betrayal resulted in his real spiritual death that was then perpetuated to the entire human race, Rom 5:12‑21, and therefore all of mankind was in rebellion against God, Gen 2:17, 3:1-7.  As a result, Satan became the ruler of the world, superseding Adam in that role, John 12:31, 14:30, 16:11; 2 Cor 4:4; Eph 2:2.

Even though man is born in rebellion, Satan knows that can change because of the Cross of Jesus Christ. Therefore, his work is to keep man in betrayal or to turn the believer back to betrayal.

2 Thes 2:9-12, “That is, the one whose coming is in accord with the activity of Satan, with all power and signs and false wonders, 10and with all the deception of wickedness for those who perish, because they did not receive the love of the truth so as to be saved. 11For this reason God will send upon them a deluding influence so that they will believe what is false, 12in order that they all may be judged who did not believe the truth, but took pleasure in unrighteousness, (evil).”

The believer is to resist the influence of betrayal from Satan by means of the Word and Holy Spirit.

2 Cor 2:11, “That no advantage be taken of us by Satan, for we are not ignorant of his strategies.” 

The implication is that Satan can very easily take advantage of us unless we understand something of his strategy, and understand why we are here.

Eph 6:11, “Put on the full armor from God so that you might always be able to hold your ground against the strategies of the devil.”

Satan plans offensive action against the human race, especially against believers, either leading us in acts of betrayal or being the recipient of betrayal.  Therefore, the mandates for defensive action on the part of the believer to resist the temptations of betrayal from the power of Satan are very important.

Eph 4:27, “And do not give the devil an opportunity.” 

The believer is commanded to defend against Satan’s strategy.  Defensive action is a grace function.  Believers are dependent upon the grace provision of God.

Eph 6:13, “Pick up and put on the full armor from God that you may always be able to hold your ground in the evil day.” 

The evil day is the day of attack. The Roman soldier was able to get dressed for battle in a few minutes and be ready to defend himself. You can put on the armor of God is seconds through the confession of your sins (rebound) and the filling of the Spirit, 1 John 1:9; Eph 5:18.

James 4:7, “Hold your ground against the devil and he will flee from you.”

1 Peter 5:8-9, “Attain spiritual self-esteem, be alert, your enemy the devil prowls around like a roaring lion looking for some believer to devour; therefore, hold your ground against him standing firm in Bible doctrine.” 

What God has provided in grace for our defensive action has no weaknesses.  When we use our human strengths and abilities against Satan, we are defeated and overrun.

Encouragement for defensive action against Satan is also found in 1 John 4:4, where we are told, “Greater is He who is in you than he who is in the world.”

Betrayal is a deep cutting sin on the soul of the victim.  As we see in Job’s wife who was a pawn for Satan when she incited betrayal by saying in Job 2:9, “Do you still hold fast your integrity? Curse God and die!”, (i.e., betray Him!)

Therefore, we need God’s armor to say no to any temptations that we may have to betray others, and to not allow the betrayal of someone against us to penetrate our souls.

Eph 6:16, “In addition to all, taking up the shield of faith with which you will be able to extinguish all the flaming arrows (acts of betrayal against you) of the evil one.”

As Job said in Job 2:10, “‘You speak as one of the foolish women speaks. Shall we indeed accept good from God and not accept adversity?’ In all this Job did not sin with his lips.”

Heb 10:39, “But we are not of those who shrink back to destruction, but of those who have faith to the preserving of the soul.”

Identifying Problems of Betrayal

When you hear the word, “betrayal”, many times you think of infidelity, but the experience is actually much broader. Therefore the experience of real betrayal comes from a broad category of sins.

Hurt feelings can result from a love betrayal, but the same symptoms can also be triggered by an unfaithful coworker or boss, betrayal in a friendship, disloyalty from a workplace, community, even country, the loss of a loved one, and the world seeming to turn on us.

For example:

A friend knowingly breaks a confidence that causes hurt and loss of reputation. A spouse professes love and loyalty while involved in an emotional extramarital affair. A boss or organization pretends to be honest and fair while manipulating employees to exploit their talents.

Sometimes the ultimate betrayal is described as a loss of trust or faith in our relationship with “something bigger, something spiritual”, that is God, the church or even our Pastor. But no matter what the source is, the emotional distress is often severe.

The Pattern Leading to Broken Trust

  1. Personal and/or cultural expectations (understood by the betrayed as “The Truth”) are present.
  2. Based on these expectations, whole-hearted loyalty is given to another.
  3. “The Truth” is shattered; often due to someone making choices despite potential, major damage to the relationship.
  4. Shock and intense hurt feelings inevitably result.

What happens is that the betrayed assumed something to be true (and actually needed to believe for emotional safety), then discovered the core belief was false. This collapse of a belief structure results in a negative effect on the soul, called garbage of the soul.   If you surrender to the emotional distress you will begin to develop garbage in your soul that if unchecked, (through rebound, the filling of the Spirit and the application of Bible Doctrine), will lead to blackout of the soul (B.o.S.).

(i.e., Who’s the boss? The boss of your soul should be the Word of God via the filling of God the Holy Spirit. But the Sin Nature becomes the boss of your soul when you allow betrayal, or any other attacks, to fester into the emotional complex of sins. Also through the deployment of the 10 Problem Solving Devices you can ward off the flaming missile attacks on your soul, Eph 6:11-19.)

Blackout of the soul is the inevitable result of emotional revolt of the soul and locked in negative volition toward Bible doctrine.  The blackout of the soul begins with the creation of a vacuum in the stream of consciousness of the right lobe of the soul. This vacuum creates a system of suction that attracts into the seven compartments of the soul the emotional complex of sins and the arrogance skills.  The blackout of the soul immobilizes previously metabolized Bible doctrine and is the status of the believer with negative volition toward Bible doctrine, which results in his involvement with the Cosmic System.  The more you allow emotions and the emotional complex of sins to control your soul, the more you increase the power of those emotions which leads to further sins in your life through blackout of the soul. Then the downward spiral begins, John 12:35; Eph 4:17-19; 1 John 1:6; 2:11.

John 12:35, “He who walks in darkness does not know where he goes.”

1 John 1:6, “If we contend that we have fellowship with him and we keep on walking in darkness, we are lying and we do not live the truth.”

1 John 2:11, “When anyone hates his fellow believer, he is in darkness and he walks in darkness, and he does not know where he is going because the darkness has blinded his eyes.”

Blackout of the unbeliever:

2 Cor 3:14, “But their minds were hardened; for until this very day at the reading of the old covenant the same veil remains unlifted, because it is removed in Christ. 15But to this day whenever Moses is read, a veil lies over their heart; 16but whenever a person turns to the Lord, the veil is taken away.”

2 Cor 4:4, “In whose case the god of this world has blinded the minds of the unbelieving so that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.”

The Downward Spiral of the Blackout of the Soul.

  1. The more you allow emotional sins to acquire power over your life, the greater your capacity for irrationality.
  2. The greater your capacity for irrationality, the more garbage you accumulate in the subconscious of your soul.
  3. The more garbage you accumulate in the subconscious, the more you have blackout of Bible doctrine in the soul.

Betrayal can lead to all kinds of bad emotional sins.  Emotions should respond to the situations in life, but when you allow them to react to the situations in life, they become bad emotions filled with sin.

Bad Emotion

  1. Bad emotion is often pathological arrogance.
  2. Bad emotion is the function of:
  3. Evil obsession,
  4. Unrealistic expectation,
  5. Role model arrogance,
  6. The feet of clay syndrome, and
  7. Iconoclastic arrogance

The Emotional Complex of Sins (bad emotion) has a number of categories.

  1. The hysteria category includes fear, worry, anxiety, panic, consternation, and irrationality.
  2. The revenge category includes malice, revenge motivation and being your way of life, the lust to inflict injury or suffering on others, violence, murder, gossip, slander, maligning, judging, and vilification (which creates a public lie about someone who is the object of jealousy, hatred, vindictiveness, or implacability).
  3. The hatred category includes anger, hatred, bitterness, jealousy, loathing, animosity, implacability.
  4. The irrational category includes tantrums, vulnerability to imagined insults, snubs and further betrayal, self-pity, whining, sniveling, denial, projection, vindication and neurosis.
  5. The guilt category includes remorse for real or imagined sins, morbid self-reproach, emotional feelings of culpability, self-righteous arrogance, arrogant preoccupation with one’s feelings and impulses, guilt resulting from the manipulation of legalism, arrogant preoccupation with the correctness of one’s behavior.

Many of the emotional complexes of sins are a hybrid, combining the sins of the emotional complex with the sins of the arrogance complex, Rom 16:17-18; 2 Cor 6:11-12; 7:10-11; Eph 4:31; Phil 3:18-19. Appetite and affections all speak to the emotional complex of sins.

2 Cor 6:12, “You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your own emotions.”

Phil 3:18-19, “For many walk, of whom I often told you, and now tell you even weeping, that they are enemies of the cross of Christ, whose end is destruction, whose god is their appetite (emotions), and whose glory is in their shame, who set their minds on earthly things.”

The Pattern of Recovery from Broken Trust

When betrayed, real or imagined, most times the thought comes into awareness slowly and then builds within your soul. If you don’t take every thought captive (2 Cor 10:5), these powerful and dreadful feelings start to overwhelm your soul.

To understand betrayal we use the analogy of peeling an onion.

  1. The first or outer layer represents your most recent hurtful experience. This is an event, real or imagined, where the trust we had in our relationship with others or a thing is damaged. This causes grief and suffering in the moment. We then react to the current situation through obsessive behavior and forget about any other episodes that most likely caused this current situation or our negative reaction.
  2. If we take the time to peel back the outer layer, we will see and remember previous incidents of broken trust, or actions we have taken that may have led to the current situation, whether through love relationships, friends, work situations (boss or coworker), etc.
  3. If we continue and peel yet another layer, we may find even earlier betrayal(s), even going back to our childhood, that have left an impression on us and potential scare tissue of the soul.
  • a) This may include the closeness and trust of a caregiver that was betrayed.
  • b) Early betrayals may have meant a child’s very survival.
  • c) In those instance you have had to pretend your caregivers where trustworthy because acknowledging the truth was simply too scary.
  • d) Scenarios like that set up contradictions in our mind and emotions. It goes without saying that the loss of innocence from early betrayals of nurturers, protectors or role models wreak havoc in the adult life.
  • e) For example, the pedophiles of the Catholic and other denominations’ Priesthood who preyed on children had a very detrimental effect on the individuals even in adulthood.
  • f) Situations like these make any new or current betrayal(s) even more traumatic.

4.  Peel still another layer and some psychologist say this is where inherited betrayal is stored. These would be considered traumatic wounds carried over from our ancestors somehow showing up in our souls. In Christianity we would call this the inherited Old Sin Nature passed down from Adam (Romans 5:12-13). This is the void in our life. The void of being spiritually dead, without a relationship with God. This then leads to feelings of being unsafe which has been going on for thousands of years, since the original sin entered the earth. That is one reason Adam and the woman covered themselves with fig leafs, (Gen 3:7). For the first time they had a feeling of nakedness, being unprotected due to the Sin Nature now flourishing in their souls.

Gen 3:7, “Then the eyes of both of them were opened (to their sin), and they knew that they were naked (empty and void); and they sewed fig leaves together and made themselves loin coverings.”

Principle: Sinful man is always trying to cover up his sin and emptiness with the wrong things.

5.  If we peel back some more, we finally come to the inner core of all betrayal experiences, self-betrayal. This is the damage we did to ourselves because of some emotional ordeal(s). We may not remember how or when but we know that at some point we betrayed ourselves.

  • a) Now that the line was crossed, it was much easier to keep crossing that line in bigger and bigger ways until eventually your norms and standard were readjusted and a new line was formed far from that old line.
  • b) This is the process of having some set of norms and standards established within the heart of your soul, and at some point in time you crossed the line.
  • c) At first it may have been very small, insignificant or subtle, but the line was crossed.
  • d) But deep in your soul there is still a faint remembrance of the old line that gnaws at you in your subconscious.

6.  If unchecked self-betrayal then becomes the norm and instead of being self-confident via the old line, we become addicted to outside approval, constantly drawing new lines each and every day and with each and every relationship.

7.  In the spiritual life this means we do not have spiritual self-esteem, (the first stage of spiritual adulthood), and instead we look to others, (whether individuals or organizations), for our well-being, our acceptance, and our love. This disconnect in the soul, (which should be filled with Bible Doctrine establishing your norms and standards, being the source of infinite, genuine support), sets up further betrayals from the “outside” by others.

8.  We have to ask ourselves, is it possible that betrayal of relationship to self is the actual “ultimate betrayal”? You may even think that God has abandoned you but in reality, many times unknowingly, we have created the disconnection because of self-betrayal, which is our own personal betrayal of God. Just as Judas had a disconnect in his soul, he first betrayed self which culminated in his betrayal of the Lord.

2 Sam 12:13, “Then David said to Nathan, “I have sinned against the LORD.” And Nathan said to David, “The LORD also has taken away your sin; you shall not die.”

Principle: Guilt can lead to further self-betrayal.

1 Cor 8:12, “And so, by sinning against the brethren and wounding their conscience when it is weak, you sin against Christ.”

9.  True healing of betrayal will take into account all these layers leading to repentance. A focused recovery of your daily relationship with God, through the intake and application of His Word, will lead you to build true norms and standards once again, followed by the realization of forgiveness of self and others, which then leads to self-trust (being true to God and oneself).

 The 10 Problem Solving Devices for protection and/or recovery from betrayal.

Just as we noted above that there are many layers to the problems of life, God has provided many layers for our protection and recovery from those problems.

1.  The Unbeliever’s Protection and Recovery.

The first form of recovery is for the unbeliever. Every member of the human race is born physically alive, yet spiritually dead, John 3:3-21. That means we are born void of a relationship with God and Jesus Christ. Until the unbeliever accepts Jesus Christ as his personal Savior, he will always have that void in his life. When he believes in Jesus Christ as his personal Savior, he is immediately entered into union with Christ through the indwelling of God the Holy Spirit, Rom 6:3-5; 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 4:5. He then has the opportunity for true recovery in all aspects of life, physical and spiritual.

When Adam and Eve entered into spiritual death as a result of their sin, they tried to cover up their problem, (being void of relationship with God due to betrayal – eating the forbidden fruit), with fig leaves. Yet, it was not until they received the ultimate problem-solving device, (faith in the perfect sacrifice of our Lord Jesus Christ on the Cross for the forgiveness of their sins), that they had true solutions to the problems of life.

This was noted by our Lord instructing Adam and Eve to remove the fig leaf covering, (which represents man’s attempt to solve his own problems as promoted to by Satan’s counterfeit system), and put on the skins of the Lamb, (Gen 3:8-21).  In order to obtain the skins, what did they have to do? Nothing, accept receive what was offered to them!

You see in order to obtain the skins a lamb had to be killed. If you look closely at the scriptures you will see that Adam and Eve did not kill the lamb, skin it, and then clothe themselves. No! Our Lord killed the lamb, skinned it, and gave it to them to put on.  The killing of the lamb was a type of the sacrifice our Lord would perform for them and all of mankind on the Cross. The important fact is that in verse 21 our Lord gave them the skins and He clothed them!

Once they received the skins and put them on, they were entered into life with Christ once again. It was through their faith in the Word of our Lord that led them to receive His perfect solution to the nakedness and void they were experiencing.

Principles:

1) We cannot clothe ourselves.

2) We cannot solve our problems.

3) Satan’s fig leaves cannot solve our problems.

4) We cannot truly solve the problems of life, especially the problem of our spiritual death.

5) Only by receiving God’s gracious work through faith in our Lord Jesus Christ and His work on the Cross for the forgiveness of our sins do we have true solutions and recovery in life.

2.  The Believer’s Protection and Recovery.

In God’s Word He has given the believer of the Church Age Ten Problem-Solving Devices (10 PSD’s) which includes:

1) Rebound – The confession of our sins

2) Filling of God the Holy Spirit

3) Doctrinal Orientation

4) Faith Rest

5) Grace Orientation

6) Personal Sense of Destiny

7) Personal Love for God the Father

8) Impersonal and Unconditional Love for Man

9) Sharing the Happiness of God

10) Occupation with the Lord Jesus Christ

Each is designed to provide the believer with real solutions and healing to the problems of the past and to stop the problems of today from penetrating their souls, that would otherwise cause deep hurt and wounds to the soul.

Pastor R.B. Thieme Jr. called them the Forward Line of Troops in your soul, or the FLOT line. In other words they are the armor of God to ward off the problems and pressures of life from becoming stress within your soul leading to deep hurt, wounds and scar tissue upon your soul. These 10 PSD’s have application in all aspects of life but for our topic of betrayal we will briefly note how each can be applied to protect and/or recover from betrayal.

1) Rebound

This is the key to beginning recovery. Rebound is the confession of your sins to God the Father as stated in Ps 32:5b, 1 John 1:9 and demonstrated by our Lord in John 13:4-11.

When we, as believers, sin we have turned off the light of Christ in our souls, 1 John 1:5-6, 8, 10.   This light is emanated through us by means of the indwelling Holy Spirit. When we enter into sin we are in essence covering up the Spirit in us and He is not able to shine through us, Eph 5:18 compared with Mat 5:17, and help us in time of need.  Likewise, any of God’s Word that is resident in our soul will also be covered up by our sin. Therefore, God and His Word cannot help us when sin is on our soul. We have become tasteless salt.

But through God’s grace of the confession of our sins. we are cleansed from the recent sins we have committed, known and unknown. With a cleansed soul God can function once again in us and we walk in the Light of Christ where true protection and recovery from the wounds of betrayal is possible, 1 John 1:7-8; Mat 5:13-16.

Through rebound our thinking is adjusted away from the hurtful feelings of betrayal, real or imagined, and instead we focus on our relationship with God, trusting in Him for real solutions to the betrayal against us. Through rebound we have adjusted to the justice of God, providing real solutions in life.

2) The Filling of the Holy Spirit

As noted above when we sin we lose the filling of the indwelling Holy Spirit. That does not say that we lose the indwelling. The Bible never says that. We in fact are sealed for the day of redemption, Eph 4:30. To use a cell or telephone analogy, when we sin, we have hung up on the Spirit. He is still there on the other end of phone waiting to speak to us, but we have hung up on Him. However, through the divine grace provision of PSD #1, Rebound, we are restored to the filling of Spirit.

The Filling of the Spirit is the working and functioning Holy Spirit in us. So when filled, the Spirit is now free to provide for our every need. Therefore when betrayed, the Spirit will guide our soul in the appropriate application of God’s Word to utilize based on the circumstance(s) at hand, John 14:26; 16:12-14; Eph 5:18; Gal 5:16.

Through the Spirit, we can also have true introspective understanding of our soul and can apply the appropriate Word to prior wounds of betrayal for healing.

3) Doctrinal Orientation

Doctrinal Orientation is when based on your Perception, Metabolization and Application (PMA) of the Word of God, you have confidence for today and regarding future events.

1 Thes 4:13 describes this attitude as follows, “We do not grieve as others who have no hope.”

This passage is in regards to the loss of a loved one, which can lead us to think we have been betrayed either by the person who has passed, (by saying, “how could they do that to me (that is die) and leave me here”), or by God for taking the person away.

In 1 Thes 4:13 our Lord is reminding us that life is not based on our physical presence here on earth but that life is also spiritual and eternal in heaven.  Hebrews 11:1 says, “Now faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen”; therefore, we are to take courage in that even though for a little while they are absent from our presence, we will see them again in heaven and be with them forever.

So the point is that, if we do not know the promises found in the Bible, (no doctrinal orientation), we will not have this knowledge and encouragement in us. But by having Doctrinal Orientation we can look beyond the physical and present, and understand things from God’s perspective, thereby operating in hope, joy, peace and love through the infinite wisdom of God’s Word and be healed and protected from the wounds of betrayal.

Gal 5:22-23, “But the fruit of the Spirit (PSD #2 plus Doctrinal Orientation) is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, 23gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law.”

Heb 4:12, “For the word of God is alive and powerful, sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing to separate the soul and the spirit, both joints and marrow, able to evaluate the thoughts and the motivations of the heart (the right lobe of the soul).”

Doctrinal Orientation leads you to evaluate the thoughts and motives of your soul leading you to evaluate your own life and then develop new motivation to God’s glory.

Phil 2:13, “For it is God (in reference to PSD #’s 2 and 5) who is at work in you, both to will and to work for His good pleasure.”

Doctrinal Orientation establishes the FLOT line in your soul, (Forward Line of Troops or the 10 Problem Solving Devices).

2 Thes 3:3, “But the Lord is faithful, and He will strengthen and protect you from the evil one.”

With Doctrinal Orientation as your system of self-analysis and protection, you are able to peel back the layers of past betrayal in order to clean that garbage out of your soul, and guard it from current betrayals.

As a result you are not being weighed down by the details and problems of life, Lam 3:19-24; Psalm 119.

Lam 3:19-24, “Remember my affliction and my wandering, the wormwood and bitterness. 20Surely my soul remembers (Doctrinal Orientation) and is bowed down within me. 21This I recall to my mind, therefore I have hope. 22The LORD’S lovingkindnesses indeed never cease, for His compassions never fail. 23They are new every morning; great is Your faithfulness. 24“The LORD is my portion,” says my soul, “Therefore I have hope in Him.””

Read also Psalm 119.

4) Faith Rest

The third PSD has to do with trusting God wholeheartedly. This does not mean you just sit in a chair waiting on God and do nothing. It means that you pray, petitioning for your needs or intercessory for the needs of others and ask God for guidance. Then you apply the Word that God has given to you for the situation. When we use the resources He has given to us, the filling of the Spirit and His Word, while also waiting upon His timing, we are demonstrating our faith and trust in Him.

Faith Rest is a plan designed by God to stabilize our soul mentality when the pressure and adversities of life, including betrayal, come upon us, knowing that God is in absolute control of every circumstance in our life and we therefore respond to adversity rather than react to it.

  1. Adversity is designed to accelerate our spiritual growth in God’s plan.
  2. Reaction is when our emotions take control of our soul. Our emotions overwhelm our soul or thinking process causing us to fall apart and lose control.
  3. Response requires clear thinking. Response is thought, not emotion, and requires courage and spiritual strength.
  4. Courage is the ability to think under pressure and to concentrate on doctrine. Making Bible doctrine a daily priority develops concentration and focus.
  5. Spiritual strength is developed through consistently depositing doctrine in your soul, which gives you spiritual strength to draw upon. Prov 24:10; Joshua 1:1-2.

Prov 24:10, “If you are slack in the day of distress, your strength is limited.”

When faced with a betrayal, instead of focusing on the person or situation, through reverse concentration you focus on your relationship with God and His Word. You claim a promise from the Word, form a Biblical rationale regarding that Word and situation, reach a Biblical conclusion and then take action by applying doctrinal conclusions to the situation.

For example; your best friend has betrayed your trust by lying to others about you. So what do you do? First you rebound, regain the filling of the Spirit, then ask God for guidance, then recall a passage from the Bible like, Heb 13:5, “I will never leave you nor forsake you”. You then realize that no matter what anyone does to me, God is always with me. You combine one passage with others like, Rom 8:31, “If God is for us, who can be against us!”.  You then conclude that it does not matter what others say or do, God will always love me. Added to that you remember, Romans 12:19, “Never take your own revenge, beloved, but leave room for the wrath of God, for it is written, “Vengeance is Mine, I will repay,” says the Lord.”.  You then move to action. You don’t take personal matters into your own hands that lead to sin. But, you say in your soul that you forgive your friend who was operating in sin and no matter what was said, you are confident in your relationship with God. You may then in love confront your friend to hopefully reconcile the situation showing them grace in the process. Whether they accept your grace is up to them but you have done your part and you move on in peace and happiness knowing you have obeyed God’s Word and left the situation in His hands.  By doing so the hurtful emotions from betrayal have not penetrated your soul or left any lasting wounds, Psa 37:4-5; 2 Cor 8:9; Rom 4:20; Heb 4:1-3.

5) Grace Orientation

2 Cor 12:9, “And He has said to me, “My grace is sufficient for you, for power is perfected in weakness.”

In that passage Paul is noting a significant problem that was persistent in his life. He had asked God to remove it three times yet it was not removed.

Principle: What God leaves in our lives is for our benefit.

Nevertheless, Paul realized that God’s grace was the true way to remove the problem.  It may not remove the person or situation, but it will remove the pain and suffering we are experiencing in your soul.  This is true for us today. We live in a world were just about everyone, including Christians, are sticking their noses into others’ business, showing no grace orientation at all, never giving people the benefit of the doubt and betraying them, “hanging them out to dry”, at every opportunity.

When we remember the grace that God has given to us, (removing every filthy rotten sin we will ever commit and giving us perfect eternal life, Eph 2:8-9), it should humble us.  With true humility we can then begin to think of others.  If I have been forgiven for all the pain I caused God as a result of my sins, I should be able to forgive those who have sinned against me, Mat 6:12, 14-15.

Grace Orientation is the understanding that God deals with us in grace and we should likewise treat others in grace. Grace is dependence on God’s wisdom rather than on our own desires and lack of wisdom, Eph 3:20.  So when someone betrays us we don’t take matters into our own hands but turn it over to God’s grace.  In Grace we then are able to impersonally love those who have betrayed us, which means forgive and forget and move on.

We aren’t commanded to like them but we are commanded to impersonally love them, Romans 12:20-21. Let grace heal your soul from prior wounds of betrayal by releasing them to God, stop dwelling on them and your hurt feelings and realize that the Grace of God is all sufficient for every need and situation, Phil 4:11-13.

6) Personal Sense of Destiny (P.S. of D.)

Having a Personal Sense of Destiny is one of my favorite PSD’s.  It tells us that God has a personal Plan and destiny for each of us.  I get excited when I think that God has actually spent quite a bit of time thinking about me and putting a personal plan together for my life. It gives me strength, courage and motivation to know that He has already seen and anticipated every aspect of my life. When I compare that to all the promises found in His Word regarding His unconditional care, love and guidance for me I am at rest.

Another encouraging aspect of a Personal Sense of Destiny is that since you already have a destiny as a believer, you might as well start experiencing it. The experience of knowing that you have a destiny is actually your Personal Sense of Destiny. That means that awareness of your destiny provides the Personal Sense of Destiny.

This begins at Spiritual Self-Esteem, which is cognitive self-confidence from His Word and Spirit in you. It continues in Spiritual Autonomy, which is cognitive independence. It reaches its peak in Spiritual Maturity, which is cognitive invincibility. In the process it eventually becomes so great that it outweighs any problem, any disaster, any heartache, any tragedy and any betrayal that comes your way.

No matter what happens to you, you must always remember that you have a destiny.

As always, the fulfillment of your destiny depends on your perception of the mystery doctrine of the Church Age, and application of your Portfolio of Invisible assets including our POLITEUMA privileges, classified as the “riches of His glory,” Rom 8:29-32; 9:23; Eph 3:16; Phil 4:19

Rom 8:29-32, “For those whom He (God the Father) foreknew, He also predestined to become conformed to the image of His Son (living in the righteousness of God), so that He (Jesus Christ) would be the firstborn among many brethren; 30and these (Church Age believers) whom He (God the Father) predestined (the grace plan of God in eternity past for salvation), He also called (The grace plan of God in time for salvation); and these whom He called, He also justified (imputation of God’s righteousness at salvation); and these whom He justified, He also glorified (antecedent grace for eternal blessing) What then shall we say to these things? If God is for us, who is against us? 32He who did not spare His own Son, but delivered Him over for us all, how will He not also with Him freely give us all things?”

In the “thorn in the flesh” analogy that we noted under Grace Orientation, Paul also recognized that a Personal Sense of Destiny was a part of the divine solution to his problem.

2 Cor 12:9, “Most gladly (P.S. of D.) therefore I would rather boast about my weakness that the power of Christ may reside in me. 10Therefore I am well content (P.S. of D.) with weaknesses, with insults, with distresses, with persecutions, with difficulties, for Christ’s sake; for when I am weak, then I am strong.”

Remember from our earlier study in John 13:3 that our Lord recalled the broad brush strokes of God’s Plan and promises for His life that gave Him strength and courage to go forward. That is all we need to focus on to have a Personal Sense of Destiny. The details are the details and God will lead us to overcome them, but we should never let the details distract us from walking in the Plan and purpose God has for our lives. Psa 23:4; 84:1-3; Mat 6:26-27; with 10:29-31; Titus 2:13; Heb 6:18-19; 1 Peter 1:13.

A Personal Sense of Destiny enhances the function of the basic Problem Solving Devices (Rebound, the Filling of the Spirit, the Faith-Rest Drill, Doctrinal and Grace Orientation), in spiritual adulthood.  It is an extension of the Faith-Rest Drill in that it makes application of doctrinal conclusions to the experiences of the believer’s life. It provides self-motivation for continued momentum inside the spiritual life of the believer, momentum towards Occupation with Christ. And finally, it provides the true definition of “hope” as a confident expectation in relationship to your life on earth, your eternal life in heaven and the resurrection of the Church. Therefore, a Personal Sense of Destiny is a powerful Problem Solving Device in regards to the ill effects that betrayal can have on your soul.

7) Personal Love for God the Father (PLGF)

There are several propositions about God that we must understand in order to have a relationship with Him and love Him.

  • a) God exists,
  • b) God reveals Himself,
  • c) When God reveals Himself, it makes sense,
  • d) God has a plan and purpose for your life
  • e) God is perfect and His plan is perfect.
  • f) Perfect God can only create a perfect plan.
  • g) God has created a perfect plan for imperfect persons.

Personal Love for God the Father (PLGF) is the first adult Problem Solving Device; whereas, applying a Personal Sense of Destiny is the transition from childhood to adulthood. As such it is necessary to have this Problem Solving Device deployed on the FLOT line of the soul in order to pass providential preventative suffering. Passing providential preventative suffering, including acts of betrayal against you, is designed to eliminate the three arrogance skills (self-justification, self-deception, and self-absorption), the sins of the arrogance complex, and the sins of the emotional complex of the soul. Therefore, PLGF provides you with the appropriate motivation to keep moving forward in the spiritual life.

To love someone personally you have to know how they think; therefore, we have to know how God thinks. Because God is spirit, all powerful, all knowledgeable, infinite, etc., the only way we can know Him, love Him and execute the spiritual life He has designed for us is through the filling of the Holy Spirit who teaches His Word, His way of thinking.

1 John 2:5, “But whoever guards His word, truly in him the love for God has been perfected. By this we know that we are in Him.”

You will never love God until you know how He thinks. The Church Age believer cannot have Personal Love for God the Father or a true perspective of the spiritual life unless he becomes cognizant of the potential for true love for God in his own soul. This is only accomplished through the consistent intake and application of God’s Word in faith.

1 John 5:2, “By this we know that we keep on loving the children of God, when we love God and execute His mandates.”

To love God is to understand Him from metabolized Bible doctrine circulating in the stream of consciousness. The test of loving God is keeping His commands or mandates. We respond to God through Bible doctrine circulating in the stream of consciousness. How do you know when you have the thinking of God?  When through the perception, metabolization, and application of metabolized Bible doctrine you apply the Problem Solving Devices, His mandates.

Personal love means you love because the object of your love is lovable. You are focused on the object of your love and its virtue. Therefore, Personal Love for God the Father is first based on His divine perfection, integrity, righteousness and justice. Secondly, we love God because of the fact that He loved us first, before we ever loved Him. God the Father is lovable because of who He is and His actions toward us – His virtue, love.

Rom 5:8, “But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Christ died as a substitute for us.”

1 John 4:19, “We love, because He first loved us.”

If you have PLGF, then you will also guard and protect His doctrines in your soul, John 14:15, “If you love Me, you will keep My mandates (Word)”.

Personal Love for God:

  • a) Comes by means of knowledge and application of Bible doctrine, 1 John 4:16, 21.
  • b) Is revealed by your AGAPE love toward all of mankind, 1 John 4:7-8.
  • c) Motivates you in trials, adversity and spiritual warfare, Joshua 23:10-11.
  • d) Provides strength in times of adversity and pressure and will keep you going forward in the Plan of God, Heb 11:27.

Heb 11:27, “By faith he left Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king; for he endured, as seeing Him (PMA of Bible Doctrine) who is unseen.”

Every believer is responsible for the success or the failure of his or her own spiritual life. God has provided everything necessary for your success in your very own Portfolio of Invisible Assets. Therefore, Personal Love for God the Father in your soul cannot coexist with the arrogance complex of sins. This means you cannot be preoccupied with self or the problem you must stay occupied with God’s thinking.

To become preoccupied with the problem, such as betrayal, is to reject the divine solution. When the believer becomes preoccupied with the problem, he ignores the solution because he feels so bad, he is hurting so much, and he wants sympathy. That is not the spiritual life.

When you are preoccupied with the problem it results in developing human solutions, which are no solutions. They instead include arrogance, emotion, problem solving incompetence, and failure to enter into the tandem function of the first two advanced Problem Solving Devices (Personal Love for God and Impersonal Love for all Mankind).

The Problem

a) To the extent you enter into these sins, you enter into irrationality, and do not have respect for God. You destroy any possibility of fulfilling the spiritual life.

b) To the extent that you entertain bitterness as a result of betrayal or other adversities, you have no respect for God.

c) To the extent you have revenge and or guilt in your thinking as a result of betrayal, you have no respect for God. This includes fear, worry, anxiety, jealousy, vindictiveness, vilification, and malice.

d) Irrational people do not love. Therefore, emotion plus arrogance combines to form the irrational dilemma of problem solving incompetence, 1 John 4:7-21.

1 John 4:8; “The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love….11Beloved, if God so loved us, we also ought to love one another…. 18There is no fear in love; but perfect love casts out fear, because fear involves punishment, and the one who fears is not perfected in love. 19We love, because He first loved us. 20If someone says, “I love God,” and hates his brother, he is a liar; for the one who does not love his brother whom he has seen, cannot love God whom he has not seen. 21And this commandment we have from Him, that the one who loves God should love his brother also.”

e) This irrationality begins with reaction to something, like betrayal, in bitterness leading you to then try, humanistically, to cover up the problem through a frantic search for happiness. This results in operation boomerang, in which your frantic search for happiness ends in greater frustration and unhappiness. Therefore, you continue to spiral downward into the various stages of reversionism.

f) Arrogance plus emotion always results in the irrational dilemma of trying to solve a problem with a problem in the state of carnality, Rom 12:3; 2 Tim 3:4-5. This is the emotional dilemma of the inept believer or loser believer, 1 John 2:15.

1 John 2:15, “Do not love the world nor the things in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. 16For all that is in the world, the lust (emotions) of the flesh and the lust (emotions) of the eyes and the boastful pride (arrogance) of life, is not from the Father, but is from the world. 17The world is passing away, and also its lusts; but the one who does the will of God lives forever.”

g) To reject the divine solution is to reject the God given spiritual mechanics of the protocol plan of God. Any system of application of doctrine to experience which ignores or rejects Problem Solving Devices distorts the truth and inevitably results in false doctrine.

h) Human solutions listen to bad advice and rationalize the problem. If you rationalize the problem, you rationalize the solution. A rationalized solution is therefore no solution. A rationalized solution is rejection of the divine solution.

i) The divine solution is rejected because people want God to give them something to make them feel good.

j) You cannot solve a problem with another problem. You can only solve a problem with a divine solution. The divine solution is the only solution; human solutions are no solutions, Heb 13:5.

k) The loser believer sees the problem. The winner believer sees the solution. You cannot see the solution until you learn the ten Problem Solving Devices. The loser believer becomes engrossed with the problem. The winner believer becomes absorbed with the divine solution.

l) Human solutions and divine solutions do not coexist in your spiritual life. When you accept a human solution from counseling or whatever, you have rejected a divine solution. When you have rejected a divine solution, you can only become a loser believer, 1 Cor 1:18-31.

m) When you use emotion to attempt to solve your problem, you have neutralized the Problem Solving Device. God did not give us emotion, arrogance, or prayer as Problem Solving Devices. Metabolized doctrine circulating in your stream of consciousness through the filling of the Spirit is the only true source for application, Eph 3:10-21.

The Solution

a) The privacy of the believer’s royal priesthood is the sphere for doctrinal conceptualism, not someone else giving you advice. When the believer depends on others for counseling and guidance, he contradicts the divine system for cognition and the execution of the divine plan for each and every Church Age believer. He contradicts the divine system for true solutions. The gift of pastor-teacher is designed to communicate to the privacy of your soul for true problem solving.

b) Conceptualism is learning, thinking, and solving. Through learning Bible doctrine the doctrine is transferred from the pages of the Word of God to your stream of consciousness. The greatest accumulation of wealth you will ever have is Bible doctrine circulating in your stream of consciousness.

c) The spiritual life is a system of thinking through the agency of the Holy Spirit, John 14:26; 15:26-27. In solving, you deploy the Problem Solving Devices on the FLOT line of your soul. You deal with your problems in the privacy of your own priesthood.

d) There are six principles of application.

1) Application without truth is false.

2) Application without fact is folly.

3) Application from emotion is irrationality.

4) Application from arrogance is distorted thinking with jumbled emotion.

5) Application without doctrine is spiritual decline into the status of loser believer.

6) Application without virtue is love without motivation, capacity, verification, validity, or reality.

e) Capacity for loving God the Father does not come from emotional streaks of gratitude, but from the mechanics of the spiritual life. Capacity for loving God is based on knowledge of doctrine rather than emotion, and the application of Bible doctrine through the PSDs rather than emotional stimulation in the sphere of self-gratification.

f) With Personal Love for God the Father everything else in the spiritual life will fall into place. As we move from spiritual childhood to spiritual adulthood we realize more and more of what God the Father has done for us and with that knowledge we love Him more and more every day.

Luke 12:28, “But if God so clothes the grass in the field, which is alive today and tomorrow is thrown into the furnace, how much more will He clothe you? You men of little faith!”

Rom 5:9-11, 17, “But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, having now been justified by His blood, we shall be saved from the wrath of God through Him. For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God through the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life. And not only this, but we also exult in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom we have now received the reconciliation….17For if by the transgression of the one, death reigned through the one, much more those who receive the abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness will reign in life through the One, Jesus Christ.”

Jude 21, “Keep yourselves in the love of God, waiting anxiously for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life.”

Rom 8:28, “And we know that God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.”

Jam 1:12, “Blessed is the person who perseveres under testing; because when he becomes approved, he will receive the crown of life, which God has promised to those who love Him.”

1 Cor 2:9, “But just as it stands written, `Things which the eye has not seen, and it has not entered into the right lobe of mankind all that God has prepared for those who love Him.'”

2 Cor 13:14, “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, be with all of you.”

8) Impersonal Unconditional Love for all of Mankind, (I.U. Love)

We now turn to the eighth Problem Solving Device in regards to protection or recovery from Betrayal or any other persecution or difficulty we may face in life.

Paul’s discussion in 1 Corinthians 13 regarding the appropriate application of spiritual gifts, whether it is a temporary or permanent gift, 1 Cor 13:8-10, 13, goes to great lengths to define what AGAPE love, (impersonal and unconditional love), truly is. It also helps us in application of I.U. Love in protection and recovery from betrayal.  Specifically verses 4 through the beginning of verse 8 provide 15 points of application for I.U. Love. This type of love is also described in Romans 5:3-5; Galatians 5:22-23 as empowered by God the Holy Spirit.

Rom 5:5, “And hope does not disappoint, because the love of God has been poured out within our hearts through the Holy Spirit who was given to us.”

Gal 5:22-23, “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, 23gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law.”

So let’s break it down.  All of these verbs, unless otherwise noted, are in the Present tense and indicative mood. The voice is either Active or Middle/Passive Deponent, which too has an active connotation.

1 Cor 13:4,

a) Love is patient: Patient here is the Greek verb MAKROTHUMEO it is a compound word from MAKROS meaning “long”, and THUMOS meaning “passion”. So MAKROTHUMEO comes to mean to “persevere”, “to be patient”, or “to be longsuffering”, Luke 18:7; 1 Thes 5:14; James 5:7-11.

1 Thes 5:14, “We urge you, brethren, admonish the unruly, encourage the fainthearted, help the weak, be patient with everyone.”

Luke 18:7, “Now, will not God bring about justice for His elect who cry to Him day and night, and will He delay long over them?”

So we are to be patient with someone or towards someone. That is a mental attitude of grace orientation toward others.  This is love characterized by a mental attitude, the attitude is true love, or grace toward others. It is an attitude of relaxation instead of trying to run others or being resentful of others. Therefore it is having a Relaxed Mental Attitude (RMA).

b) Love is kind: Kind is the Greek verb CHRESTEUOMAI. It comes from CHRESTOS that means serviceable or good. So CHRESTEUOMAI comes to mean, “to be kind”, “to show one’s self mild”, or “use kindness”. In the Middle voice “to show oneself useful”, that is, “act benevolently”. This is the only time it is used in scripture (hapaxlegomena).

Luke 6:35, “But love your enemies, and do good, and lend, expecting nothing in return; and your reward will be great, and you will be sons of the Most High; for He Himself is kind (CHRESTOS) to ungrateful and evil men.”

This refers to the overt activity of grace and it means to treat others in grace. You do not treat them based on what they earn or deserve, but to treat them graciously. So we see that these first two characteristics indicate a believer who is oriented to grace,PSD #5.

c) Love is not jealous: The Greek here is OUK ZELOO. The Greek verb ZELOO comes from ZELOS meaning “zeal” or “jealous”, and comes from ZEO meaning “hot” or “boiling”. So ZELOO comes to mean “to be jealous”, “desire earnestly”, or “to burn with zeal”, “eagerly seek” or “to envy”. This word is used in both a positive and negative way. Here we are focused on the negative usage of jealousy. Acts 7:9; 17:5-8 (betrayal); James 4:2.

James 4:2, “You lust and do not have; so you commit murder. You are envious and cannot obtain; so you fight and quarrel. You do not have because you do not ask. 3You ask and do not receive, because you ask with wrong motives, so that you may spend it on your pleasures.”

It refers to a mental attitude of jealousy, spite or envy. When you have the filling of the Spirit, the love which is produced in your soul is totally free from jealousy. If you are jealous of someone or something you are definitely not filled with the Spirit. So in view is part of the emotional complex of sins.

d) Love does not brag: The Greek here is again the negative OUK for not or does not, and the verb PERPEREUOMAI [per-per-yoo-om-ahee] it is from PERPEROS which means “vainglorious, so it comes to mean “to boast”, “brag” or “be conceited”, “to parade one’s self”. Thayer’s definition notes, “A self-display, employing rhetorical embellishments in extolling one’s self excessively”. This word is used only once in scripture (hapaxlegomena). Also compare with 1 Cor 4:7; 2 Peter 2:17; James 4:16-17. So we see here and in the next word the arrogance complex of sins.

1 Cor 4:7, “For who regards you as superior? What do you have that you did not receive? And if you did receive it, why do you boast as if you had not received it?”

2 Peter 2:17, “These are springs without water and mists driven by a storm, for whom the black darkness has been reserved. 18For speaking out arrogant words of vanity they entice by fleshly desires, by sensuality, those who barely escape from the ones who live in error.”

James 4:16-17, “But as it is, you boast in your arrogance; all such boasting is evil. 17Therefore, to one who knows the right thing to do and does not do it, to him it is sin.”

When you are filled with the Spirit, the filling of the Spirit actually produces in you the neutralization of your ego. This does not mean that you stop using the pronouns “I”, or “me” or that you stop having a personality, which exudes confidence. But it does mean that ego lust is neutralized and “I” and “me” are not your sole means of communication – pun intended.

e) Love is not arrogant: The Greek verb here is in the Passive voice of PHUSIOO, linked with the negative OUK. PHUSIOO comes from PHUSA meaning “bellows” or PHUSIS, which means “nature”. So PHUSIOO comes to mean “to puff or blow up”, “be arrogant”, “conceited” or “inflated”. In other words we could say “a big wind bag” meaning a person who is full of himself.

1 Cor 8:1-3, “Now concerning things sacrificed to idols, we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge makes arrogant, but love edifies. 2If anyone supposes that he knows anything, he has not yet known as he ought to know (sophomoric type of arrogant thinking); 3but if anyone loves God, he is known by Him.”

Col 2:18-19, “Let no one keep defrauding you of your prize by delighting in self-abasement and the worship of the angels, taking his stand on visions he has seen, inflated without cause by his fleshly mind, 19and not holding fast to the head, from whom the entire body, being supplied and held together by the joints and ligaments, grows with a growth which is from God.”

So we have here inner pride where “puffed up” is a desire to inflate one’s self at the expense of others. It is the concept of spiritual “king of the hill”. In doing so, people seek to advance themselves at the expense of running down someone else.

In love and the filling of the spirit, we don’t seek to raise ourselves at the expense of others and let God promote us in His proper time.

1 Cor 13:5,

The Greek in this passage and verse 6 continues to apply the negative OUK in all five applications.

a) Love does not act unbecomingly: “Act unbecomingly” is the Greek verb ASCHEMONEO [as-kay-mon-eh’-o] from the root word ASCHEMON that means “un-shapely” or “un-seemly”. So ASCHEMONEO means “to act unbecomingly”, “behave improperly”, “disgrace oneself”, “to be put to shame”, or “unseemingly”.

It is used here and 1 Cor 7:36 (in regards to marrying off, or not, an older daughter.). So it means to behave dishonorably.

b) Love does not seek its own: This is the Greek verb ZETEO for “seek” with the understanding of “deliberating”, “demanding”, “inquiring”, or “looking”. This is coupled with Personal Pronoun of HEATOU that means “himself” or “oneself” and as an idiom meaning, “one’s own interest or advantage“.   Combined we have the idiom that means, “strive for one’s own interest or advantage”, John 5:30; Phil 2:21; 1 Cor 10:24.

It is a reference to the various lusts of our Old Sin Nature in self-gratification.  In contrast, the filling of the Holy Spirit never tries to gratify power lust, approbation lust, materialism lust, etc., because love does not seek its own interests, it seeks God’s will, Cf. 1 John 2:15-17.

Our Lord states in John 5:30 the correct application of the spiritual life, “I can do nothing on My own initiative. As I hear, I judge; and My judgment is just, because I do not seek My own will, but the will of Him who sent Me.”

The contrast is found in Phil 2:21, “For they all seek after their own interests, not those of Christ Jesus.”

We are commanded in 1 Cor 10:24, “Let no one seek his own good, but that of his neighbor.”

c) Love is not provoked: Here the Greek verb is PAROXUNO [par-ox-oo’-no] and comes from PARA meaning “from beside”, “by the side of”, etc., and OXUNO meaning, “to sharpen”. So PAROXUNO comes to mean, “to sharpen”, figuratively “to stimulate” or “to provoke” but in the negative sense as “to urge”, “prick” or “spur”. In regards to the individual it means to “be irritable” and “be greatly upsetting”. So it can mean “to anger”, “provoke”, “irritate”, or “exasperate”. It’s only used here and in Acts 17:16.  Here it comes to mean “does not easily become angry, irritated or have tantrums”.

This definition shows the contrast between I.U. Love and Personal love. I.U.  Love is not based on the person you love or the situation.  It is based on Bible Doctrine resident in your soul that gives you the capacity for I.U. love while Personal love is based on the likeability of the person or situation you are in.

When you are filled with the Spirit you are never going to have a tantrum. It is impossible to be filled with the Spirit and be angry, Acts 15:39; 17:16.

Acts 15:39, “And there occurred such a sharp disagreement [PAROXUSMOS] that they separated from one another, and Barnabas took Mark with him and sailed away to Cyprus.”

Acts 17:16, “Now while Paul was waiting for them at Athens, his spirit was being provoked within him as he was observing the city full of idols.”

d) Love does not take into account a wrong suffered: The KJV says “thinketh no evil”. The Greek verb to “take into account” is LOGIZOMAI from LOGOS, which means, “word” or “an idea”. So LOGIZOMAI is used in the sense of “an account” or “reckoning”, “to reckon”, or ” to consider”.

That is linked with the Greek adjective for evil which is KAKOS meaning evil, bad, wrong; injury, harm, foul, or troublesome (i.e. sore). There is no word for “suffered” in the Greek. So the phrase is “Love does not take into account a wrong with the implication that it is done against you (i.e. betrayal, persecutions, etc.)”.

I.U. Love forgives and forgets and does not have revenge motivation, nor is it implacable.  But the greater meaning here is in regards to the “but-in-ski”. When you are filled with the Spirit you don’t put your nose into other people’s affairs and then malign them, you mind your own business and treat them in grace.

1 Cor 13:6,

a) Love does not rejoice in unrighteousness, but rejoices with the truth:

In this passage both words for “rejoice” are CHAIRO with the second instance using the prefix SUG, or SUGCHAIRO meaning, “rejoice with”.

The comparison is between unrighteousness and truth or ADIKIA and ALETHEIA.  ADIKIA means injustice, unrighteousness, wrongdoing, evil, or sin.  ALETHEIA means “truth”, with reference to the Word of God as the absolute truth.

The phrase “rejoice in unrighteousness” means to revel in sin and/or evil, which includes human good. This is the mental attitude of the carnal believer. They are glad when they, and/or others around them enter into sin. They rejoice in living a sinful / carnal lifestyle and encourage others to do the same.

The contrast then is in living by means of the truth, which is the Word of God, a reference to Bible Doctrine. The believer filled with the Spirit rejoices when taking in, metabolizing and applying God’s Word; whereas, the carnal believer rejoices when sin is prevalent in his life.

The positive believer rejoices in the Word, which is having the inner happiness of God, (+H = PSD #9), where that happiness is expressed in thanksgiving for the Word in their soul and life.   On the other hand, the carnal believer is not excited about living for Christ in obedience to His Word.   So the contrast is between walking in sin and walking in the light of Jesus Christ, Prov 2:9-15, 20-22; 29:2-7; James 4:16; 1 John 1:5-10.

1 Cor 13:7,

As we noted in verse six, the warnings “NOT to do something” changed back to the positive “WHAT TO DO”. Verse seven then continues the positive language in the application of AGAPE love.

Verse seven also uses PANTA which is the Pronominal Adjective in the Accusative, Neuter, Plural, of PAS four times. PAS means all or every, or as it does here “all things”. So in regards to each of these four categories of AGAPE application, it is directed toward all people, all places, all situations, all things.

In addition, all four Greek verbs are in the Gnomic Present Tense, Active Voice, Declarative Indicative Mood, Third Person, Singular. The Gnomic Present is a statement of a general, timeless fact. The action of loving continues without time limits, it is atemporal, and it describes what love is at any time. As we noted, these categories of AGAPE love are all characterized by the mental attitude. They present the mental attitude of the mature believer who is truly operating under the filling of God the Holy Spirit where the fruit is AGAPE love towards all people, every situation, all things.

a) Love bears all things: Bears is the Greek verb STEGO which means to cover closely (so as to keep water out), or generally to bear up under. It can mean to protect or keep by covering, to preserve. It also means to cover over with silence, that is, to keep secret, to hide, conceal, or to cover the errors and faults of others.  Finally it can mean covering to keep off something which threatens, to bear up against, hold out against, and so endure, bear, or forbear.

Its root word STEGE means a roof, so it was used originally for a roof, which keeps out the rain. It is also used for keeping things confidential, which is one of the characteristics of the filling of the Spirit. It means not to betray a confidence. So it means to covers the sins of others. Compare with Gen 9:20-27.

1 Peter 4:8, “Above all, keep fervent in your love for one another, because love covers (KALUPTO – a hut or cabin) a multitude of sins.”, see also Prov 10:12.

This word is also used in 1 Cor 9:12, (read verses 8-14); 1 Thes 3:1-5.

b) Love believes all things: Believes is the Greek verb PISTEUO that means to believe or entrust. It comes from the root words PISTIS, to have faith, and PEITHO to have confidence. So PISTEUO comes to mean to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in.

It is the conviction and trust we have in God, based on His Spirit and Word in our soul, in regards to all people and life’s situations.  When we are filled with God the Holy Spirit the Faith-Rest, PSD #3, is activated within our soul.  The Faith Rest Drill includes, claiming a promise of God, mixing it with faith, turning it into a doctrinal rationale, mentally applying it to the situation, developing a doctrinal conclusion and then applying the solution in faith, while trusting and resting in God. Mat 21:22; Rom 9:33; 14:2; 15:13; 1 Peter 2:6.

Rom 14:2, “One person has faith that he may eat all things, but he who is weak eats vegetables only.”

Rom 9:33 and 1 Peter 2:6, “For this is contained in Scripture: “Behold, I lay in Zion a choice stone, a precious corner stone, and he who believes in Him will not be disappointed.””

Mat 21:22, “And all things you ask in prayer, believing, you will receive.”

Rom 15:13, “Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you will abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

c) Love hopes all things: Hope is the Greek word ELPIZO that comes from the root ELPOMAI that means to anticipate or expect. So ELPIZO comes to mean to expect or to hope.  It’s another form of trusting in God.  Ultimately it means having confident expectation, which describes the mental attitude of PSD #6, a Personal Sense of   In AGAPE love we are to have confident expectation in all situations, including confidence in the future and God’s dying grace blessings, (i.e. we understand what the Bible teaches about the eternal state and we confidently trust in it).

Therefore, through the filling of God the Holy Spirit, we will never have the mental attitude of being in a hopeless situation, even when betrayed.  Instead we will have confident expectation regarding all things, trusting in God’s Plan for our lives.  This includes confidently coming to Him in prayer for all things, Heb 4:16, “Therefore let us draw near with confidence to the throne of grace, so that we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need.”

So hope is defined in two ways, confident and absolute expectation regarding the present and future no matter the people, thought, system or disaster testing you may face.

d) Love endures all things: Endures is the Greek verb HUPOMENO. It is a compound word from HUPO meaning by or under and MENO meaning to stay, abide, or remain. So HUPOMENO means to stay behind, to await, or endure.

Thayer defines this word as to persevere under misfortunes and trials, to hold fast to one’s faith in Christ, to endure, and to bear bravely and calmly when ill-treated.  Ultimately, it is related to undeserved suffering or what we call suffering for blessing.

Endures all things means to be both Doctrinally and Grace oriented resulting in the stabilization of your soul in time of pressure, with the outcome that you have inner peace no matter how great the pressure or the suffering may be. This means to be actually relaxed while in or under pressure, to have inner happiness, peace and contentment in the midst of pressure.

Enduring is one of the results and characteristics the consistent intake and application of the Word of God through the filling of the Holy Spirit, Mark 13:13; 2 Tim 2:10; Heb 10:32-36; James 1:12; 5:11.  When you can handle being the victim of others’ mental attitude sins (including betrayal) with impersonal love, you will know that you have achieved spiritual adulthood.

Mark 13:13, “You will be hated by all because of My name, but the one who endures to the end, he will be saved.”

2 Tim 2:10, “For this reason I endure all things for the sake of those who are chosen, so that they also may obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus and with it eternal glory.”

James 1:12, “Blessed is a man who perseveres under trial; for once he has been approved, he will receive the crown of life which the Lord has promised to those who love Him.”

James 5:11, “We count those blessed who endured. You have heard of the endurance of Job and have seen the outcome of the Lord’s dealings, that the Lord is full of compassion and is merciful.”

So in summary of verse 7, “Love bears, believes, hopes, and endures all things”, or in other words, “Love covers, trusts, confidently expects and perseveres under pressure in regards to all things”.

1 Cor 13:8,

We conclude the definition of love in verse eight which in its own way is a summary of all the above.

Love never fails: HO AGAPE OUDEPOTE PIPTO – The Love never fails.

Never is the Greek adverb OUDEPOTE from OUDE, “and not” or “neither” made up of OUK for “not” and DE meaning “but, and, or now”. The second part of OUDEPOTE is from POTE meaning “once” or “ever”. So OUDEPOTE means “not once”, “not ever” or “never”.

Then we have the verb fails, which is PIPTO that means to descend from a higher place to a lower place, to fall as in death, in prostration, etc., or to fail.

The KJV, using the Textus Receptus as its Greek basis, uses the word EKPIPTO.  EKPIPTO is a compound word with the prefix EK meaning from or from out of, with PIPTO.  So it comes to mean to drop away, specifically be driven out of one’s course or figuratively to lose, become inefficient, be cast, fail, fall (away, off), or take none effect.

Interestingly, PIPTO is a word taken from Greek drama, which means to be hissed off the stage. Plato used it in regards to a play that would fail. One of the worst things that could happen to an actor in Greek drama was to be hissed off the stage. In the U.S. we would not hiss but boo. Therefore, this is saying in essence that love, the fruit of the filling of the Spirit, is never booed off the stage of life. In other words AGAPE will always be there, it will always be successful, it will never fail, just as our Lord will never leave us nor forsake us, Heb 13:5. So to, AGAPE love will never fail us, it will always hit its mark.

Luke 16:17, “But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of a letter of the Law (speaking of the entire Bible here) to fail.”

As we noted previously the Fruit of the Spirit is Love. Therefore, when filled with the Spirit we will always operate in love to fulfill the purpose God designed for our lives, which is to love our neighbor.

Rom 14:4, “Who are you to judge the servant of another? To his own master he stands or falls; and he will stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand.”

As Romans 13:8 says, “Owe nothing to anyone except to love one another; for he who loves his neighbor has fulfilled the law. 9For this, “You shall not commit adultery, You shall not murder, You shall not steal, You shall not covet,” and if there is any other commandment, it is summed up in this saying, “You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” 10Love does no wrong to a neighbor; therefore love is the fulfillment of the law. 11Do this, knowing the time, that it is already the hour for you to awaken from sleep; for now salvation is nearer to us than when we believed. 12The night is almost gone, and the day is near. Therefore let us lay aside the deeds of darkness and put on the armor of light. 13Let us behave properly as in the day, not in carousing and drunkenness, not in sexual promiscuity and sensuality, not in strife and jealousy. 14But put on the Lord Jesus Christ, (who is love) and make no provision for the flesh in regard to its lusts.”

Paul then concludes his discussion of the application of AGAPE in verse 13.

1 Cor 13:13, “But now faith, hope, love, abide these three; but the greatest of these is AGAPE love.”

So from our study of 1 Cor 13:4-8 we better understand AGAPE love to be:

Patient, kind, not jealous; not bragging, not arrogant, not acting unbecomingly; not seeking its own, not provoked, not taking into account a wrong suffered, not rejoicing in unrighteousness, but rejoicing with the truth; 7bearing, believing, hoping and enduring all things because LOVE NEVER FAILS.

Or as we have defined it, Love is:

A Relaxed Mental Attitude, Grace Oriented; not jealous of others, not egocentric, not an arrogant wind bag, not dishonorable, not lustful, not quick to anger, nor holding grudges and sticking its nose into others business, nor rejoices in the carnal life, but rejoices in the spiritual life. Love covers a multitude of sin, Faith Rests, confidently expects, and perseveres under pressure in regards to all things because LOVE NEVER LEAVES YOU NOR FORSAKES YOU.

Summary of I.U. AGAPE Love as a Problem Solving Device in the face of Betrayal.

  1. I.U. AGAPE Love is impersonal because it is based on the virtue, honor, integrity and objectivity of the subject, (the one expressing love), rather than on the attraction of the object of your love, sinful man.
  2. It is unconditional because it is to be applied to all people, in all places, in all situations. It is not dependent on people, places or things, 1 Cor 13:4-8.
  3. I.U. AGAPE Love is the ultimate expression of humility because it does not make your feelings and emotions the criteria for your love. It requires both enforced and genuine humility on your part not to make people issues, such as betrayal, the criteria for your love and therefore be disoriented to life.
  4. As an adjective it means without personal reference or connection, not primarily affecting or involving the emotions of a person.  As a noun it means the quality or state of not involving personal feelings or emotions in relationship to an object.
  5. Emotion is designed to appreciate relationships but it should not be the basis for establishing relationships.

a) Emotion uses attractiveness as its basis; therefore, when the attractiveness fades away so too will your love and the relationship. With I.U. Love your love and the relationship continues even after the attractiveness has faded away.

b) Emotion has no ability to rationalize, to think, to apply doctrine, or to solve problems.

c) Emotion is designed for our pleasure and enjoyment, but it was not designed for emotional sins such as fear, worry, anxiety, anger, violence, and murder. Those are by-products of Adam’s original and our Sin Nature.

d) Emotion is not a part of the Christian way of life. Emotion is a normal function of the human soul when you respond to something you enjoy, but when your emotions react, it is part of the abnormal soul function of the Sin Nature in sinning.

e) The only basis for true love is I.U. Love that can bring with it a wonderful emotion, which is always subordinate to your virtue and integrity.

6.  I.U. AGAPE Love is the professional attitude of the Christian, similar to the professional attitude of a doctor in regards to his patients. The Doctor does all that he can to help his patient but his help is not based on his personal feelings or emotions regarding the patient nor his relationship with them.

7.  John 15:12, “This is My mandate, that you love each other as I have loved you.” How did Jesus love us?  Personally? No! Impersonally, because we were imperfect. Therefore, because of His personal love for God the Father and His impersonal love toward all the human race, He went to the cross and was judged for our sins, 1 John 4:9-11.

8.  John 15:17,”I command you these things, that you might love each other.”  Jesus said this to the disciples, most of whom were believers, after they had been together for almost three years. They had developed personality conflicts, took sides, and were critical of each other, Mat 18:1; Mark 9:34; Luke 9:46; 22:24. So this command from our Lord is brought into the Christian life.

9.  Personal Love for people is optional; the Bible never commands personal love for people. But in the Plan of God for the Church Age, I.U. love is mandated as a part of God’s Plan, will, and purpose for your life.

a) Personal Love in human relationships exist in three categories; friendship, romance, and marriage.

b) Personal love in human relationship is not a virtue in itself because it is dependent on the virtue of others for success.

c) Therefore, all problems related to human love demand the function of impersonal love for solutions as well as capacity.

d) Your capacity for Personal Love increases as your Impersonal Love increases.

e) Your Personal Love has no staying power with anyone until you reach spiritual self-confidence when you no longer feel threatened by anyone.

f) Arrogant people are constantly seeking unconditional love from others, but all they offer in return is conditional love. The greater your arrogance the more conditions you put on someone’s love. Most men do this to the woman they love. Compare to the mandate of Eph 5:25-30.

g) Impersonal love has no strings attached to it nor makes demands of others. Therefore, people will never irritate you. If people can irritate you under any set of circumstances, you are not applying the AGAPE love of spiritual maturity.

h) Objectivity and grace orientation of the spiritual adult believer is expressed by the virtue of AGAPE Love in all human interactions.

i) Having personal love minus the virtue of impersonal love is the weakest and most unstable status quo in life, because it is vulnerable to the entire realm of both the arrogance complex of sins and the emotional complex of sins.

Without I.U. Love, you will never have any good human relationships. You will change friends, partners in romance, and spouses in marriage simply because you have no basis for perpetuating any of those relationships apart from virtue.

  1. I.U. Love for all mankind is the ultimate expression of the transfigured life, which is maximum metabolized Bible doctrine circulating by means of the Holy Spirit in the seven compartments of the stream of consciousness of the heart, 1 John 4:7-21; Rom 12:1-3.
  2. When apply I.U. Love you will love those who are known or unknown, friends or enemies, attractive or repulsive, honorable or dishonorable, loving or hateful, appreciative or antagonistic, rich or poor. You will “Love your neighbor as you love yourself,”  Lev 19:18; Mat 5:44-48; 19:19, 22:39; Mark 12:31; Luke 6:27-35; Rom 13:9; Gal 5:14-18.
  3. You cannot have I.U. Love for people until you are properly motivated through Personal Love for God the Father, (PDS # 7), your motivational virtue, which also means you love His Word, (PSD #4).

Gal 5:14, “For the entire Law is fulfilled in one word, in the doctrinal principle, ‘You shall love your neighbor as yourself.'”

1 John 3:23, “Furthermore, this is His mandate, that we believe in the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, just as He commanded us.“T

        9.  Sharing the Perfect Happiness of God, (+H).

Sharing the Perfect Happiness of God (+H) is a key Problem Solving Device (PSD) related to betrayal and any form of persecution because when you allow the effects of being betrayed to penetrate your soul it will destroy any happiness you have.  To share in God’s Happiness we need to understand His happiness as told to us in His Word. Therefore, it is critical that we know His Word in order to know about His happiness in order to share in His happiness.  Just as we noted that God is Love, it is also true that God is Happy, John 17:13

God is perfect; therefore, His essence is composed of only perfect attributes, one of which is His perfect happiness. Perfect God can only possess perfect happiness. It cannot be tarnished or in any way challenged or destroyed. This same perfect happiness (+H) is available to you.

God’s happiness cannot be disappointed or frustrated by the failure of any one or any thing. This same happiness and love will give you fantastic capacity for life, and no set of circumstances will ever get you down.  God’s happiness does not depend upon others, good or bad. No one has ever made God unhappy. Your Happiness should not be dependent on others but on the Word of God in you.  Perfect happiness is not dependent on pleasure, success, social life, marriage, sex, love, health, etc. Perfect happiness is developed through life inside God’s Power System and is the only happiness totally independent of the status symbols of life.

God’s happiness, as is His love, is based on who and what He is, not who and what man is. Your Happiness should be based on God’s residency in you and not based on people, places or things.  God’s happiness is an integral part of His divine essence. Therefore His (+H) should be an integral part of your life.

God is happy and has always been happy for all eternity; He has never been unhappy. You too can have the steadfast happiness of God.  God’s happiness is related to His divine power and immutability.  Nothing can destroy or change the happiness of God.  It’s impossible for God to be unhappy. There is no unstable characteristic related to the perfect happiness or love of God.

Your (+H) should be related to the omnipotence of God dwelling within you plus the omnipotence of His Word in you. Your happiness should be based on who and what God is in you, and not based on people, environment or situations. There is no pain, adversity, tragedy, or difficulty greater than God’s perfect happiness in your soul!

Job 5:17a, 19-27, “Behold, how happy is the man whom God reproves. … 19From six troubles He will deliver you, even in seven evil will not touch you.

     1) 20In famine He will redeem you from death,

     2) and in war from the power of the sword.

     3) 21You will be hidden from the scourge of the tongue, and you will not be afraid of violence when it comes. 22You will laugh at violence and famine, 

     4) and you will not be afraid of wild beasts. 23For you will be in league with the stones of the field, and the beasts of the field will be at peace with you.

     5) 24You will know that your tent is secure, for you will visit your abode and fear no loss.

     6) 25You will know also that your descendants will be many, and your offspring as the grass of the earth.

     7) 26You will come to the grave in full vigor, like the stacking of grain in its season.

27Behold this; we have investigated it, and so it is. Hear it, and know for yourself.”

The key to true happiness is a change in our mental attitude. Never confuse (+H), as taught in the Bible with the various stimuli of life, which are enjoyable for the moment, but have no ability to sustain us in daily living.

The Basis for the Attainment of God’s Happiness.

1.  Perfect happiness comes through the believer’s consistent positive metabolization of Bible doctrine. Perfect happiness depends on Bible doctrine in the soul. It is something you think not something you do. God has to share His thoughts with you before you can share His (+H). When the thinking of God becomes your thinking, then you will share God’s happiness. Psa 32:10-11.

2.  Stability in the right lobe comes from having God’s Word in the soul which form sentences and paragraphs, then doctrines and categories, resulting in norms and standards by which you live. Your perfect happiness is determined by the amount of Bible doctrine in your soul, Psa 33:1-5.

3.  Perfect happiness starts potentially at salvation. Our first taste of (+H) comes when we believe in Christ, Gal 5:22-24; Rom 14:17; 1 Thes 1:6. This experience is limited because there is no capacity for (+H) yet. Capacity comes from the balance of residency of maximum Bible doctrine in the soul ready for application plus the filling of God the Holy Spirit. God sharing His perfect happiness with us becomes a reality when we achieve spiritual maturity. John 17:13-19; 1 John 1:4

John 17:13, “But now I come to You; and these things I speak in the world so that they may have My joy (+H) made full in themselves.”

1 John 1:4, “In fact these things we write, that our joy (+H) may be brought to completion.” Doctrine is written so the Royal Family can have perfect happiness by learning from their right Pastor-Teacher.

4.  When enough categories of doctrine have been transferred to your soul, then God can share His perfect happiness because you have capacity to enjoy it and not abuse it. But this is all potential depending on your attitude toward Bible doctrine.

5.  The greatest experience of security in this life is to attain perfect happiness. Once you have God’s happiness in your soul, it is the ultimate of security, the basis for spiritual self-esteem, spiritual autonomy, and spiritual maturity, Psa 31:7; Phil 3:1.

Phil 3:1, ” Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things again is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you.”

This is security for you because, when you get under pressure, you will think the right thing, do the right thing, and apply the right doctrine because you have repeatedly learned to do the right thing under normal circumstances.  The more things you can do automatically, the greater your life will be.

6.  The Perfect Happiness of God is:

a) Contentment of soul. It’s not having what you want, but rather accepting and appreciating what you have and coming to a point of contentment. Phil 4:11-13.

b) Never feeling threatened by adverse circumstances, by people, or by evil scenarios. (+ H) is ceasing to worry about things that are beyond the power of your will and control. An unhappy person is someone involved in egotism, selfishness, evil or ignorance, Phil 3:2.

c) A Problem Solving Device preventing stress in the soul. (+ H) is going through certain problems and finding out that your happiness has not been taken away, 1 Peter 1:3-8.

d) Capacity for life, love, appreciation, gratitude, and thanksgiving. (+ H) is not a reward for doing something; it is a consequence of taking in Bible doctrine. Psa 16:11; Prov 3:13.

e) Tranquility of soul. Knowing that it is not the place or the condition that dictates your happiness. It’s your relationship with God, Prov 23:7; 17:22.

Psa 16:11 also teaches three ways in which God shares His perfect happiness with us. “You will make known to me the path of life. In Your presence is the fullness of happiness; at Your right hand are pleasures forevermore.”  The happiness described here, as belonging to God, is now the potential for any Church Age believer who reaches spiritual adulthood.

Prov 3:13, “Happiness belongs to the person who finds wisdom, even to the person who gains understanding.” Perfect happiness is absolutely perfect in itself, and can be taken with you wherever you go (“belongs to you”); it will not be disturbed or destroyed.

The Holy Spirit is the source of our sharing God’s perfect happiness because He is the teacher of Bible doctrine. Perfect happiness is said to be the “fruit of the Spirit” in Rom 14:17, “For the kingdom of God is not eating and drinking, but righteousness and prosperity and happiness by means of the Holy Spirit.”

See also Rom 15:13; Gal 5:22; Phil 4:4, 11-13; 1 Thes 1:6; James 1:2; 1 Pet 1:8, 3:14, 4:14.

Rom 15:13, “Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you will abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

Gal 5:22, “The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy (happiness), peace (prosperity), etc.”

Phil 4:4, “Keep on having happiness in the Lord at all times; once more I repeat the command, keep on having happiness.”

1 Thes 1:6, “You also became imitators of us and of the Lord, having received the Word in much tribulation (pressure, affliction, oppression, etc.) with happiness from the Holy Spirit.”

James 1:2, “Consider it all happiness, my brethren, when you encounter various testings.”

1 Pet 1:8, “Even though you have not seen Him, you love Him; in fact, though you do not see Him now but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with happiness inexpressible and full of glory.”

1 Pet 3:14, “But if you should suffer for the sake of righteousness (I wish you were, but you’re not), you are happy. `Therefore, do not fear what they fear, and do not let yourself be intimidated (Isa 8:12b).”

1 Pet 4:14, “If you are reviled (denounced, insulted) for the name of Christ, you are happy, because the Spirit of glory and of God rests on (refreshes) you.”

Phil 4:11-13, ” Not that I speak from want, for I have learned to be content (+H) in whatever circumstances I am. 12I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity; in any and every circumstance I have learned the secret of being filled and going hungry, both of having abundance and suffering need. 13I can do all things through Him (God the Father) who strengthens me.”

The last three Beatitudes speak to the mature believer who undergoes the various categories of undeserved suffering, including betrayal, yet maintains his +H.

Verse 10, “Happy are those who have been persecuted for the sake of righteousness, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” (Happiness comes to the believer who is faithful while under stress. Theirs is a reminder of the eternal reward and bliss they have already been promised.)

The following two verses add emphasis to verse 10 stating, you have been and will be run down / persecuted because of Jesus Christ being in your life, and you will be glorified by God just as Christ has been.

Verse 11, “Happy are you when people insult you and persecute you, and falsely say all kinds of evil against you because of Me.” (Happiness comes to the believer who is verbally abused. The believer is reminded that it is not he who is insulted and persecuted but Christ in him.)

Verse 12, “Rejoice (CHAIRO) and be glad (AGALLIAO), for your reward in heaven is great; for in the same way they persecuted the prophets who were before you.” (We are commanded to be exceedingly joyful in our soul and our body with a Personal Sense of Destiny when, due to our kinship with the Lord Jesus Christ, we continually receive persecutions, and, based on our advance in God’s Plan, we may come under various attacks even unto death.)

MAKARIOS would not be possible without the Word and Spirit. The Holy Spirit is the source of our sharing God’s perfect happiness because He is the teacher of Bible doctrine, which is the source of true happiness.

My Joy … Your Joy”, by Oswald Chambers. “These things I have spoken to you, that My joy may remain in you, and that your joy may be full.” ~ John 15:11

“What was the joy that Jesus had? The joy of Jesus was His absolute self-surrender and self-sacrifice to His Father—the joy of doing that which the Father sent Him to do—“… who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross …” (Hebrews 12:2). “I delight to do Your will, O my God …” (Psalm 40:8). Jesus prayed that our joy might continue fulfilling itself until it becomes the same joy as His.  Have I allowed Jesus Christ to introduce His joy to me?

Living a full and overflowing life does not rest in bodily health, in circumstances, nor even in seeing God’s work succeed, but in the perfect understanding of God, and in the same fellowship and oneness with Him that Jesus Himself enjoyed. But the first thing that will hinder this joy is the subtle irritability caused by giving too much thought to our circumstances. Jesus said, “… the cares of this world, … choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful” (Mark 4:19). And before we even realize what has happened, we are caught up in our cares. All that God has done for us is merely the threshold—He wants us to come to the place where we will be His witnesses and proclaim who Jesus is.

Have the right relationship with God, finding your joy there, and out of you “will flow rivers of living water” (John 7:38). Be a fountain through which Jesus can pour His “living water.” Stop being hypocritical and proud, aware only of yourself, and live “your life … hidden with Christ in God” (Colossians 3:3). A person who has the right relationship with God lives a life as natural as breathing wherever he goes. The lives that have been the greatest blessing to you are the lives of those people who themselves were unaware of having been a blessing.”

God Fills The Empty, by Jeanie Albers. “Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you will abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit” ~ Romans 15:13

“Everyone desires hope, joy and peace, but our world only reveals a void of these emotional treasures. Our world without Christ is empty. A deep, disturbing vacancy haunts those who do not know Him. Even as believers we can have areas of emptiness—places we have not let the Holy Spirit have control over; hurts we won’t let go of and places we are working on by our own power, which proves futile. Instead of hope, joy and peace, we find frustration, sorrow and an aching void. No amount of religious tradition or ceremonies, hard work, no worldly pleasures, no drug, no award and no amount of money will satisfy that vacant place. Our efforts only magnify the emptiness. Our power and our ways are useless. We cannot work out a spiritual life on our own.

Leave the world and bring it all to God: bring your empty soul, shattered dreams, empty arms; bring your aching hurt left by betrayal, bring the empty hours of loneliness and the frustration of working under your own power. Know that His arms, which were willingly stretched out on the cross to save a world of sinners, are strong enough to hold you. “Come to Me” He calls. Come to the Lord through His Word, the power of the Holy Spirit and the perfect work of Christ on the cross. Let the power of the Holy Spirit change your emptiness into a transformed life. The rushing wind of the Holy Spirit that changed eleven cowards and one legalistic Pharisee into the twelve apostles (whom God used to change the world) is the same Spirit that will change your life. He is able!

The cross has filled the vast void between sinful human beings and a holy, perfect God. There are no doubts in His power, His hope, His joy or His peace. Come to Him empty, stay with Him forever filled.”

10.  Occupation with the Person of Jesus Christ (O.C.)

Deut 6:5-9, “You shall love the LORD (YHVH – Jehovah) your God (ELOHIM) [that is Jesus Christ the God of Israel] with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your might. 6These words, which I am commanding you today, shall be on your heart. 7You shall teach them diligently to your sons and shall talk of them when you sit in your house and when you walk by the way and when you lie down and when you rise up. 8You shall bind them as a sign on your hand and they shall be as frontals on your forehead. 9You shall write them on the door posts of your house and on your gates.” See also Mat 22:37; Mark 12:30; Luke 10:27.

  •  Occupation with Christ is personal love for our Lord Jesus Christ through maximum metabolized Bible doctrine circulating in the heart of the soul, by means of the filling of the Holy Spirit, Jer 9:24, 1 Cor 2:16; Eph 3:17-19.

Jer 9:23, “Thus says the LORD, “Let not a wise man boast of his wisdom, and let not the mighty man boast of his might, let not a rich man boast of his riches; 24but let him who boasts boast of this, that he understands and knows Me, that I am the LORD who exercises lovingkindness, justice and righteousness on earth; for I delight in these things,” declares the LORD.”

1 Cor 2:16, “For who has known the mind of the Lord, that he will instruct Him? But we have the mind of Christ.”

When we reach the point of O.C., then we have the mental attitude / thinking of our Lord.

Phil 2:1-2, 5, “Therefore, if there is any encouragement in Christ (and there is), if there is any comfort from love (and there is), if there is any fellowship with the Spirit (and there is), if there is any affections and mercies (and there is); make my joy complete, (be filled with my happiness) that you might be thinking the same things (divine viewpoint), having the same virtue love, united in soul, intent on one objective…. have this thinking in you which was also in Christ Jesus.”

The encouragement in Christ is based on being occupied with Him. That is, having His Word resident within your soul leading to the formation of the Problem Solving devices so that in betrayal, suffering, disaster, shocks, or pressures, your fellowship with Christ brings true solutions, inner peace, contentment and +H to your soul.

When you attain O.C., you have also attained +H, so that you are prepared to meet and face any and every circumstance. Occupation with Christ is often mentioned with sharing the happiness of God in Scripture.

  • O.C. is achieved when Bible Doctrine is the number one priority in your life, Col 3:1-2; 1 Peter 1:8.

1 Pet 1:8, “And even though you have not seen Him, you love Him (Occupation with Christ); and though you do not see Him now but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with inexpressible happiness (+H) and full of glory.”

Capacity to love someone who is invisible requires a tremendous amount of information in the right lobe (heart) of the soul. The capacity to love Jesus Christ comes only from metabolized doctrine converted into Problem Solving Devices stationed on the FLOT line of your soul.  Those who love Christ have made the Lord their role model by learning His way of thinking. As a result they have true happiness. This happiness is dependent upon the accumulation of Bible doctrine in the heart of the soul and having zero garbage in the subconscious of the soul.

  • There are two divine mandates with regard to Occupation with Christ.

1) Heb 12:2, “Be concentrating on Jesus, the author and perfecter of our faith, who because of the exhibited happiness, He endured the Cross and disregarded the shame (imputation of our sins), and He sat down at the right hand of God.”

2) 1 Pet 3:15, “But sanctify (set apart as more important than anything else) the Lord Christ in your hearts.”

God makes a direct positive demand on your will and volition to be occupied with Christ, which is a mandate to be consistent in the Perception, Metabolization and Application (PMA) of Bible doctrine.

  • Occupation with Christ is the standard operating procedure for the mature believer, Heb 12:1-2.
  • Occupation with Christ is illustrated by the Doctrine of Right Man / Right Woman.

She is to be occupied with her right man as we are to be occupied with Christ, 1 Cor 11:5-12; Eph 5:25-33.

  •  Occupation with Christ includes total dependence on grace provision and is related to both stability and inner happiness, Psa 16:8-9; 25:15; 37:4-5; 141:8; James 2:24-26.

Psa 16:8, “I have set the LORD continually before me; because He is at my right hand, I will not be shaken. 9Therefore my heart is glad and my glory rejoices; my flesh also will dwell securely.”

  • Occupation with Christ is also defined as fellowship with the Son. Phil 2:1-2, 5; 1 John 1:5-7

1 Cor 1:9, “God (Father) is faithful, through whom you have been called into fellowship with His Son, Jesus Christ our Lord.”

Our fellowship with Christ comes from learning Bible doctrine and is infinitely more important than our fellowship with people.   Fellowship with Christ is synonymous with occupation with Christ and is a part of God’s will, plan, and purpose for your life.

Christian fellowship is no substitute for O.C. Therefore, social intercourse with Christians is never a substitute for learning Bible doctrine.

Eph 3:17, “So that Christ may be at home in your hearts through faith when you have been rooted and established in virtue-love (personal love for Christ).”

  • The attainment of Occupation with Christ is gradual.

O.C. is developed when our Lord becomes our role model, our celebrity.

This starts by the command in Eph 3:19, “And to come to know the love for Christ which goes beyond gnosis that you may be filled with all the fullness of God.”T

Plus, 1 Cor 2:16, “For who has known the thinking of the Lord that we should instruct Him; we have the thinking of Christ.”

The gradual process only occurs when we get to the place where we understand that we need help. We have to come to the point of helplessness in order to learn and receive. You have to know that you know nothing before you can know something.   The fact is we often do not know how helpless we are until we get into a jam. Therefore, when in a jam, we learn to utilize the PSD’s and overtime learn how they function, rely and trust in them and therefore gain O.C.

With Bible doctrine as the working object of our faith, the believer has a maximum love response to Jesus Christ causing him be considered “a friend of God” which is a title for O.C., James 2:23; 2 Chron 20:7; Isa 41:8.

  • Occupation with Christ means your motivation in life changes.

Occupation with Christ changes your mental attitude about yourself, so that you change your mental attitude about other people who do not love you the way you want to be loved, or do not treat you the way you want to be treated.  How you are treated and loved by others is no longer an issue once you have reached Spiritual Self-Esteem and have cognitive self-confidence.  It is your fellowship with Christ that counts. This means your thinking has changed about how you think you should be loved. This change is the result of the Word of God resident in your soul.  Therefore, you cannot make an issue out of yourself and advance in your spiritual life. In addition, you can’t change other people. They have free will to be as rotten as they want to be.

Because believers expect too much from others, they get into unrealistic expectations. To avoid unrealistic expectations from others and to pass people, system, thought, and disaster testing, it is necessary to be occupied with the person of Christ.  You cannot change people to conform to your standards of treatment and love. But you can solve the problems of frustration through I.U. Love as a Problem Solving Device.

The center of the Bible says Psa 118:9, “It is better to take refuge in the Lord than to trust in man.”

Jer 17:5-7, “Thus says the Lord, `Cursed is the man who puts his trust in mankind, who depends on people for his strength, and whose heart turns away from the Lord. 6For he will be like a tumbleweed in the desert; he will not see prosperity when it comes, but he will live in parched places of the desert, a land of salt where no one lives (has no capacity for life). 7But happy is the man who trusts in the Lord, whose confidence is in Him.'”

Having the thinking of Christ results in preoccupation with Christ rather than preoccupation with people.  In the spiritual life, we don’t need to depend on anyone else but God. This does not exclude our interdependence on a team, coworkers, church or family. But it means that God does the blocking, opens the holes, and provides the solutions to our problems.  Therefore, in your relationships in life, you must allow God to “run interference,” because you cannot change people.  Likewise, God is the one who changes you when you are positive toward doctrine. God causes you to grow up.

  • Occupation with Christ results in God emphasis taking precedence over people emphasis, Col 3:2.

God emphasis must take priority over people emphasis in the function and execution of the Plan of God for the Church Age.  Fellowship with God is infinitely more important than fellowship with people.  But you will never discover this until you learn some doctrine.  Fellowship with God is part of God’s Plan, but fellowship with people at best is a mere result; at worst a disaster. You cannot be motivated by people and advance in the Christian life.

True Christian fellowship is fellowship with God the Father, the filling of the Holy Spirit, and Occupation with Christ.  Therefore, we have the importance of our motivation from personal love for Jesus Christ. Christ was not loved the way He wanted to be loved or treated the way He wanted to be treated, yet He did not have any unrealistic expectations toward people around Him.  This means that you no longer live for yourselves but for Christ.

  • Occupation with Christ eliminates the human viewpoint of life.

Human viewpoint makes you miserable and makes you argue with others about everything in life. Human viewpoint holds an opinion about everything in life and is intolerant of anyone else’s opinion, 2 Tim 2:14-17. Therefore, you must possess true humility.  Humility in the mature believer is being occupied with the person of Christ, totally relaxed, proving nothing and enjoying everything.  The other side of the coin is to complain about everything.  Occupation with Christ eliminates all human viewpoint. Phil 3:7-8.

  • Characteristics and Results of Occupation with Christ in each stage of spiritual adulthood.

1) In Spiritual Self-Esteem, “Christ formed in you”, Gal 4:19. The result: “the love for Christ controls (occupies) us”, 2 Cor 5:14.

2) In Spiritual Autonomy, “Christ dwells (is at home) in your hearts”, Eph 3:17.  The result: “sanctifying the Lord Christ in your hearts”, 1 Pet 3:15.

3) In Spiritual Maturity, “Christ exalted in my body, whether by life or by death”, Phil 1:20. The result: “for me, living is Christ and dying is profit”, Phil 1:21.

From Betrayal to Spiritual Self-Esteem.

We have seen how the 10 PSD’s give us protection and recovery from betrayal, so now I would like you to understand that it is rare for a believer to apply all 10 PSD’s. The reason is spiritual growth and maturity.  Not all believers are super spiritual adults who always apply all 10 effectively.  For most the application relies on PSD’s 1-4: Confession of sins, Filling of the Spirit, Faith Rest, and Doctrinal Orientation.  As you continue to grow spiritually you will begin to learn the others.

That secondary growth begins with Grace Orientation, which leads to a Personal Sense of Destiny.  If you are consistently apply PSD’s 5 and 6 you have arrived at the first stage of Spiritual Adulthood, Spiritual Self-Esteem (SSE).  In SSE you begin to understand and apply AGAPE Love, a.k.a. Virtue Love, a.k.a. Impersonal and Unconditional Love toward all of mankind.  That then leads to growing in your Personal Love for God the Father as your motivational virtue, which leads to Sharing in the Happiness of God.  That also means you have been and are Occupied with the Person of Lord Jesus Christ.  The Ultra Supergrace believer is the one who is consistently operating in all 10 PSD’s. Nevertheless, it should be the goal of every believer.

Therefore, do not beat yourself up or be too harsh or critical of your spiritual walk if you are not consistently operating in all 10 perfectly.  Just relax in God, trust in His Word and continually take in and apply what you are taught from your Pastor and be confident in your relationship with the Lord.  With that formula, you will soon find yourself in Spiritual Adulthood status.

Now, how does this apply to betrayal?  Well, getting over a betrayal is an “inside job”, it is a soul matter between you and God the Holy Spirit.  Although it’s hard to believe at first, the other party, the betrayer, is actually insignificant. How so?

You see, when we let betrayal by others penetrate our souls, we are the one to blame. Why? Because when betrayal negatively is affecting our soul it means we have allowed our Sin Nature to rule over us in that situation and therefore, we are operating in sin.  As you know, sin is not against each other, but is against the Lord.

David said, “I have sinned against You and You only Lord”, Psa 41:4; 51:4. See also Judges 10:10; 1 Kings 8:33, 35, 50; 2 Chron 6:24, 26, 39; Neh 1:6; Jer 14:7, 20; Dan 9:8.

Therefore the challenge is to keep watch over your own soul by applying God’s Word, including the 10 PSD’s, to the situations of life including betrayal.  If you do, the result means cleansing or protection from the harmful negative effects of betrayal.  So the work we need to accomplish is on the inside. The challenge for this type of inner work is to heal the pain of separation from God via sin and return to connection and oneness.

Whether we recognize it or not, with a shattering betrayal experience, we have been thrust into the “granddaddy” of all initiations.  But fear not, because initiations can be understood as spiritual awakenings. That is, they are a process by which we pass from one state of understanding and perception into another.  You see “initiates” gain character and wisdom through the three phases of common transitions in life:

1) Separation,

2) Transformation, or Transfiguration, and

3) Renewal

This is also known in a larger context as life, death, and rebirth.  Paul understood this concept when he said, I have died to self and live for Christ“, Phil 1:21-25 (read 9-25); 3:1-11.

We understand that:

1) The Separation phase is loss or damage in relationship.

2) The Transformation phase is a shift of focus or perspective (thoughts, emotions, and beliefs), and

3) The Renewal phase is attainment of (for unbeliever), or regaining of (for the believer), relationship with God.

Therefore, this entire process results in gaining or regaining trust in God which leads to Spiritual Self-Esteem, which means trust in the Filling of the Spirit and Bible Doctrine resident in your soul that also results in spiritual self-approval and spiritual self-confidence.

As we have noted, the separation phase includes sudden and severe loss that is traumatic, along with emotional tests and trials.  This is an area where the betrayed could easily get stuck.  But through viewing the transition from separation to renewal as suffering for blessing, it allows you to reframe the psychological ordeals as “tests” in a timeless, prototypical process.  If we can see the meaning in our suffering, an opportunity exists to break the betrayal pattern.

As the old is released, a new way of being slowly emerges. To enable this healthy change, we need to shift from our human resources to God’s Power System, (GPS – the filling of God the Holy Spirit and the application of Bible Doctrine).   A successful spiritual awakening ends with renewal.

Rom 12:2, “And do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed (transfigured) by the renewing of your mind, so that you may prove what the will of God is, that which is good and acceptable and perfect.”

2 Cor 3:18, “But we all, with unveiled face, beholding as in a mirror the glory of the Lord, are being transformed (transfigured) into the same image from glory to glory, just as from the Lord, the Spirit.”

As a result of hard-gained wisdom, via separation or betrayal, and with your inner power restored, you will step out confidently in the new spiritual life. When you have completed the transition it is accompanied by the EPIGNOSIS of safety, acceptance, and self-respect.  Now you are glorifying God and storing up rewards for both time and eternity.

Everyone experiences some dramatic changes or tragedies in life, some trials or tests. After all, that’s what we’re here for.  Proving our character by the choices we make in responding to those trials is what forms the basis of God’s just rewards, 1 Cor 3:10-15; James 1:2-5; 1 Peter 1:6-7; 5:10.

Being betrayed is part and parcel to many, if not most, trials, (i.e. betrayed by spouse, business partner, friend, neighbor, any other forms of separation, etc.). The question is “how do you recover?”  This is a heavy subject, and one that has derailed many believers.  Yet the outcome should be a positive one.  Over time, you will be stronger, more resilient, and confident in yourself and in your relationship with the Heavenly Father.

A healthy recovery from betrayal includes a continued hope, faith, and reliance on the power of God, coupled with the willingness to face the realities, while picking yourselves up, seeking solutions, and working with integrity to do your part.  In addition, old or misguided loyalties seem to disappear once you’ve done the inner work, which leads to Spiritual Self-Esteem.

(The preceding was inspired by Evelyn J. Vermette’s website, Heal From Betrayal, http://healfrom.startlogic.com

The Trauma of Betrayal.

The phrase “betrayal trauma” is used to refer to a kind of trauma effecting the soul as a result of being betrayed, (independent of the reaction to the trauma). This occurs when the ones we depend on for survival (people or institutions) betray us in some way. This trauma occurs when betrayed physically, emotionally, or sexually, especially in abusive situations.

As a result of the trauma there is a social utility in remaining unaware of the abuse especially when the perpetrator is a caregiver. That is, our basic cognitive processes involved in attention and memory play an important role in dissociating explicit awareness of betrayal traumas.

Unawareness and forgetting of abuse will be higher when the relationship between perpetrator and victim involves closeness, trust, and/or care giving. Why? Because the conflict between the need to stay in the relationship and awareness of betrayal is great, where the need for maintaining the relationship outweighs the need to remember the traumatic event and thus we forget or have memory impairment.

The forgetting or memory impairment is called “betrayal blindness” where those involved in betrayal demonstrate unawareness, not-knowing, and forgetting in regards to the betrayal. This can also be called the “looking the other way” syndrome. This can occur even in betrayals that are not traditionally considered “traumas,” such as adultery, inequities in the workplace and society, etc.

Therefore, victims, perpetrators, and witnesses may display betrayal blindness in order to preserve relationships, institutions, and social systems upon which they depend.  Another reason for this “blindness” is the demand from the perpetrator or others (family, society, etc.) to keep silent. But in all cases, this is an inordinate condition where you bury the trauma in the subconscious of your soul.

Consequently, betrayal blindness appears to be related to avoidance and dissociative responses that help the individual to keep threatening information from awareness under conditions where the individual’s survival depends upon the perpetrator. (Some of the definitions above inspired by Freyd, J.J. (2008). What is a Betrayal Trauma? What is Betrayal Trauma Theory? Retrieved September, 12, 2008 from http://dynamic.uoregon.edu/~jjf/defineBT.html).

This blindness, leading to burying the trauma in the subconscious of your soul, can also lead us to numerous other physical and mental health symptoms and disorders.

Prov 13:12, “Hope deferred makes the heart sick, but desire fulfilled is a tree of life.

Prov 17:22, “A joyful heart is good medicine, but a broken spirit dries up the bones.”

Habakkuk 3:16, “I heard and my inward parts trembled, at the sound my lips quivered. Decay enters my bones, and in my place I tremble. Because I must wait quietly for the day of distress.”

Mat 23:27, “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you are like whitewashed tombs which on the outside appear beautiful, but inside they are full of dead men’s bones and all uncleanness. 28So you, too, outwardly appear righteous to men, but inwardly you are full of hypocrisy and lawlessness.”

The subconscious is the place for storage of impressions, thoughts, and emotions which do not exist in the conscious mind or in the emotions. The subconscious includes aspects of the mental life which are not immediately a part of the individual’s conscious mind, since certain emotional factors will not ordinarily permit its contents to come to the surface.

The subconscious affects thoughts, feelings and behavior without entering into one’s awareness.  It functions just below the threshold of consciousness.  The subconscious is merely the slough‑off for things in the conscious mind that are rejected, no longer believed or priorities and standards which you have now changed. The subconscious collects all the poison of your heart (right lobe).

The subconscious becomes a storage area for shock from sin, failure, betrayal, adversity, frustration or disappointment. When the conscious mind cannot or does not handle certain things, they apparently slip into the subconscious mind.  The result then is a clouding of the conscious mind where the individual is only partially aware of what is really going on.  He is therefore divorced, in part or in total, from reality.

Six Steps for Recovery of Betrayal.

So what do you do in the face of Betrayal Trauma? Well, previously we have noted how to apply the 10 Problem Solving Devices, “the full armor of God”, for protection and recovery against garbage accumulation within the heart of your soul and subconscious.  So now we will explore six steps to recover from betrayal or any tragedy: (From Shattered; Six Steps from Betrayal to Recovery, by Bettyanne Bruin and Fay A. Klingler)

Step #1 — Awareness

You cannot change the circumstances surrounding betrayal until you have recognized a betrayal has taken place. This may sound like an obvious scenario, but in the case of betrayal, the secrets surrounding this form of abuse are sometimes difficult to see; betrayal is often a “silent crime.” Frequently the victim does not know he or she has been victimized, whether it is through an affair, leading a double life, and/or secrets of financial indiscretions, until long after the victimization has taken place.  Awareness must be the first step to betrayal recovery. Mat 7:17; 10:17; 16:6; Luke 12:15; Phil 3:2; 2 Tim 3:1-10: 4:15

Mat 7:15, “Beware of the false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly are ravenous wolves.”

Step #2 — Acceptance

Grief is the result following any type of loss, especially the loss of heartfelt expectations destroyed by betrayal. It is a natural part of an emotionally healthy recovery process.  Shock, denial, anger, guilt, bargaining, and sadness are companions to grief.  When the process is followed to its completion, acknowledgement and acceptance of one’s reality can be comforting results.  Finding ways to successfully manage fear and positively channel anger brings about the yearned-for, pain-free hope that is necessary and must be the second step for a full recovery. Psa 33:22; Phil 4:11-13; 1 Thes 4:13.

Remember, “Pain is inevitable. Suffering is optional.”

1 Thes 4:13, “But we do not want you to be uninformed, brethren, about those who are asleep, so that you will not grieve as do the rest who have no hope.

Psa 33:22, “Let Your lovingkindness, O LORD, be upon us, according as we have hoped in You.”

Phil 4:11, “Not that I speak from want, for I have learned to be content in whatever circumstances I am. 12I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity; in any and every circumstance I have learned the secret of being filled and going hungry, both of having abundance and suffering need. 13I can do all things through Him who strengthens me.”

Step #3 — Action

Once betrayal is recognized and accepted, action must take place, whether this action is choosing to continue or end the relationship with the betrayer.  One must act, not react, by setting reasonable limits, safely confronting the issues, and taking the risk to make life better. 2 Cor 6:15-17; 10:5, 7.

As William Shakespeare said, “This above all; to thine own self be true”

2 Cor 10:5, “We are destroying speculations and every lofty thing raised up against the knowledge of God, and we are taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ. 7You are looking at things as they are outwardly. If anyone is confident in himself that he is Christ’s, let him consider this again within himself, that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we.”

2 Cor 6:15, “Or what harmony has Christ with Belial, or what has a believer in common with an unbeliever? 16Or what agreement has the temple of God with idols? For we are the temple of the living God. 17Therefore, come out from their midst and be separate,” says the Lord.”

Step #4 — Authorization

Authorization, or permission to move forward with your life, is a vital step in the recovery process.  One of the most common yet innocent characteristics of a victim of betrayal is his or her “willingness to submit,” “to be the nice guy,” or to give the betrayer “permission” to abuse.  Authorizing yourself, the victim, to take control of your life by establishing the proper doctrines in your soul, applying the 10 PSD’s, and learning to trust in your decision making again, is a vital step in breaking away from the betrayer and healing the heartbreak associated with betrayal. 1 Cor 6:12; 7:35; 10:23; Phil 4:13; 1 Peter 4:19.

1 Cor 7:37, “But he who stands firm in his heart, being under no constraint, but has authority over his own will, and has decided this in his own heart…”

1 Peter 4:19, “Therefore, those also who suffer according to the will of God shall entrust their souls to a faithful Creator in doing what is right.”

1 Cor 6:12,  “All things are lawful for me, but not all things are profitable. All things are lawful for me, but I will not be mastered by anything.”

Step #5 — Accountability

In fairness, you, the victim, must hold yourself accountable for the part played in the betrayal, if any at all, and give proper ownership to the betrayer, as well, for his or her part in the abuse. Taking the obsessive searchlight off the other person and focusing on yourself empowers change. There is a time when you must quit being the victim governed by fear, and make a plan for what is and is not acceptable, never again compromising on those important issues. You can visualize beyond the past and look with hope into the possibilities of the future by forgiving the betrayer and making yourself a product of your decisions instead of your conditions. Ezra 10:4; Psa 27:3; 49:5; Luke 6:41-45 (speck and log), Gal 6:5; 1 Pet 3:14-17: 1 John 4:8.

Charles A. Beard said, “When it is dark enough, you can see the stars”.

Ezra 10:4, “Arise! For this matter is your responsibility, but we will be with you; be courageous and act.”

Gal 6:5, “For each one will bear his own load.”

Psa 27:3,  “Though a host encamp against me, my heart will not fear; though war arise against me, in spite of this I shall be confident.”

Step #6 — Advancement

An old Chinese proverb says, “Be not afraid of growing slowly; be afraid only of standing still.” Advancement may be considered the last strategy or step of recovery, but it is also the first step in the rest of your life. Visualizing life with a set of fresh goals and a trust in God creates confidence and courage.  Healing occurs as you reach out to serve and help others in need. To advance forward you take it one step at a time, one day at a time, while maintaining your relationship with Christ through the filling of God the Holy Spirit.

Horace (Circa 35 B.C.E.) said, “The harder you fall the higher you bounce”.

Phil 3:13, “Brethren, I do not regard myself as having laid hold of it yet; but one thing I do: forgetting what lies behind and reaching forward to what lies ahead, 14I press on toward the goal for the prize of the upward call of God in Christ Jesus. 15Let us therefore, as many as are mature, have this attitude; and if in anything you have a different attitude, God will reveal that also to you; 16however, let us keep living by that same standard to which we have attained.”

Separation, Transformation, Renewal.

I am shattered, abused, and bruised.
Broken fragments of me litter the landscape.
Dazed, I wander through chaos bewildered by where I have been.
Searching for something real to staunch the bleeding,
stop the tears, heal the hurt, I sift through fear and anger of surreal days.
Grieving, I go through the motions — butter the toast, take out the trash.
I find scattered remnants of who I am and gather particles of hope, confidence,
and forgiveness until finally, I have a handful.
Kaleidoscope pieces form dazzling patterns, prisms in the sun.
Turning, testing, I discover something new and beautiful.

So far in John 13:18 we have seen:

1) “I do not speak of all of you”.

Here our Lord is referring to Judas Iscariot who was an unbeliever, influenced by Satan and about to be possessed by him.  Because our Lord was giving a Bible Doctrine lesson, this indicates to us that advanced doctrine is not intended for the unbeliever.  The unbeliever cannot and does not understand the Word of God except for the gospel message. He is only able to understand the gospel message and even that is by the power of the Common and Efficacious grace of God the Holy Spirit.

2) “I know the ones I have chosen”.

Jesus Christ is teaching us plainly that He is God, He is Deity, co-equal with the Father and Spirit. He is part of the Trinity.  He is demonstrating His Sovereignty, that is ability and capability to choose the believer out from unbelievers. He is also demonstrating His Omniscience – all knowing ability. He knows the ones who are saved and the ones who are not.

We studied the Doctrine of Election, in regards to His choosing us out from the slave market of sin.  Through the sovereignty, righteousness and justice of God we have been elected from eternity past, which is made effective at the moment we believe in Christ. We are elected to privilege as eternal members of the Royal Family of God.

We also noted the proper order of God Divine Decree in relation to man’s salvation. The Doctrine of Lapsarianism explains this where we understand that Infralapsarianism is the appropriate order of God’s elective decree.

Infralapsarianism: A form of moderate Calvinism. This is what we believe by rightly dividing the Word.

  1. God decreed to create all mankind.
  2. God decreed to permit the fall.
  3. God decreed to provide salvation for all mankind (unlimited atonement).
  4. God decreed to elect some from among fallen mankind, and to leave others in their sin (those who will not believe in Christ).
  5. God decreed to save the elect through faith in Christ, (i.e. to apply salvation to those who believe).

3) The next portion of verse 18 that we noted was the last phrase, “He who eats My bread has lifted up his heel against Me.”

Here we noted that Judas Iscariot is in view.  Our Lord was prophesying Judas’ ensuing betrayal and therefore we noted the Doctrine of Betrayal.

4) Another point to note in verse 18 is the phrase, “But it is that the Scripture may be fulfilled.”

Here we have the phrase:  ἵνα  ὁ  γραφή  πληρόω – HINA HO GRAPHE PLEROO. Literally it is “In order that the writing complete.”

The word for fulfilled or complete is the Aorist, Passive, Subjunctive of PLEROO, that means to make full, to complete, or as it is here “implementation”.   So the scriptures written of old must be implemented. What the prophets of the Old Testament spoke about The Christ must come to fruition.

This also tells us that the Scripture cannot lie. It is impossible for God to lie; it is impossible for God’s Word to lie with regard to a principle, a concept or a promise.

There are over 300 prophecies regarding our Lord Jesus Christ. Over 30 of those were fulfilled in one day, beginning with the betrayal of Judas Iscariot. Some of those prophecies include:

 Psa 41:9,  “Even my close friend in whom I trusted, who ate my bread, has lifted up his heel against me.”

Prophecies Fulfilled in One Day Prophecy Fulfillment
Betrayed by a Friend Psalm 41:9 Matthew 10:14
Sold For 30 Pieces of Silver Zechariah 11:12 Matthew 26:15
Money to Be Thrown into God’s House Zechariah 11:13 Matthew 27:5
Price Given for Potter’s Field Zechariah 11:13 Matthew 27:7
Forsaken by His Disciples Zechariah 13:7 Mark 14:50
Accused By False Witnesses Psalm 35:11 Matthew 26:59-60
Silent Before Accusers Isaiah 53:7 Matthew 27:12

As we have noted previously. in our study of the probability of Christ fulfilling prophecy, with just these 6 prophecies it is something like 1 chance in 10 to the 17th power that one man would fulfill them, yet our Lord did and many more.

5) The Last point we are noting is the phrase, “Lifted up his heel against me” as quoted by our Lord from Psa 41:9.

In other words, it’s like a donkey trying to kick its rider. Therefore, the raising up of the heel means to overthrow, to seek one’s destruction, or to reject authority.

The word “heel” in the Greek is PTERNA and is used only here. The Hebrew word AQEB means the heel or footprint and the word AQAB means to take by the heel, follow at the heel, to supplant, circumvent, assail insidiously, or overreach. AQAB is used in Gen 27:36; Job 37:3-4; Jer 9:4; and Hosea 12:3.

This language reminds us of the first prophesy our Lord made back in Genesis 3:14-15.

Because Satan instigated the first betrayal in the human race, our Lord cursed Satan and foretold of the damage that Satan would cause Him, “bruised on the heel”.  Genesis 3 also prophesizes of Satan’s impending doom, “bruise you on the head”, a mortal blow.

Therefore, the rejection of authority is in view in both passages. In John 13 there is one present that has rejected the authority of Jesus Christ.  The one who has rejected Christ’s authority also pretended to love Him.  But ignorance of Bible doctrine also means pseudo love and Judas’ true heart is ultimately known by our Lord.

We now turn to verse 19.  John 13:19, “From now on I am telling you before it comes to pass, so that when it does occur, you may believe that I am He.”

As we have been noting, there are five principles found in verses 16-20 as a result of the foot-washing example. We have noted:

Vs. 16, 1) The servant must have Authority Orientation

Vs. 17, 2) Knowledge and application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness.

Vs. 18, 3) God’s Omniscience does not violate our human volition

We now have our fourth principle in verse 19:

4) Bible doctrine prepares the believer for shocking behavior, such as betrayal.

It is interesting that the sins committed by others are not always that shocking, but when experiencing or witnessing the acts of a betrayer it is very shocking.  Therefore, our Lord is teaching the disciples that He will let them know what is going to happen before it occurs so that they won’t be shocked and overwhelmed.  In addition, His intention is the same as that of His Word that they will grow in faith as a result of learning and applying Bible Doctrine.

As we know, and will see later in the Upper Room Discourse, the disciples did not cycle this doctrine and were inevitably shocked, allowing the sin nature to take control of their souls as they deserted our Lord.  In spite of that, later on they were able to utilize some of the PSD’s with the result of finally understanding (EPIGNOSIS), having the garbage cleansed from their souls and being able to move forward once again in the spiritual life, Acts 1:12-20. Notice the importance of prayer in their spiritual awakening / recovery.

Verse 19 begins with, “from now on”, which is the Genitive Preposition APO, “from” indicating a starting point from which something will continue into the future.

With this is the Adverb ARTI meaning “just now” or “at the present time”. It means that right now something has come upon us.  In other words Bible doctrine presented at that moment, and going forward, was designed to orient the disciples to the shocking and vicious mode of operation of Judas Iscariot.  We will translate this as “From this point in time forward”.

Then we have, “I tell you” that is LEGO in the Present, Active, Indicative, plus the pronoun SU, you, in the Dative of Advantage.  Our Lord is saying, “I am communicating to you”. That is, Bible Doctrine is advantageous to all who hear and learn from it.

“Before” is the Genitive Preposition PRO. It means that Bible doctrine anticipates the shocking betrayal of the traitor, Judas Iscariot.

“It comes to pass,” is the Genitive HO with the following infinitive. So it means, in order that, so that, with the result that, or that.

With this is the Aorist, Middle Deponent, Infinitive GINOMAI, which means, to come into being, to happen, or to become.  This states that our Lord will give them prophetic utterances before the betrayal of Judas ultimately takes place.

So we have “So that before it happens”. That is, before the betrayal of the traitor Judas is revealed.

Next we have the conjunction HINA, which typically means, that, so that or in order that. But we already have this emphasis. When HINA is tied to a subjunctive mood, as it is here with PISTEUO, it becomes a purpose clause or the intention of the action of the main verb, (LEGO – I am telling you), whether accomplished or not. Therefore, we would say, “might”.

PISTEUO is in the Aorist, Active, Subjunctive, Second Person, Plural, and means “to believe or entrust”.

The Constative Aorist tense views the entirety of the action of believing or having faith in the prophetic Word of God.

The Active voice says that the disciples are the ones who might believe or apply faith.

The Subjunctive mood also indicates the volitional responsibility of each person and every believer.

Therefore it reads, “you might believe but you might not “.

Our Lord strongly desires them to perceive and apply this doctrine He is teaching and for the disciples to believe it and trust in it. His desire is to spare them shock of betrayal that inevitably leads to either the emotional or arrogance complex of sins.  He is giving them the option to believe in the Word and avoid heartache down the road, John 14:29; 16:4.

Principles:

1) God is faithful and just.

2) Even though He knows the outcome, He still provides the way of escape.

3) Even though He knew of Judas’ (the unbeliever’s) betrayal, He still gave him doctrine, the gospel, verses 5-11, so that he could potentially be saved.

4) Even though He knew the saved disciples would forsake Him and be scatter, He gave them doctrine so that potentially their souls would not suffer the ill effects of betrayal.

5) Bible Doctrine protects the soul against the garbage of betrayal penetrating your soul.

6) You can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make him drink!

The next word is the conjunction HOTAN meaning, when, whenever, as long as, or as soon as “.

We then have the verb GINOMAI again, but this time in the Aorist, Middle Deponent, Subjunctive, Third Person, Singular.  Generically it means to come into being, to happen or to become.  This is speaking to Judas’ future act of betrayal.  It also notes that both the saved disciples and the unsaved Judas have choices yet to be made.

The Constative Aorist stresses the fact of occurrence. In this case the action of witnessing Judas’ betrayal.

The Middle Deponent acts like an active voice where the action goes out and has an effect on them. This is the volitional responsibility of the believer.  Even though he is not the one performing the action of betraying, he has volitional responsibility to say yes or no to the ill effects betrayal has on his soul.

The Subjunctive mood is for probability for both the disciples and Judas.  It speaks of volition responsibility.

a) Judas has not yet betrayed our Lord and still has an opportunity to say no to the influence of Satan.

b) The disciples have not yet witnessed it and can edify their souls in preparation.

We will translate this “when it does happens”.

Principles:

1) This tells us once more that God does not hinder or violate our free will.

2) This also indicates that “when” our Lord prophesizes “it will be fulfilled”.

Finally we have an idiom which begins with HOTI meaning, “that”, which generally introduces the subjective opinion of the writer.

With it we have the subject Nominative Pronoun EGO in the First Person Singular, meaning “I or me”.

Rounding it out is the Present, Active, Indicative, First Person, Singular of EIMI which means, “I exist, or I am”.

Literally we could say “that I, I am”. But in idiom it is “I am He”.

This same construction is used in John 8:24, 28; 18:8.

John 8:24, ‘Therefore I said to you that you will die in your sins; for unless you believe that I am He, you will die in your sins.”

John 8:28, “So Jesus said, “When you lift up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am He, and I do nothing on My own initiative, but I speak these things as the Father taught Me.”

“I am” is the phrase our Lord used to identify Himself as the God of Israel, Ex 3:13-16, the one prophesized to come.

Ex 3:13-16, “Then Moses said to God, “Behold, I am going to the sons of Israel, and I will say to them, ‘The God of your fathers has sent me to you.’ Now they may say to me, ‘What is His name?’ What shall I say to them?” 14God said to Moses, “I AM WHO I AM”; and He said, “Thus you shall say to the sons of Israel, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’” 15God, furthermore, said to Moses, “Thus you shall say to the sons of Israel, ‘The LORD, the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, has sent me to you.’ This is My name forever, and this is My memorial-name to all generations.”

In John 8:58, “Jesus said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, before Abraham was born, I am.””

Because Hebrews 13:8 says that, “Jesus Christ is the same yesterday and today and forever.” See also Luke 22:70; 24:39; John 9:9; Rev 1:8; 4:8. Read John 18:1-9.

In John 18:1-9, notice that the arrest was in a garden.  As the first Adam met the enemy in a garden he failed, while the 2nd Adam met the enemy and triumphed.  There the 1st Adam hid himself, while the 2nd Adam openly revealed himself.  Think about the two scenes and you will find even more comparisons.

Back in chapter 13, from the Greek the translation is, “From this point in time forward I am telling you so that before it happens you might believe when it does happens, I am He.”

For our English ears the translation with commentary is, “From this point in time forward I am telling you before it happens (Prophetic Bible Doctrine) so that when it does happen, (the betrayal of Judas Iscariot), you might believe, (have faith), but you might not, (volitional responsibility), that I am He, (the God of Israel).”

So the question is how do you avoid the shocks of life?

The answer is, the reality of the person of Jesus Christ (believe I am HE). You begin with Occupation with Christ. As we noted in the Doctrine of Betrayal and the 10 PSD’s, Occupation with Christ prevents a believer from being shocked by acts of a betrayer.

Therefore, Jesus is trying to prepare His disciples so that they might avoid the harmful negative effects of witnessing His betrayal, and therefore experience personal betrayal, as one of their own turns against their leader and by association them too.

Only through EPIGNOSIS Doctrine resident within your soul can you be guarded from the emotional and arrogance complex of sins as a result of being betrayed.

As we know the disciples did not deploy this doctrine and suffered the negative consequences, as prophesized in Zech 13:7; John 16:32, and they were temporarily scattered.  But later on, they learned to apply Bible Doctrine and have their soul’s cleansed from the garbage created as a result of betrayal, John 16:32-33.

John 16:32, “Behold, an hour is coming, and has already come, for you to be scattered, each to his own home, and to leave Me alone; and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with Me. 33These things I have spoken to you, so that in Me you may have peace. In the world you have tribulation, but take courage; I have overcome the world.”

John 13:20, “Truly, truly, I say to you, he who receives whomever I send receives Me; and he who receives Me receives Him who sent Me.”

We now have our fifth and final principle related to Footwashing.

We have noted:

Vs. 16, 1) The servant must have Authority Orientation

Vs. 17, 2) Knowledge and application of Bible Doctrine results in Happiness.

Vs. 18, 3) God’s Omniscience does not violate our human volition

Vs. 19, 4) Bible doctrine prepares the believer for shocking behavior, such as betrayal.

Vs. 20, 5) Humility perpetuates Bible Doctrine.

We know that Christ taught His disciples verbally. This verse tells us that even after His death, resurrection and ascension, verbal face-to-face teaching will continue, because He will send others to teach verbally.  As a result there will be no generation of believers who have not had the opportunity to receive the Word of God from a Bible teacher or teachers.

This phrase is another form of encouragement to the disciples and to us all. It is an encouragement in the fact of knowing that Bible doctrine will continue to be taught after our Lord’s departure. And even in the face of what looks like to be a defeat, God’s Word will prevail. It will continue to be taught in every generation. So once again we have encouragement in the face of the shocking effects of betrayal.

Truly, truly” is used to identify a point of doctrine. It stems from the Hebrew and is transliterated AMEN and means truly, so be it, surely or of the truth. Our Lord was stating “this is a principle of Bible Doctrine that is veracity and you should pay close attention to it”.

I say to you” is the First Person, Present, Active, Indicative, Singular of LEGO meaning to say, with the Second Person, Dative Pronoun SU for “you”. This is a Dative of Advantage. It is an advantage to hear and learn Bible Doctrine.

He who receives” is the Present, Active, Participle of LAMBANO meaning to receive.

This sets up the authority for Bible teachers and authority orientation for the hearer of Bible teaching. The Bible Teacher must be received if you are going to learn Bible doctrine. You can never learn doctrine from anyone whose authority you reject. You cannot learn EPIGNOSIS Doctrine on your own. You need a Pastor-Teacher.

In comparing verse 16 with verse 20 we have a dual principle where both the teacher and the listener must have humility and authority orientation in order for God’s Word to be perpetuated. If there is a flaw on either side, doctrine will cease to be available in that area.

This is further demonstrated with the third class conditional if statement of the particle AN, and the Indefinite, Adjective, Pronoun of TIS which has been translated “whomever” or as Robertson states means “if any one”. The condition means maybe you will or maybe you won’t receive who I send to you. With the Dative of Advantage of SU it means if you do it, it will be a benefit to you. The benefit is what we will see later on, which is a relationship with Christ and God the Father.

This is tied to “I send” in the Aorist, Active, Subjunctive of PEMPO meaning to send or dispatch. We noted this word back in verse 16 in regards to God the Father as the “Sender or Dispatcher”. Here it is the one being sent or dispatched. In verse 16 the word APOSTOLOS was used for the one sent or dispatched in reference to our Lord Jesus Christ.

Today our Lord Jesus Christ is seated at the right hand of the Father. In the first generation He sent Apostles, Evangelists and Pastor-Teachers. After the canon of scripture was completed He continues to send Pastor-Teachers and Evangelists to every generation.  The subjunctive mood also portrays a purpose.  He sends for the purpose of communicating Bible doctrine.

Receives Me” is EGO in the First Person, Accusative, Pronoun for “Me”, and LAMBANO in the Present, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular.  Receiving or accepting the authority of your Pastor-teacher is the same as receiving Jesus Christ. In other words, the Lord Jesus Christ is represented today by the Pastor-Teacher. When a congregation receives the authority of a Pastor-Teacher, they are receiving the authority of Jesus Christ.

Then we have the final principle of relationship between our Lord and the Father. “And he who receives Me receives Him who sent Me“. This phrase ends using the word PEMPO again. In verse 16 it was an Aorist, Active, Participle in the Genitive case. This time it is in the Accusative case identifying the Direct Object of this last phrase.  PEMPO means to send, commission, appoint or dispatch.  So we have the Sender, Commissioner, Appointer or Dispatcher – God the Father.

In other words the chain of command goes right up to God the Father.  Therefore, if you receive via humility and authority orientation your right Pastor-Teacher you have accepted the Plan of God the Father for your life. Because it is through your right Pastor-Teacher, that you receive the correct instructions for your spiritual life.

Jesus previously stated this same principle to the disciples in Mat 10:40.

Mat 10:40, “He who receives you receives Me, and he who receives Me receives Him who sent Me.”

In ancient cultures, one responded to agents, ambassadors or other representatives according to one’s feelings toward the person who authorized them. Therefore, anyone who accepts the Pastor-Teacher is accepting Jesus, the one they represent, and in turn they are accepting the Father – God’s Plan for your life.

This last passage is closely connected with the subject of chapter 13 because it is speaking to humility of the soul. Only by means of humility do we accomplish anything in the spiritual life.

These passages were also intended to show how intimately united He, His Father, His apostles, and all who received them were. As well as how intimately united the Pastor and congregation must be in order to develop and enhance their relationship with God.

On the flip side we also have this passage in the context of betrayal, as we have seen in verses 18 & 19 and will see further in verses 21-30.  Judas, who was about to betray Him, was also about to betray the disciples and the cause of Christianity in the world.  When he betrayed them he also betrayed God the Father.

Therefore we have the principle of connectivity. Everything is connected together. In other words, you cannot do dishonor to one of the institutions, (the church and/or Pastor-Teacher), without dishonoring all, (your fellow congregants, the Lord Jesus Christ and God the Father).  You cannot dishonor the Pastor without dishonoring God the Father.

Our Lord said in Luke 10:16, “The one who listens to you listens to Me, and the one who rejects you rejects Me; and he who rejects Me rejects the One who sent Me.” See also John 12:44-49.

Paul stated in Gal 4:14 in regards to the Galatians acceptance of him, “And that which was a trial to you in my bodily condition you did not despise or loathe, but you received me as an angel (messenger) of God, as Christ Jesus Himself.”  Paul also stated to the Thessalonians in 1 Thes 4:8, “So, he who rejects this is not rejecting man but the God who gives His Holy Spirit to you.”

We also have the same principle, but in reverse, in relationship to the Pastor accepting the ones God sends to him in Luke 9:48, “And said to them, “Whoever receives this child (a member of the congregation) in My name receives Me, and whoever receives Me receives Him who sent Me; for the one who is least among all of you, this is the one who is great.” Also in Mark 9:37.

Phil 3:15, “Let us therefore, as many as are mature, have this attitude; and if in anything you have a different attitude, God will reveal that also to you.”

Principles of your Right Pastor-Teacher

Pastor-Teacher is a spiritual gift provided by God the Holy Spirit at salvation to certain male believers only.  It is found in all kinds of personalities, backgrounds and socio-economic status. In every generation of the Church Age, the Holy Spirit provides the appropriate number of men who possess the spiritual gift of Pastor-Teacher. The Pastor has the authority of an apostle, except that the Pastor is limited to one local church.

Each Pastor has been assigned to various individual believers that make up a local assembly, 1 Peter 5:3. Therefore, each believer has been assigned to one Pastor-Teacher at any given time in his or her spiritual lives.

No believer can attain spiritual maturity and become an invisible hero or glorify God apart from post-salvation renewing of their mind by submitting to the teaching authority of their right Pastor-Teacher.  This means that no believer can read the Bible and attain spiritual maturity on their own.  No believer can read the Bible daily for himself and discover and learn the mystery doctrine for the Church Age and understand the mechanics of the Plan of God.  It must be taught through authority.  Authority orientation is always the key to learning.

The Bible is our textbook and the gift of Pastor-Teacher is designed to communicate the specifics of the mystery doctrine that cause spiritual growth.  Bible Doctrine must be learned under authority, and that authority is vested in the spiritual gift of Pastor-Teacher.

Heb 13:17, “Keep obeying your leaders (Pastors) and submit to their authority, for they keep watch over your souls as those who will give an account.  Let them do this with joy and not with grief, for this would be unprofitable for you.”

The Pastor is commanded to teach in all situations.

2 Tim 4:2, “Preach the word.  Be ready in season and out of season.  Reprove, rebuke, exhort (when warranted by context), with all patience and teaching.”

The purpose of the Pastor-Teacher is covered from two viewpoints in the New Testament.

  1. The objective mandate related to the three-fold purpose of the Pastor-Teacher in Eph 4:12-16.

a) For the edification of the body, i.e., to teach, study, discipline (public), reprimand (private), and encourage by steadfastness and doctrine.

b) To equip and train the Royal Family for combat, see chapter 6.

c) For the vocation of the ministry, i.e., training future Pastors.

  1. The subjective mandate related to the communication of the mystery doctrine for the Church Age, 2 Tim 2:15.

2 Tim 2:15, “Be diligent (study) to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, accurately handling the word of truth.”

a) The Pastor must be so prepared that he is ready to analyze the scriptures from the original languages. There are too many mistranslations and other problems that there is no way you can read your Bible and come up with a correct interpretation all the time. In fact, forty to fifty percent of the New Testament is so badly translated that many erroneous concepts have come from it. Therefore, it is the objective of the Pastor-Teacher not only to know the original languages, but to use them daily. This is a preparation without which it is impossible for him to determine the accurate translation and interpretation of any passage. Pastors without this training are dependent upon other Pastors who are so trained.

b) Handling accurately the Word of God is the function of the Pastor as he communicates the truth. It is the primary responsibility of the gift of Pastor-Teacher to study and teach, study and teach. This requires exceptional preparation for accurately handling the Word of God.

  1. The pastor has secondary responsibilities related to administration of the local church, and a limited amount of counseling.

In Ephesians 4:11 the word “Pastor” (POIMEN) means shepherd and metaphorically refers to the one who is in charge of a flock of sheep.

The second noun “Teachers” (DIDASKALOS) emphasizes the individual Pastor’s number one priority as an instructor, teacher and leader that is to lead the sheep to spiritual nourishment, John 21:15-17.

Peter’s love for the Lord would be evidenced by his willingness to feed and shepherd the three categories of believers, (new, sophomore and mature) under his charge, 1 Peter 5:1-6.

The thrust of this gift is to equip the Royal Family to carry out the various aspects of the ministry by edifying the body of Christ as a result of bringing positive volition to maturity.

Synonyms for Pastor-Teacher

AGGELOS, means “messenger”, indicates he is the spokesman for God to the local church and that there is one per local assembly, Rev 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14. “To the angel (messenger = Pastor-Teacher) of the church in ……. write.”

DIAKONOS, means “minister” or “servant” and reminds us that the Pastor is a servant to positive volition, Mark 10:43; 1 Cor 3:5; 2 Cor 3:6; 6:4; Eph 3:7; 6:21; Col 1:7, 23, 25; 4:7.

DIDASKALOS, means “teacher” and emphasizes the Pastor’s responsibility to communicate the contents of Scripture, 1 Tim 2:7; 2 Tim 1:11.

DOULOS, means “bond-slave” and emphasizes the Pastor’s responsibility to obey, serve and trust God in all aspects of his ministry, Mark 10:44; John 13:16; Luke 12:43; cf. vs.42, where “steward”, OIKONOMOS, (manager of a household) is used of the slave who is in charge, Titus 1:7. Therefore leadership is also part of his responsibility, Rom.1:1; 2 Tim 2:24; Titus 1:1.

EPISKOPOS, means “overseer, guardian”, emphasizing the Pastor’s responsibility to watch over the general welfare of the local church and the souls of the assembly, Act 20:28; 1 Tim 3:2; Titus1:7.

HEGEOMAI, means to lead. Many times this word is used in how you “regard, esteem or account” the Pastor, 1 Thes 5:12-13.

Also in verse 12 the Pastor-Teacher is describe as KOPIAO – diligently laboring; PROISTEMI – having charge over you, and NOUTHETEO – giving instruction or admonishing. These all describe the leadership role of the Pastor in regards to his church.

Therefore leadership is another role of the Pastor, to lead his congregation in all aspects, especially in the teaching of the Word, Heb 13:7, 17, 24.

KERUX, means “herald” and emphasizes the fact that the Pastor is to clearly and emphatically declare God’s Word to whoever will give it a hearing, regardless of response, 1 Tim 2:7; 2 Tim 1:11; 2 Peter 2:5; cf. Mat 12:41; 1 Cor 1:21; 2:4; 2 Tim 4:17; Titus 1:3; (KERUGMA). The verb form (KERUSSO) occurs 61 times. While the verb DIDASKO (to teach), emphasizes explanation in discourse, KERUSSO, emphasizes simple declaration.

POIMEN (noun) and POIMAINO (verb), mean “shepherd” and implies all that this Pastoral metaphor suggests. It emphasizes his role of feeding his congregation the Word of God, which nourishes and cares for the spiritual well-being of his congregation. In John 10:2 and Eph 4:11 it is used for the P-T, while it is used of Christ in John 10:11, 14, 16; Heb 13:20; 1 Peter 2:25. The verb is used in John 21:16; Acts 20:28; 1 Cor 9:7; 1 Peter 5:2.

PRESBUTEROS, means “elder or the old man” and is a word of Jewish origin indicating the respect believers are to show their spiritual leaders. He is the chief policy maker of the church since he is the one delegated by the Holy Spirit with authority to communicate the Word of God, Acts 20:17, 1 Tim 5:17-19; 1 Peter 5:1, 5; 2 John 1; 3 John 1.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 10

Vs. 21-30, Concerning His Betrayal. Grace in Action.

John 13:21, “When Jesus had said this, He became troubled in spirit, and testified and said, “Truly, truly, I say to you, that one of you will betray Me.”

The first verb of note in this passage is the word “troubled“, which is TARASSO in the Greek. It means to stir up, to trouble, to agitate, shaken, etc. Here it is in the Aorist, Passive, Indicative.  Which means that Jesus received the action of being agitated at the thought of Judas’ betrayal.

With this is the Neuter Dative of Sphere for TO PNEUMA meaning “in the sphere of his spirit”.

Jesus in His deity is not troubled. God cannot be agitated. This is a reference to His humanity, so He was troubled “in spirit,” referring to His human spirit.  Sometimes, though rarely, the word means life in general and sometimes the combination of soul and spirit. But the point is that the inner life of Jesus’ humanity was disturbed as would be the case in any organization that had a traitor in its midst.  So His spirit was rocked to the core, as it were, knowing what was about to happen. The betrayal begins the process that eventually results in His crucifixion.

This word is used elsewhere in describing Jesus’ emotional response to adversity.

1) John 11:33, Jesus deeply moved at the death of a dear friend Lazarus.

2) John 12:27, “Now My soul has become troubled; and what shall I say, ‘Father, save Me from this hour’? But for this purpose I came to this hour.”

3) It is also used in John 14:1 when in comforting the disciples Jesus did not want them to be distressed in spirit so He told them a Biblical promise, “in my Father’s house are many dwelling places”, also see verse 27.

4) Finally we see how others can cause us to be distressed, Gal 1:7; 5:10.

Then we have the word for “testified” which is MARTUREO in the Aorist, Active, Indicative and means to bear witness, to testify, give evidence or add testimony.

We would say that Jesus “gave evidence”.  This means that He is now presenting evidence as the star witness on the witness stand in Satan’s appeal trial of the Angelic Conflict.

John 18:37, “Therefore Pilate said to Him, “So You are a king?” Jesus answered, “You say correctly that I am a king. For this I have been born, and for this I have come into the world, to testify to the truth. Everyone who is of the truth hears My voice.””

Truly, truly“, as we noted in verse 20 is a point of Bible Doctrine, and in this case Biblical prophecy.

One of you“, it will be Judas Iscariot as we will soon see.

Then we have “will betray” which is the Greek compound word we have noted previously under the Doctrine of Betrayal, PARADIDOMI.  It is made up from PARA and DIDOMI.  PARA is a preposition meaning, “from beside, by the side of, by, beside, or above”.  DIDOMI meaning, “to give”.  So PARADIDOMI comes to mean, “to hand over, to give or deliver over, or to betray”.

It is in the Future, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular indicating that Judas Iscariot has not betrayed Him as yet, but this will occur before the night is over. The parallel verses to this are in Mat 26:21, Mark 14:18 and Luke 22:21.

A.T. Robertson states, “Jesus had said a year ago that “one of you is a devil” (John 6:70), but it made no such stir then. Now it was a bolt from the blue sky as Jesus swept his eyes around and looked at the disciples.”

Then in verses 22-25 we see the disciple’s reaction.

John 13:22-25, “The disciples began looking at one another, at a loss to know of which one He was speaking. 23There was reclining at the height of Jesus’ chest one of His disciples, whom Jesus loved. 24So Simon Peter gestured to him, and said to him, “Tell us who it is of whom He is speaking.” 25He, leaning back again at the height of Jesus’ chest, said to Him, “Lord, who is it?””

Verse 22, The Greek for “began looking“, BLEPO, tells us there wasn’t a prolonged staring.  It means a quick glance.  So in bewilderment they assessed one another.  APOREO means, “to be at a loss”, be perplexed, to be confused.

Verse 23, The two words ANAKEIMAI meaning reclining and KOLPOS meaning bosom come to mean, “to recline at a table during a meal“.  They didn’t sit at tables in the ancient world.  The Romans had a couch on which they semi-reclined, feet at one end and head at the other. It means to recline at a table during a meal with one’s head at the level of someone’s chest. There is no leaning on a chest.  KOLPOS doesn’t even have to refer to the chest, it also refers to the fold formed by a loose garment so it could be the fold of the garment over the chest. So John’s head is where the garment folds over the chest.

Whom Jesus loved“. This is John the son of Zebedee and brother of James. This is John’s description of himself of which he was particularly proud, John 19:26; 20:2; 21:7, 20.  It is the Imperfect, Active, Indicative of AGAPAO.  The Ingressive Imperfect is used to indicate that Jesus began to have a relaxed mental attitude love toward John that continued on afterwards. This gives us a sense that Jesus had fewer problems, as it were, from John than from any of the other disciples. He had a relaxed mental attitude towards John.

Verse 24, Peter makes a request of John to ask Jesus of whom He was talking about with a “gesture“, that is a nod of his head.  Because of the close proximity of John and potentially the close relationship they had, Peter was hoping that Jesus would tell John who it was. The Greek word is NEUO, which means to nod, or to signal with a gesture. It is often used for a face signal. Since Peter knew that he himself was not the traitor he wanted to know who the traitor was.

Verse 25, John gets the signal, readjusts himself at the table, resuming the relaxed position he was in (but not with his head on Jesus’ chest, just near it or at the height of it) and confidently asks “who is it”.

Verse 26, Jesus then responds positively to the request, keeping His earlier promise of “telling them before it happens”, verse 19.  He tells them, “it is the one for whom I shall dip the morsel and give it to him.

Jesus did not blurt it out at this point to all of them. Instead he responded privately to John, which gives Judas great privacy until he acts.  This is also seen in verses 28-29.  This is a second grace act on the part of our Lord. The first was not hindering Judas’ volitional privacy.

So what was this dipping of the bread all about?  In ancient times there was a point in the meal when someone was given a special reward.  PSOMION for “morsel” is a special piece of bread dipped in some meat sauce, and it was always kept in the center of the table. It was given between the main course and the desert. No one would touch the plate until the host picked up a piece of bread and dipped it into this delicious sauce, and then offer it to one of the guests.  This was a high honor, a special honor.  When the person accepted it then the others were free to dip into the sauce themselves.

So when He had dipped the morsel (PSOMION) He took and gave it to Judas, the son of Simon Iscariot.

Principles:

1) Even unbelievers are to be given grace in the hopes of salvation. This was a very unique grace appeal.  Jesus knew that Judas was a traitor and was already making arrangements to betray Him, and yet Jesus not only gave him his privacy, but also in offering him the PSOMION He offered him the highest honor from the host.  In effect, whoever received the PSOMION became the guest of honor.  Judas Iscariot was the honored guest at the Last Supper!  That is grace!

2) Everyone is given one last chance for salvation, but unbelieving reversionism is a hard nut to crack. This was also the final invitation to salvation, the greatest of all grace appeals, but Judas Iscariot was an unbeliever in reversionism.  When Judas accepted the honor of the morsel he perpetuated the hypocrisy of reversionism to the fullest.  He accepted this high honor with negative volition in his soul.  Jesus offered him this last chance and when he turned it down he becomes the first recorded person to be indwelt personally by Satan.

3) God’s love and grace never gives up on anyone, neither should you!  God’s love and grace never gave up on Judas Iscariot, nor does it give up on anyone else.  God is a gentleman and He cannot go against the volition of the individual.  Judas was negative to the end and is a typical illustration of an unbeliever with scar tissue of the soul leading to emotional revolt of the soul which result in reversionism.

The Doctrine of Judas Iscariot

His opportunities:

  • He was from the tribe of Judah, the same tribe as our Lord Jesus Christ; in effect, the ruling tribe of Israel, John 6:71. “Iscariot” or man of Kerioth tells us he was part of the tribe of Judah, Josh 15:25. Judas was the only one of the twelve not a Galilean.
  • Judas was called by Jesus Christ, Mat 10:4; Mark 3:19; Luke 6:16.
  • He was numbered as one of the twelve, Mat 10:4.
  • He was the treasurer, John 12:6, 13:29.
  • He was also present at the Last Supper, John 13:26.

The implications are that he was present at all of the discourses of our Lord between the time of his calling and the time of the Last Supper.

His sowing:

  • He allowed himself to fall under demonic influence, John 13:2.
  • He protested the honoring of the Lord with perfume, John 12:3-9.
  • He was covetous, John 12:4-6.
  • He was a thief, John 12:6.
  • He bargained to betray the Lord Jesus Christ, Mark 14:10-11.
  • He was bribed to become a traitor, Mat 26:14-16.
  • He opened his heart to evil resulting in Satan’s possession during the betrayal, Luke 22:3; John 13:27.

As we saw previously, Jesus dealt with Judas in absolute grace.  Our Lord honored him by giving him volitional privacy and the honorable morsel to dip after the main course.  Judas repays our Lord’s gracious honor by kissing Him on the cheek, not out of love or friendship but to identify Him as a criminal, Mat 26:14, 47-50, Mark 14:43-45; Luke 22:47-48. Notice Jesus’ reply, in Mat 26:50, as He still calls Judas, “friend”.

His reaping:

  • He had remorse for his actions yet did not come to repentant salvation, Mat 27:3-5.
  • He willfully betrayed the Lord, Mat 26:20-25; John 13:26-30.
  • Our Lord knew he was of the devil and would betray Him, John 6:64; 70-71.
  • He was demonically influence and possessed. Luke 22:3; John 13:2; 27.
  • Because of his betrayal, his name is always listed last among the lists of apostles.

1) When Judas saw that Jesus was condemned, he was conscience stricken.  Judas felt sorry for what he had done.

2) He confessed his sin when returning the silver, “I have betrayed innocent blood”.

3) He was sincere in his sorrow for what he had done.

4) He made restitution and gave back the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and the elders.

Confession of sin(s) is for the believer only.  Repentance, confessing sins and doing good works does not save anyone and neither was Judas saved by these actions.  Judas Iscariot was an unbeliever and was not forgiven just because he confessed his sin or was sorrowful or gave back the money, nor did any of these things bring him salvation. Salvation is found only one way and that is through faith in the Savior alone, Eph 2:8-9, and Judas did not believe who Jesus truly was or why He had come.

5)  He committed suicide due to his remorse, Mat 27:5.

6)  His failed attempt resulted in crashing down onto a rock pile, Acts 1:16-20.

7)  He became a type of the antichrist, John 17:12 cf. 2 Thes 2:3

John 17:12, “While I was with them, I was keeping them in Your name which You have given Me; and I guarded them and not one of them perished (were destroyed) but the son of perdition (destruction), so that the Scripture would be fulfilled.”

2 Thes 2:3, “Let no one in any way deceive you, for it will not come unless the Rapture comes first, and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of perdition (destruction).”

8)  He was assigned “to his own place”, Hades, Acts 1:25 cf. Mat 26:24.

We now turn to the first half of verse 27, “And after the morsel, Satan then entered into him.”

And after the morsel“, KAI META in the Accusative means “and after” with HO PSOMION, “the morsel of honor“.

Then“, is next in the Greek with the Adverb TOTE. It is an adverb of time, which means, “then”, “at which time” or “at that time”.

Satan” is SATANAS meaning adversary, which is a title of the person we call Satan or the Devil, see verse 2. This is the only time the word Satan occurs in this Gospel. See also Luke 22:3.

Outline of Satan:

Originally, Satan was called Lucifer, the Son of Light. He was the bright and shining angel in the throne room of God, the highest ranking creature of all time, the most beautiful and attractive in appearance and personality, and became the ruler of all fallen angels Mat 8:28, 9:34, 12:26; Luke 11:18-19. 

He was the most perfect and beautiful creature to come from the hand of God. He has a voice like a pipe organ. He is superior in genius, beauty, personality, persuasiveness, and is invisible. As a creature Satan had a throne, “I will raise my throne above the stars (angels) of God.”

He is a prehistoric super‑creature, Isa 14:12-17; Ezek 28:11-19. He was so brilliant in his defense during God’s trial that God created man to resolve the conflict.

Once his fall occurred in prehistoric times, he was called SATAN in the Hebrew, which means “enemy and adversary,” having greater power than we have. However, Satan’s power is not greater than God’s power.

He is the principal figure of the demonic world that is hostile to God and his will. In the Old Testament (for example, the Book of Job), Satan is presented as a distinct personality of darkness and accusation.

The chief of the fallen angels appears under at least forty designations. Of these some are descriptive titles and some are proper names. When he is called “the accuser of our brethren” (Rev. 12:10), a descriptive title appears.

In reviewing his names and tiles there is much revealed about him. For example:

Satan, adversary, resister, and is Hebrew in origin; Rev 12:9

Devil, which means accuser, or slanderer, and is Greek in origin, Mat 4:1;

Lucifer, son of the morning, which is his title in heaven before his fall, Isa 14:12;

Abaddon-Hebrew, Apollyon-Greek, destroyer, Rev 9:11;

Angel of the Abyss (bottomless Pit), leader of criminal fallen angels, Rev 9:11;

Angel of light (in disguise), 2 Cor 11:14

Accuser of the Brethren, Rev 12:10;

Adversary, 1 Peter 5:8;

Beelzebub, lord of the flies, Mat 12:24, Mark 3:22;

Rulers of demons, Mat 12:24;

Ruler of this world, John 12:31; 14:30;

Ruler of darkness, Eph 6:12;

Prince of the power of the air, Eph 2:2;

God of this world, 2 Cor 4:4

Belial, a false god, 2 Cor 6:15, 2 Sam 23:6;

Dragon, which implies his power; Rev 20:2;

Evil One, Mat 13:19;

Murderer, John 8:44;

Roaring Lion, 1 Pet 5:8;

Serpent, which implies his guile, Gen 3:4, Rev 20:2;

Tempter, Mat 4:3;

Unclean Spirit, Mat 12:43.

Because of Satan’s power, he is the source of disease, death, and miracle cures, Psa 109:6‑13. As a result of demon possession, certain abnormal activities occur. Satan uses demons to do many of the following.

  1. He blinds through religion, verse 7.
  2. He shortens life, verse 8a.
  3. He removes people from authority, verse 8b.
  4. He has the power of death, verse 9.
  5. He persecutes children, verse 10.
  6. He removes wealth, verse 11.
  7. He turns everyone against you, verse 12.
  8. He cuts off posterity to the second generation, verse 13.
  9. He is a killer, Heb 2:14‑15; 1 John 3:8; Job 1:12, 18‑19; John 8:44; 1 John 3:12.
  10. He executes believers under the sin unto death, 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Tim 1:19‑20.

The goal of Satan is to destroy God’s people and discredit the cause of Christ. He is not to be taken lightly. He is real. Our responsibility is to become aware of his methods but not be preoccupied by them.

We have greater power in us than Satan has. 1 John 4:4, “You are from God, little children, and have overcome them; because greater is He who is in you than he who is in the world.”

Back in verse John 13:27 the next phrase is “entered into“. It is in the Ingressive Aorist, Active, Indicative of EISERCHOMAI, which means, to go in, enter, to come inside, etc. stressing the entrance into this state of satanic possession while viewing the entirety of the action.

The word for “him” is the Demonstrative, Pronominal Adjective EKEINOS meaning, “that one”, “he” or “him”. This is a pronoun of remote reference and sets Judas apart from the company of the disciples.

So here we see the possession of Judas Iscariot’s body by Satan. This is after the indictment of the previous verse in which Judas accepted the highest honor at the dinner, while being in negative volition and in reversionism.

After the last offer, when the morsel of honor was offered to Judas, he had the greatest opportunity to accept Christ as his Savior, right then and there. The token of redemption and peace (found in the bread of life) which Jesus had offered, if it did not soften his heart would harden it. Unfortunately for Judas, he took the honor but he did not take Christ as Savior.

The last thing necessary for Judas Iscariot to be Satan possessed had occurred. He needed one more negative signal and he was qualified. It came when he took the morsel of honor but refused to believe in Christ as Savior. As a result he left himself wide open for Satan’s possession and Satan took that opportunity.

The case of Satan’s possession noted here is quite unusual. There are only two cases of Satan possession recorded in the Word of God. The first case is here and the second is the dictator of the revived Roman Empire in 2 Thes 2:8-12.

Satan possessing members of the human race does not occur during the Church Age, only demon possession does. This is because of the restraining ministry of God the Holy Spirit during this stage of the intensified Angelic Conflict, 2 Thes 2:6-7. Demon possession, however, does continue throughout the Church Age.

Judas Iscariot surrendered not only his soul but his body also to Satan. For this reason two men in history will have maximum reversionism and live. Therefore they are called “sons of perdition (destruction)”, Judas Iscariot in John 17:12, and the dictator of the revived Roman empire in 2 Thes 2:3.

The word “perdition” is APOLEIA which means destruction or ruin. It is derived from the verb APOLLUMI (from destruction). There is another word that comes from APOLLUMI, which is Apollyon in Rev 9:11, used for Satan himself. So the word perdition indicates being alive but totally ruined because you are no longer your own master, you are controlled by Satan.

When Judas accepted the sop, he finally yielded to Satan, who entered into him, making Judas a child of the devil, John 8:44. Like the Holy Spirit, Satan works in and through human bodies and wills that are surrendered to him.

The Bible speaks of four different kinds of “spiritual children.”

  1. We are born by nature children of wrath, Eph. 2:3.
  2. When we reach the age of accountability and deliberately sin, we become children of disobedience, Eph 2:2.
  3. When we put faith in Christ, we become the children of God, John 1:12.
  4. The person who finally rejects the Savior and prefers self-righteousness (the devil’s substitute) becomes a child of the devil.

See Mat 13:24-30, 36-43, where the children of the devil are portrayed as counterfeit Christians.

Jesus pointed out the characteristics of the children of the devil in John 8:

  1. They will not give place to the Word of God (v. 37).
  2. They trust in the flesh, human works (v. 39).
  3. They hate Christ and seek to kill Him (vv. 40, 44), Satan is a murderer and his children imitate him.
  4. They do not love Christ or the things of Christ (v. 42).
  5. They do not understand the Word, blinded by Satan (v. 43).
  6. They are liars and love lies more than the truth (v. 44).
  7. They will not hear the Word of God; they hate it (v. 47).

Remember, these “children of the devil” were not grossly immoral people; they were self-righteous religious people who rejected Christ. Many people today are deluded by Satan into an outward form of godliness that lacks the power of the Gospel, but these people think they are truly saved and going to heaven.

There are four major demon attacks on the human race.

  1. The genetic attack on the antediluvian civilization in Gen 6:1-13.
  2. The attack of demon influence, Cosmic viewpoint and distraction.
  3. The attack of demon possession.
  4. The attack of demon armies in the Tribulation, Rev 9.

Doctrine of Demon Possession

Definition.

  • All demons are fallen angels under the command of Satan, in contrast to elect angels under the command of God.
  • Satan is the ruler of demons, Mat 9:34, 12:24; Mark 3:22; Luke 11:15.
  • Demons are called ministers of Satan, Luke 4:32‑36, 9:1, 4:2; John 10:21.
  • Demons are well-organized under Satan, Eph 6:10‑12. There is rank and authority in Satan’s organization. Every angel is smarter than all human beings.

Eph 6:12

  1. “Powers”=officers
  2. “Rulers of this world”= counter intelligence
  3. “ Principalities” = Generals in Satan’s forces
  4. “Spiritual wickedness in high place” = privates, lower rank demons

Biblical nomenclature.

  1. Hebrew.
  • SAIR means hairy, shaggy, rough one; used for a he‑goat, or a demon; a satyr. Lev 17:7; 2 Chron 11:15; Isa 13:21, 34:14.
  • SHED means idols or demons; idols represent demons. It also means “destroyers,” a reference to human child sacrifice, Deut 32:17; Psa 106:37.
  • Greek.
  • DAIMON means demon, Mat 8:31; Mark 5:12; Luke 8:29; Rev 16:14. This word almost always refers to a disembodied spirit, compare with Mat 12:43-45.
  • DAIMONION refers to a specific category of demons determined by the context, Mat 7:22, 9:33-34, 12:24-28; Mark 1:34, 39; Luke 4:33-35, 41, 8:27-38, 11:14-20; John 8:48-52; 1 Cor 10:20‑21.
  • DAIMONIODES means demonic, James 3:15.
  • DAIMONIZOMAI means to be demon possessed or to be tormented by a demon, Mat 8:16, 28, 33; 15:22; Mark 5:15-16, 18; or to be influenced by a demon.

Demon possession versus demon influence.

  1. Demon possession is defined as demon invasion of the body of the unbeliever only. Generally, this occurs through the phallic cult or some form of way-out religion.
  2. In contrast, demon influence is the demon invasion of the soul with satanic thought. Satanic thought isn’t just expressed in terms of evil, but in terms of improving this world, doing nice things for your fellow man, and supporting crusades. It is false thinking comprising of the policy and principles by which Satan operates.
  3. All demonic activity is related to man’s free will; human consent must be involved. Demon possession never occurs apart from human consent whereby some form of bad decision is made, so that the demon can invade the body of the unbeliever only.
  4. The believer is indwelt by God the Holy Spirit who makes a temple out of the body of the believer, 1 Cor 6:19-20. A demon cannot dwell in that temple.
  5. The attack on the unbeliever is to line him up with Satan’s policy. The attack on the believer is to discredit him and to utilize him in some way against the Lord.
  6. Decisions or methods that result in demon possession include:
  7. Idolatry, 1 Cor 10:19-21. Wherever idolatry is practiced today there are demons behind the idols.
  8. Drug addiction. Users of drugs are all liable to demon possession in the case of unbelievers, or demon influence in the case of those who are born again, Gal 5:20.
  9. The phallic cult is a basis for contact with demons, Isa 2:6; Luke 8:2; Mark 16:9. This includes demonic orgiastic response, auto-eroticism, lesbianism, homosexuality, verbal response demons, promiscuity demons, group orgies, human sacrifice, idolatry, and unrestrained sexual lust. (In themselves, these things do not imply demon possession.)
  10. Mental attitude sins carried to the extreme. Many cases of neurosis and psychosis are cases of demon influence, Mark 5, where the demon-possessed individuals had all of the characteristics of psychosis.
  11. Religious reversionistic sensitivity, dabbling in the occult, playing with the Quija board, consulting mediums, the function of necromancy, Isa 8:19. This is designed to turn the body and soul over to some higher type of power, i.e. demons.
  12. However, idolatry is the basic system for demon possession, as taught in Lev 17:7; Deut 32:17; Psa 96:5, 106:37-39.
  13. Demon influence, by way of contrast, is the infiltration of satanic thought into the soul of a believer or unbeliever, 1 Tim 4:1; Eph 4:17, or the substitution of emotion for thought. The believer enters demon influence through the various stages of reversionism.
  14. Satan uses certain demons to produce disease or physical handicaps in human beings, Job 2:6-8; Mat 12:22; Luke 13:16; Acts 10:38. Demon influence attacks the body through demon‑induced illness. When the mentality of the soul is in certain conditions, it brings on certain kinds of diseases.

Demonism related to idolatry and human sacrifice.

  1. Sacrifice to demons is prohibited by God, Lev 17:7; Deut 32:17.
  2. Heathen nations and their worship was strictly demon possessed and influenced, Psa 96:5. The idols of these nations were demons.
  3. Demon worship and idolatry included the most horrible sexual practices, such as rape, homosexuality, bestiality, and the sacrifice of children, Psa 106:37‑39.

Two goals of Demon possession:

Angels of Light; They appear as servants of righteousness to deceive the weak into believing various falsehoods purported to be “true worship” or Christianity, 2 Cor 11:13-15.

They teach a worthless savior:

1) John warned his readers to test the spirits, for demons influence false (human) prophets, 1 John 4:1-4. A major test of orthodoxy, though not the only one, was the affirmation of the reality of the Incarnation; for if Christ had not taken on Himself a human body, He could not have died and been our Savior.

2) Paul also warned of this attack on the Incarnation in the teachings of demons, 1 Tim 3:16-4:3. If 3:16 is a summary of truth contained in what was likely part of an early Christian hymn, then we may assume that demons attack not only the Incarnation, but also the historical resurrection and ascension of the Lord.

  1. They teach a works salvation, 1 Tim 4:3-4: By promoting asceticism as a good work, they replace the grace of God with a works program for salvation.
  2. They teach a libertine ethic: The “deep things of Satan,” undoubtedly promoted by his demons, attempt to teach people that wrong is right, Rev 2:20-24.
  3. Roaring Lions, 1Peter 5:8. They are wicked, unclean, and vicious. Many passages might be quoted in proof of this statement.

Mat 8:28, “When He came to the other side into the country of the Gadarenes, two men who were demon-possessed met Him as they were coming out of the tombs. They were so extremely violent that no one could pass by that way.”

Mat 10:1, “Jesus summoned His twelve disciples and gave them authority over unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal every kind of disease and every kind of sickness.”

  1. There seem to be degrees of wickedness represented by these spirits. Mat 12:43-45 states that the demon, returning to his house, “takes with himself seven other spirits more wicked than himself.”
  2. Demon possession explains supernatural phenomena. Supernatural phenomena includes such things as “divine healing,” speaking in tongues, the rise of certain world rulers, certain wars, anti-Semitism, contacting the dead, etc. Demons attack both through weirdo activity and antithetically through culture and intellect.

Demon Possession Today:

1.  The question is often raised whether demon possession exists at the present time. Although the authentic records of such control are mostly limited to the three years of the public ministry of Jesus, it is improbable that demon possession did not exist before that time, or has not existed since. It is reasonable to conclude that they like their monarch adapt their manner of activity to the culture of the age and locality. In the case of cultural recognition of God’s Divine Institutions and divine establishment principles, God will impede gross demon activity, which results in the more sublime nature of false righteousness. In the case of cultures where there is an absence of that authority orientation, the more extravagant the manifestations of demon possession. Therefore, it is evident that they are not now less inclined than before to enter and dominate a body.

2.  Demon possession in the present time is often unsuspected because of the generally unrecognized fact that demons are capable of inspiring a moral and exemplary life. This is further disguised by appearing as the dominating spirit of a “spiritist” or “medium”.

3.  Missionaries observing conditions in heathen lands record the grosser manifestations of demon possession. These demons too, like their king, sometimes appear as “angels of light” but more often as “roaring lions”.

One description of voodoo possession in the country of Haiti is as follows. “The subject enters a trance like state (usually after undergoing convulsions), during which one of the loas enters his or her body and ‘rides’ it. The human personality is displaced by the superhuman, the human features take on the characteristics of the spirit’s desire (masculine or feminine, good or evil, old or young, crafty or honest), and the human throat utters the Ion’s words, some of them in wholly unintelligible ‘tongues.’ The possession may last minutes or hours or sometimes days, during which time the person invaded by the spirit is fed the spirit’s favorite food and drink (often quite impossible for unpossessed humans to consume) and offered his favorite diversions. Afterward, the human remembers nothing of his behavior as a god” (Carter Harman, “The West Indies,” Life World Library [New York: Time, Inc., 1963], pp. 53-4).

4.  The characteristics of demon-possession can be as varied as the activities of demons, ranging from mild to severe and even bizarre. A few specific symptoms of demon-possession are described in the Bible, which includes the following physical and mental abnormalities like:

a) Dumbness, blindness, and convulsions, Mat 9:32-33; 12:22, 17:15-18; Mark 1:26, 9:20; Luke 9:39

b) Tendencies to self-destruction, Mat 17:15; Mark 5:5; Luke 9:42

c) Abnormally violent, Mat 8:28

d) Inflict suffering, illnesses and deformities, Mark 9:20; Luke 9:29, 13:11-17

e) Insanity, Mark 5:5; Luke 8:26-35, John 10:20

f) Nakedness in public, Luke 8:27

g) Grinding the teeth, Mark 9:18

h) Living among dead bodies, Mark 5:3

i) Superhuman strength, Mark 5:3-4; Luke 8:29; Acts 19:15-16

j) Occult powers, Acts 16:16-18

Satan uses healers in his false system of religion. Satan orders the removal of a demon induced illness and the person appears to be cured. He also “heals” in certain strategic times, like during the tribulation, Mat 24:24; Acts 19:13-14; 2 Thes 2:9; Rev 16:14.

Though demons can do these things in people, this does not mean that all illness comes from demon activity. The Bible clearly distinguishes demon-induced diseases from illnesses due to other more natural causes, Mat 4:24; Mark 1:32-42; Luke 7:21; 9:1; Acts 5:16.

Mat 4:24, “The news about Him spread throughout all Syria; and they brought to Him all who were ill, those suffering with various diseases and pains, demoniacs, epileptics, paralytics; and He healed them.”

Demonism and judgment:

Demonism and possession was the basis for the administration of capital punishment, Lev 20:27. Authority Orientation is necessary to restrain demonism.

Jesus Christ controls history by the restraint of demonism.  An example of His control was the first-born judgment on Egypt, Ex 12:12. At the same time, demons were also judged, Num 33:4. Without the judgment of demons in Egypt, Israel would not have become a nation. Conversely, demons are powerless to change the course of history, Isa 19:3.

The nations of Canaan were destroyed because of their demon activity, Deut 18:9‑12. The same is true of Athens, Persia, Assyria, and the Mycenaeans. Military disaster can occur because of demon influenced leadership.

The practice of necromancy was the cause of personal judgment to Saul and Manasseh, 1 Chron 10:13‑14; 2 Kings 21:2‑9. The Jews reached the lowest form of apostasy because of demon activity.

Demonism brings the fifth cycle of discipline to a nation, Isa 47; Jer 27:6‑10.

Nebuchadnezzar came to Jerusalem on the basis of divination, Ezek 21:21ff.

Demon possession is a source of the present tongues movement:

1.  Tongues was a sign to warn the Jews of the coming of the fifth cycle of discipline. They were warned by being evangelized in foreign languages for forty years. Isa 28:9‑13 is said to be fulfilled in 1 Cor 14:21‑22.

1 Corinthians 1:22-24, “For indeed Jews ask for signs and Greeks search for wisdom; but we preach Christ crucified, to Jews a stumbling block and to Gentiles foolishness, but to those who are the called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God.”

2,  The first historical reference in Acts 2:1‑11 states that the purpose is to turn cursing into blessing.

3,  Tongues was given to the Gentiles in the early church at or just after salvation as part of the sign to Israel. To show that the Gentiles were also partakers of the gifts of the Holy Spirit entering them into the Royal Family of God for the Church Age, Acts 10:27-48. It also demonstrated the beginning of the change over of client nation status from Jews to Gentiles, Rom 12:11-25, 30.

4.  After the fall of Jerusalem in 70 A.D. and the completion of the canon of scriptures, the gift was removed, 1 Cor 13:8‑10.

5.  Tongues continues to be perpetuated by Satan for his use in the Tribulation, 2 Thes 2:7‑12.

6.  The mechanics of tongues is related to the Engastramuthos (ventriloquist) demons, Isa 8:19, 29:4; Rev 16:13‑14.

7.  Tongues is a satanic cheap substitute for doctrine, 2 Cor 6:11‑16; Rom 16:17‑20.

8.  Tongues becomes an authorized spiritual function again only in the millennium, Joel 2:28‑29.

Should we be afraid of Demon Possession or the Demon Possessed? 1 John 4:4; 2 Tim 1:7

“At times I hear people talking about demons, and I am amazed at the great power they ascribe to the devil and his cohorts. While I certainly believe in demonic power, I don’t quake at the thought of it. I am in union with One who is so far greater than all the demons of hell put together that there truly is no comparison. The devil is a creature, made by God and always under God’s dominion. He exists only because God allows him to exist. He has no authority over God, no ability to win a victory over God, and no power equal to that of God. As believers, we should give very little credit to the devil and demons. They exist, they exert influence, but they are totally within the confines of God’s authority. The Bible states very clearly that the Holy Spirit resident in us is far superior to any power manifested by evil. John wrote, “You are of God, little children, and have overcome them (the false teachers, antichrists that reject the Person of Christ), because He who is in you is greater than he who is in the world” (1 John 4:4)”. (Charles Stanley on Satan, Our Unmet Needs, page 33)

Summary:

  1. Demon possession can only occur to an unbeliever.
  2. Demon possession never occurs apart from human consent, either consciously or unwittingly.
  3. Some bad decision is made which results in demon invasion of the body of the unbeliever.
  4. These decisions are related to cosmic involvement, idolatry, the occult, drugs, etc.
  5. The phallic cult uses human sacrifice, idolatry, and unrestrained sexual lust.
  6. Idolatry is a basic system for demon possession.
  7. Passive submission to demons is accomplished through drug addiction, idolatry, the phallic cult, the deliberate development of emotional revolt of the soul, the satanic mass, and any prolonged involvement in the cosmic system.
  8. Active submission to demon possession can be both violent and painful, Luke 13:11-17. This woman was positive, trying to get to Jesus and apparently couldn’t speak because of the demon.
  9. Whenever Jesus cast out a demon there was always some arrogant, self‑righteous, person standing around to challenge exorcism by Jesus, Mat 12:22-28; Luke 13:11-15.
  10. In Mark 3:15, Jesus delegated the authority of exorcism to his disciples. In Acts 5:16, 8:7, 19:12, He delegated that authority to the apostles of the church.

Because demon possession involves human sacrifice, it was the basis for capital punishment under the laws of divine establishment, Lev 20:27.

  • In the control of historical trends, our Lord often judges demon activity, Ex 12:12.
  • Demons are powerless to control history, Isa 19:3.
  • Demon activity results in the administration of the fifth cycle of discipline, Deut 18:9-12.
  • Demons are often used by God for the administration of the sin unto death, 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Tim 1:19-20.
  • Demonization of a nation results in the destruction of that nation, Isa 47; Jer 27:6-10.
  • Satan uses certain demons to produce disease. Some diseases are demon induced. Healing is often Satan removing one of his demons to produce a cure.
  • Demon possession is a source of the current tongues movement.
  • The believer should not fear demon possession or the demon possessed.
  • Demon influence, like the activity of Satan, is prompted by two motives: both to hinder the purpose of God for humanity, and to extend the authority of Satan. Those demonically influenced; therefore, at the command of their king, willingly cooperate in all his God-dishonoring undertakings. Their influence is exercised both to mislead the unsaved and to wage an unceasing warfare against the believer, Eph 6:12.

John 13:2, 27, “During supper, the devil having already put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to betray Him; (v.27) After the morsel, Satan then entered into him. Therefore Jesus said to him, “What you do, do quickly.””

The Second half of verse 27 states, “Therefore Jesus said to him, ‘What you do, do quickly’.”

Here we have LEGO OUN AUTOS HO IESOUS

OUN means therefore, then or so. It is a transitional conjunction. The transition is as follows: Satan had possessed Judas, Jesus then gives him a command to leave.

Said” is LEGO meaning, “to say”, is in the Historical Present (with a past tense force), Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular. Here Jesus is speaking to the Satan possessed Judas Iscariot. The asterisk in the NASB indicates a past tense English usage for a word in the Greek that has a Historical Present tense force used in this case to vividly indicate the transition of topic. The Satan possessed Judas is removed from the scene.

AUTOS is the pronoun for “him” in the Third Person, Singular, Dative of Indirect Object case where the object is indirectly affected by the action of the verb. Jesus is saying something to the Satan possessed Judas. So “to him” is how it is translated.

What you do, do quickly” – HOS POIEO POIEO TACHUS.

The first POIEO is in the Present, Active, Indicative, Second Person Singular and it should be translated, “What you are doing.” In other words Jesus is saying “you are already betraying me in your soul”.

He then gives the second POIEO as a command, “do quickly!” POIEO here is in the Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Singular. This is an Ingressive Aorist meaning, “begin to do it”. The Imperative mood is used for the command.

This is linked with the comparative adverb TACHUS that means quick or swift. The comparative is between the betrayal that Judas has been doing in his heart that includes what he has previously done to set up the betrayal of our Lord, with the final act of leading the Pharisees to him in order to arrest him.

Therefore we could say, “what you are doing (betraying me in your heart), do more swiftly (overtly)”.

Jesus commands Judas who is under the personal control of the devil to act more quickly than originally planned. The original plan might have been to leave after supper or sometime the next morning, maybe while they were asleep. When Jesus commanded Judas to leave, He was ultimately commanding the devil to leave.

Therefore we have a principle:  The Lord Jesus Christ in His humiliation is infinitely more powerful than all of the power that Satan has or ever will have, even though at that time and right now Satan is the ruler of this world.

As we have stated previously, while Satan is absent Jesus gives chapters 14-16, the Upper Room Discourse, and Chapter 17 His prayer. Satan does not get back to the scene until Judas comes leading the Romans and the Jewish temple guard to Gethsemane in Chapter 18. That means from sundown until about midnight the Lord Jesus Christ will be alone with the disciples. Satan will not be there and neither will Judas Iscariot. Satan has to stay with his reversionist until the betrayal and therefore he stays inside Judas Iscariot during the critical time when the Lord Jesus Himself will present the whole outline of the Church Age. He will introduce the mystery doctrine and He will introduce the Church.

Principles:

1) Reversionism creates a total disillusionment. In this case it caused Judas to go from psychopathic to psychotic, which eventuated in his possession and attempt to kill himself.

2) As a result of reversionism in an unbeliever, they can come into direct contact with Satan or a demon(s).

3) The unbeliever cannot drink the cup of the Lord and at the same time drink the cup of Satan, 1 Cor 10:21.

“Paul uses the Lord’s Supper to illustrate his point that while idols are not real (8:4-6), Satan can use idols to lead people astray. This is not superstition, for Deut. 32:17 & 21 clearly teach that demons can be worshiped through idols. Just as the believer has fellowship (communion) with Christ in partaking of the cup and loaf, and just as OT priests had fellowship with God as they feasted on the sacrifices from the altar, so an idolater has fellowship with demons in his idolatrous feast. Paul is actually describing “Satan’s communion service” here! Just as Satan has a counterfeit church and gospel, so he has a counterfeit communion service. Anthropologists may study and admire heathen worship and idols, but God says the whole system is of the devil and is actually demon worship. Wherever there are idols, there will be demons.

Christians must take care not to get involved in the devil’s religion. Not everything that passes for Christianity is scriptural. We may think we are sharing half-heartedly in a religious ceremony, when actually we are opening ourselves up to Satanic attack. The recent rise of Satanism ought to be a warning to the church.” Warren Wiersbe, Commentary on 1 Cor 10:14-22

4) The unbeliever, like Judas, rejects the cup of the Lord that represents the cross and salvation. Therefore, before the cup is served and before Jesus makes an issue out of the cup (which represents His blood) Judas must be eliminated from the Last Supper.

5) Our Lord honored Judas with the morsel, then dismissed the unbeliever and then instituted the Lord’s Supper meant for believers only.

John 13:28-29, A Contrast Between Grace and Evil.

John 13:28-29, “Now no one of those reclining at the table knew for what purpose He had said this to him. 29For some were supposing, because Judas had the money box, that Jesus was saying to him, “Buy the things we have need of for the feast”; or else, that he should give something to the poor.”

Principle: Jesus has a respect for the traitor’s privacy.

The phrase, “no one of those reclining at the table” indicates complete privacy for Judas Iscariot.

The word “knew” is a Constative Aorist, Active, Indicative of GINOSKO, which means to understand the action, to perceive what is going on. Apart from Peter and John the disciples did not know from the observation of the morsel dipping exactly what was going on, and they didn’t have any clue that Judas was a traitor at this time. Jesus respected both the volition and the privacy of Judas even though he was a traitor, and He did not publicly rebuke him nor condemn him.

For what purpose” is the Interrogative TIS for “what” plus the Accusative Preposition PROS that means for the sake or purpose of, literally “for what reason”.

He said this” is the Culminative Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular of LEGO, a reference to the command given early to leave, “he had said this”.

To him” is the Pronoun AUTOS in the Dative of Indirect Object.

Then in verse 29 we have “for some were supposing“. We start with GAR and TIS, this time as an indefinite meaning some or someone, “for some”.

The word for “supposing” is the Imperfect, Active Indicative of DOKEO, which means, think, suppose, consider, or imagine. It is used for subjective thinking, to have an opinion, or to seem. The disciples themselves were trying to stick their noses into it and became subjective. The Ingressive Imperfect means they began to have this subjective thinking and it continued for some time.

“Because Judas had the money box that Jesus was saying to him“, this was the basis for their subjective thinking. Judas was the treasurer and kept the ministry’s purse.

They came to two conclusions, that he was instructed to “buy in the market place the things we have need of for the feast, or else that he should give something to the poor“. This is what they thought Jesus had said. In other words, they are trying to intrude and to speculate.

“The feast” is the Feast of Unleavened Bread beginning after the Passover meal and lasting eight days.

Principles of the Contrast Between Grace and Evil:
Grace:

  1. Jesus washed the feet of the unbeliever – vs. 5-12 (lesson of forgiveness).
  2. He taught the unbeliever about sacrifice and service – vs. 12-17.
  3. He gave the unbeliever privacy to make his own decisions – vs. 18-26, 28-29.
  4. He openly warned him, thus giving Judas every opportunity to change his mind – vs. 10, 18, 20, 21, 26.
  5. He honored the unbeliever – vs. 26.

Evil:

  1. The unbeliever received without gratitude. He accepted the material blessings but not the spiritual blessings – vs. 30).
  2. Satan did not allow the unbeliever to make his own decisions – vs. 2 & 27.
  3. Evil forces decisions and actions.
  4. Evil operates at night – vs. 30 with Luke 22:53; 1 Thes 5:4-10

Continuing in John 13:30, “So after receiving the morsel he went out immediately; and it was night.”

“After receiving the morsel” is the Aorist, Active, Participle of LAMBANO. It is a Culminative Aorist, showing that the action had been completed, “he had received it”. It also precedes the action of the main verb, “he went out” – EXERCHOMAI. He first received the highest honor and then he departed to betray the Lord Jesus Christ.

The word for “he” is the same as used in verse 27, EKEINOS, literally meaning “that one”. It signifies the difference between Judas and the other disciples.

This shows us a principle of separation. Judas made the final decision to leave, albeit that he was at this time possessed by Satan. Ultimately, it was his choice to sever himself from the group of believers.

It is a dangerous thing to be a person like Judas. In Mark 14:21 Jesus said, “It were good for that man if he had never been born!” Judas pretended to be a Christian; he played with sin; he put off salvation; and any person who does these things may end up wishing he or she had never been born. We don’t know everything about Judas but we know that he made a deliberate choice when he betrayed Christ.

Then we have “immediately”, which is the Adverb meaning straight away, forthwith or immediately.

The passage ends with “and it was night”, which is EIMI DE NUX. It begins with the Imperfect, Active, Indicative of EIMI, which means “it kept on being”. The conjunction DE usually means but, yet here it means “and”. Finally, NUX is the Nominative noun meaning night. So together it means “and it kept on being night”.

Although it was night, that did not hinder Judas making his way to Jerusalem and the Chief Priests. There were many perils at night but that did not hinder him, in fact it is the choicest of times for those performing evil.

Doctrine of Night / Darkness in Relation to Evil

1)  John 13:30, “it kept on being night”, symbolically signifies the darkness of Judas’ heart, his soul was black as night. This then was the hour for the power of darkness to perform, Luke 22:53.

Luke 22:53, “While I was with you daily in the temple, you did not lay hands on Me; but this hour and the power of darkness are yours.”

Eph 6:12, “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.

Judas knew the significance of the morsel, yet he chose to continue in his rejection of the Messiah and instead desired 30 pieces of silver. Therefore, he rushed down the road of sin. He was drawn away by his lusts and ambition. Once his lust had conceived it brought forth sin. When the sin was complete or full (PLEROO), it brought forth his death, James 1:14-15 cf. Mat 27:5; Acts 1:18.

James 1:14, “But each one is tempted when he is carried away and enticed by his own lust. 15Then when lust has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and when sin is accomplished, it brings forth death. 16Do not be deceived, my beloved brethren. 17Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there is no variation or shifting shadow.”

2) As Judas, the unbeliever, became like the night in darkness in his betrayal, our Lord is the Light come into the world, Psa 104:20; cf. John 8:12; 9:5.

Psa 104:20, “You appoint darkness and it becomes night, in which all the beasts of the forest prowl about.”

John 8:12, “Then Jesus again spoke to them, saying, ‘I am the Light of the world; he who follows Me will not walk in the darkness, but will have the Light of life’.”

John 9:5, “While I am in the world, I am the Light of the world.”

3) The contrast between light and darkness is first noted in the restoration of planet earth, Gen 1:2-5.

Gen 1:2-5, “The earth was [TOHU WAW BOHU] formless and void (waste and emptiness), and darkness was over the surface of the deep, and the Spirit of God was moving (hovering) over the surface of the waters. 3Then God said, “Let there be light”; and there was light. 4God saw that the light was good; and God separated the light from the darkness. God called the light day, and the darkness He called night. And there was evening and there was morning, one day.”

The restoration of light to creation typifies the incarnation of the Son of God who is the Light of the world, John 12:35-36, 46.

John 12:35, “So Jesus said to them, “For a little while longer the Light is among you. Walk while you have the Light, so that darkness will not overtake you; he who walks in the darkness does not know where he goes. 36While you have the Light, believe in the Light, so that you may become sons of Light.””

John 12:46, “I have come as Light into the world, so that everyone who believes in Me will not remain in darkness.”

4) The believer in Christ is also the light of the world, Mat 5:14-16.  The believer is reflecting the Light of the world, the Lord Jesus Christ when he is in fellowship with God by obeying the Father’s will as it is revealed by the Spirit through the communication of the Word of God, Phil 2:15.

Philippians 2:15, “So that you will prove yourselves to be blameless and innocent, children of God above reproach in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, among whom you appear as lights in the world.”

5) Light and darkness are used as an analogy of separation, Gen 1:14-19, (there we also see the analogy of the believer as reflecting the light of Christ).

Likewise, the believer is to be separated from evil, Rom 13:12; 2 Cor 6:14; Eph 5:8-17; Col 1:13; 1 Thes 5:4-10; 1 Peter 2:9; 1 John 1:5-6; 2:9-11.

Rom 13:12, “The night is almost gone, and the day is near. Therefore let us lay aside the deeds of darkness and put on the armor of light. 13Let us behave properly as in the day, not in carousing and drunkenness, not in sexual promiscuity and sensuality, not in strife and jealousy. 14But put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make no provision for the flesh in regard to its lusts.”

6) Evil loves the darkness and hates the light; Job 24:13; John 1:5; 3:16-21; 8:12:12:35, 46.

Job 24:13, “Others have been with those who rebel against the light; they do not want to know its ways nor abide in its paths. 14The murderer arises at dawn; he kills the poor and the needy, and at night he is as a thief.”

John 1:5, “The Light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not comprehend it.”

John 3:16 “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him shall not perish, but have eternal life. 17For God did not send the Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world might be saved through Him. 18He who believes in Him is not judged; he who does not believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. 19This is the judgment, that the Light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the Light, for their deeds were evil. 20For everyone who does evil hates the Light, and does not come to the Light for fear that his deeds will be exposed. 21But he who practices the truth comes to the Light, so that his deeds may be manifested as having been wrought in God.”

7) Darkness exists in the thought pattern of the soul. Evil and degeneracy start with a thought, Mat 6:23; 15:18-19.

Mat 6:23, “But if your eye is evil, the entire body is full of darkness (cosmic involvement).”

Mat 15:18-19 “But the things that proceed out of the mouth come from the heart (right lobe of the soul), and those defile the man. For out of the heart comes evil thoughts.”

8) Fear is related to Darkness, Gen 15:12, Ex 10:21-22; Job 15:22-24; John 3:19-20.

Gen 15:12, “Now when the sun was going down, a deep sleep fell upon Abram; and behold, terror and great darkness fell upon him.”

This passage is a prophecy of the darkness that would befall Israel, “sun going down”, in her decline as a people, leading to the rejection of the Messiah.  “A deep sleep” is analogous to death.  “Terror and great darkness” speaks to the fear of death, especially a death that results in eternity in Sheol.  In comparison with Hebrews 2:15 we see that this is the mental attitude of the legalist who through fear maintain their false religious systems. Christ came to free man of that fear by bringing light to the darkness.

9) John presents the conflict between light and darkness. Light symbolizes salvation, holiness, and life; while darkness stands for condemnation, sin, and death. John speaks of four different kinds of darkness:

a) Mental darkness: John 1:5-8, 26, the minds of sinners are blinded by Satan, 2 Cor 4:3-6, and they cannot see spiritual truths.

b) Moral darkness: John 3:18-21, the unsaved love sin and hate the light.

c) Judicial darkness: John 12:35-36, if men don’t obey the light, God sends the darkness and Christ is hidden from them.

d) Eternal darkness: John 12:46, to “remain” in darkness means to live in hell forever.

In John 12:42-50, he quotes Christ and shows why many people reject the light. Some reject Christ because of the fear of man, verses 42-43.  Rev. 21:8 lists the kind of people who will go to hell, and at the head of the list are the fearful.

10) Judgment is related to darkness, Deut 28:29; 1 Sam 2:9; Prov 20:20; Isa 5:20; Mat 8:12; 22:13; 25:30, (the outer darkness); 2 Peter 2:4, 17; Jude 1:6, 13.

Isa 5:20, “Woe to those who call evil good, and good evil; who substitute darkness for light and light for darkness; who substitute bitter for sweet and sweet for bitter!”

11) Light is given to overcome evil (darkness) and protect the believer, Prov 2:10-15; Acts 26:18; John 11:9; Col 1:12.

Rom 12:9, “Let love be without hypocrisy. Abhor what is evil; cling to what is good.”

Acts 26:18, “To open their eyes so that they may turn from darkness to light and from the dominion of Satan to God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among those who have been sanctified by faith in Me.’”

John 11:9, “Jesus answered, “Are there not twelve hours in the day? If anyone walks in the day, he does not stumble, because he sees the light of this world. 10But if anyone walks in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in him.””

Prov 2:10-15, “For wisdom will enter your heart and knowledge will be pleasant to your soul; 11discretion will guard you, understanding will watch over you, 12to deliver you from the way of evil, from the man who speaks perverse things; 13from those who leave the paths of uprightness to walk in the ways of darkness; 14Who delight in doing evil and rejoice in the perversity of evil; 15whose paths are crooked, and who are devious in their ways.”

Eccl 2:13-14, “And I saw that wisdom excels folly as light excels darkness. 14The wise man’s eyes are in his head, but the fool walks in darkness.”

12) Bible Doctrine resident in the Soul protects the believer from the evils of darkness. 2 Sam 22:29; Psa 18:28; Prov 2:10-15; 2 Cor 4:6

2 Sam 22:29 & Psa 18:28, “For You are my lamp, O LORD; and the LORD illumines my darkness.”

13) The Balance of Residency of the soul (Maximum Bible doctrine in the soul ready for application plus the filling of God the Holy Spirit; i.e., residence, function, momentum inside GPS) avoids thinking evil. It takes lots of Bible doctrine to reject evil, Prov 23:7-9.

2 Cor 4:6, “For God, who said, “Light shall shine out of darkness,” is the One who has shone in our hearts to give the Light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Christ.”

14) There will be no night or darkness in the eternal kingdom of God, Rev 21:22-27; 22:5.

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 11

Vs. 31-35, Concerning His Departure. Love in Action.  God’s Provision for the believer.

Vs. 31-32, God is glorified in the body of Christ. 

Vs. 33, 36-38, Jesus Predicts His Resurrection.  Peter’s misguided remarks.

Vs. 34, A New Commandment

Vs. 35, Christ Seen in You!

God is glorified in the body of Christ., vs. 31-32:

Two points:

  1. a) His work is done
  2. b) His departure

John 13:31-32, “Therefore when he had gone out, Jesus said, “Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified in Him; 32[if God is glorified in Him], God will also glorify Him in Himself, and will glorify Him immediately.”

Therefore when he had gone out, Jesus said“.  The reference is to the Satan possessed Judas Iscariot as having left the Supper upon Jesus’ command, “what you do, do quickly” in verse 27.

This also indicates that Jesus was previously speaking under some restraint until the traitorous unbeliever had departed. Note the contrast in the mindset of our Lord now that Judas and Satan had left compared to verse 21.

Now that Satan and the unbeliever had left He could disclose His most intimate feelings and teachings for the Church. It was to His faithful that He unfolded the burden on His soul and explained in detail the meaning behind the message, Mark 4:33-34; 9:30-31.

Mark 4:33-34, “With many such parables He was speaking the word to them, so far as they were able to hear it; 34and He did not speak to them without a parable; but He was explaining everything privately to His own disciples.”

Principle: Once the hindrance is removed, freedom of thought excels.

 (See Doctrine of Separation)  http://gracedoctrine.org/separation-doctrine-of/

So Jesus reminds them what He previously had disclosed to them in John 12:23.  Notice also that he did not verbally rip apart Judas upon his departure. He did not complain about what Judas was about to do to Him. This is AGAPE love and grace in action.  He also did not begin to whine about what He would suffer. No!  He immediately noted how God would fulfill His promise of glorifying Him once His work was complete.

Now” is the adverb NUN meaning “from this point forward” that modifies the verb “glorified” that follows.

The Son of Man“, is the prophesized title of the Messiah being the Son of Abraham and the Son of David. This emphasized His humanity and marked Him as man’s substitute in God’s redemptive work.

Is glorified” is the Aorist, Passive, Indicative of DOXAZO, which means to render or esteem glorious, to honor, to glorify, to magnify, to beautify, to clothe with splendor.

This is a Futuristic Aorist tense, used to describe an event that is not yet past as though it were already completed. The Cross was not yet completed but was a certainty from our Lord’s perspective.

The Passive voice say that Jesus Christ receives the glorification from the Father as a result of His yet future completed work.

The Indicative Mood is the reality of the glorification of Christ. The same concept is found in Hebrews 2:9-15. Therefore we translate this as “has been glorified”.

With the glorification of Christ the angelic conflict shifts gears and enters into its intensified stage. There are two periods to the intensified stage of the angelic conflict: The Mystery Stage (Church Age); the Overt Stage (Tribulation).

With the Aorist Indicative the word “glorified” in verses 31-32 refers also to His glorification in past tense. A reason for this is because His mind has been made up to fulfill the will of the Father, see verse 3.  Just as Judas’ mind was set on the fulfillment of evil, our Lord’s was set on fulfillment of divine good.

Finally, “glorified” also means, “to be made known”.  At this time and forward the Son and Father would ultimately be revealed throughout the world because of the completed work of the Cross. The purpose for Christ coming into the world was to make the Father known by the Son becoming known.

Therefore, the “glorification of the Son of Man” is emphasized here because this is a glorification His Deity could not accomplish for the simple facts that:

1) His deity is already fully glorified, and

2) His deity could not suffer for sin, pay the penalty for sin or literally die.

Only in His humanity could these things be accomplished, followed by resurrection, ascension and session. Therefore, humanity was a necessity, and as a result of fulfilling the Father’s plan in His humanity, He received glorification from the Father. Likewise we can say that the Cross was the means by which He was glorified, Luke 24:26; 1 Peter 1:10-11.

Luke 24:26, “Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things and to enter into His glory?”

1 Peter 1:10-11, “As to this salvation, the prophets who prophesied of the grace that would come to you made careful searches and inquiries, 11seeking to know what person or time the Spirit of Christ within them was indicating as He predicted the sufferings of Christ and the glories to follow.”

Glorified is used five times in these two passages which is the number of grace, indicating God’s grace plan of salvation and glorification.

Then we have “and God (the Father) has been glorified in Him (the Son).

By Christ suffering on the Cross, the Father was glorified through obedience to His will. As a result of the accomplished work of Jesus upon the Cross, God’s plan of redemption, expiation, reconciliation, and salvation have been accomplished. Therefore, the Plan of God is glorified through the completed work of His Son resulting in the eternal salvation of His people.

This also reflects on their intimate relationship as noted in John 10:30, “I and the Father are one.” and Christ’s authority orientation as noted in 13:16.

Glorified is once again the Greek word DOXAZO in the Futuristic Aorist, Passive, Indicative that indicates God receives glorification by Christ being seated at the right hand of the Father.  It sees that moment of time when the Father said to the Son, ‘sit down at my right hand’ as though it has already occurred. The Father receives honor in that His Plan is completed in glorifying Christ and therefore we have the reality of the glorification of the Father based on Christ’s completed work.

The Father is glorified because his covenant transactions were brought about, His law and justice were satisfied and the salvation of His people finished. As a result His wisdom, power, truth, faithfulness, justice, righteousness, holiness, love, grace and mercy are glorified.

Then turning to verse 32 we have an “if” statement that is omitted in a number of early manuscripts but most scholars believe it was an errant omission and regardless to the fact, the context of this statement calls for the “if” statement. This is a first class conditional if, if and it is true.

If God (the Father) is glorified in Him” is a Gnomic Aorist, Passive, Indicative of DOXAZO. The Gnomic Aorist means this is a timeless, general absolute fact. From eternity past God has been glorified by the fact of His Son’s completed work upon the Cross.

Next we have the “then” statement. “God will also glorify Him“. Here we have a straight up Future Tense, Active Voice, and Indicative of DOXAZO, which is a very rare type of future, a Gnomic Future. It indicates the idea that the event will take place and that such events are true.

A Gnomic Aorist followed by a Gnomic Future is a very rare construction and it indicates that both the Father and the Son are mutually glorified at the point at which Jesus Christ was seated at the right hand of the Father as the God-Man.

Then we have “in himself” in the Dative of Sphere Case. It means “in the sphere of Him”, literally. This means that God the Father glorifies Christ and Himself in the sphere of that moment when Christ is seated at the right hand of the Father.

It speaks of the unity of “being” between the Father and Son, compared with John 17:5, “glorify Me together with Yourself”, which is speaking of simple unity of position, B.F. Westcott.

God the Father is the source of our Lord’s glorification and the Father is glorified as a result of the Son’s glorification, just as the Son is glorified in the Father’s glorification.

Finally we have, “and will glorify Him immediately“. The adverb EUTHUS means immediately, straight, or straightway. This immediate glorification is another Gnomic Future, Active, Indicative of DOXAZO. This refers to the fact that the resurrection and glorification of our Lord will happen very soon and is an absolute reality.

“Immediately” God the Father will raise His Son so that the Son will not see corruption or decay, Psalm 16:10: 49:9; Acts 2:27, 31; 13:34-37. On the third day He will be raised.

This also fulfills the principle of 1 Sam 2:30, “…but now the LORD declares, ‘Far be it from Me—for those who honor Me I will honor…”

So this is speaking of the imminent resurrection, ascension and session of the God Man Jesus Christ in Hypostatic Union following His death.

Therefore when Jesus says in verse 33 “where I am going you cannot come”, He is not just speaking about His imminent resurrection but is also speaking of the glorified position He will receive upon His resurrection. In verse 36 He tells Peter and the disciples that they will too be united with He and the Father in heaven, but as far as His own personal glorification they cannot follow. This is the continuation of the idea first noted in Mat 20:20-27.

As we noted previously this is not only indicating the future manifestation of God when He will be fully known but it is a revelation of God “now” so that the world might believe. Man ca not believe unless he sees God in Christ and Christ in His disciples, John 17:5-21.

In conclusion, God revealed His love by sending Jesus into the world to give His life on the Cross. Therefore on the one hand God is glorified as the God of love and mercy in Christ, but on the other hand He is known (glorified) as the God of righteousness and justice (i.e. holiness).

Doctrine of Glorification

A.)  Definition.

The glory of God refers to the sum total of His Divine essence or to any part of His Divine essence. Glory always has the connotation of honor inherent in a person, distinction, greatness, renown, fame, nobility, or majesty.

David, who in recognizing God’s grace and rulership over Israel, states the principle of the glory of God in Psa 21:5-6.

Psa 21:5-6, “His glory is great through Your victory (salvation), splendor and majesty You place upon him. 6For You make him most blessed forever; You make him joyful with gladness in Your presence.

“Glory” refers to God’s integrity.

“Greatness” refers to His other attributes.

Deut 5:24, “Behold, the Lord our God has shown us His glory and His greatness.”

There is a point at which we see God for the first time and we understand His glory.  You cannot see the greatness of God until you can see the glory of God.  Seeing the glory of God is seeing the integrity of God through pertinent Bible doctrine.

Rom 3:23 says that we all fall short of the glory of God. To fall short of the glory of God is to fall short of His integrity, that is not knowing and or applying it in our lives. His integrity is made up of His righteousness and justice. God’s perfect righteousness rejects our sin and His justice accepts our faith in Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of our sins.

God’s glory is the source of the EPIGNOSIS doctrine in our right lobe, which causes Occupation with Christ. Eph 1:17

Eph 1:17, “That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give you a spirit of wisdom even from the source of revelation by means of EPIGNOSIS knowledge from Him.”

B.) How the believer glorifies God.

1.  God is glorified at the moment of our salvation through adoption into the Family of God. Eph 1:5‑6, “Having predesigned us to adoption (the appointment of adult) sons (for Himself) through Jesus Christ, according to the kind intention (benevolent purpose) of His will, to the praise of glory (from the source) of His grace, which He freely bestowed on (has pursued) us in the Beloved.”

2.  Glory is used for the indwelling of Christ. Col 1:27, “To whom the God decreed to make known what is the riches (wealth) of the glory of the mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope (confidence) of glory.”

3.  The Royal Family is called to eternal glory since Christ is seated in the place of glory. The formation of the Royal Family comes under the phrase, “being called to eternal glory,”.   1 Peter 5:10; 2 Peter 1:3.   This is the status of the Royal Family being called into eternal relationship with the integrity of God.

4.  God is glorified by means of the church, Eph 3:21, when believers attain spiritual adulthood and move to spiritual maturity. Those believers are said to be “filled with all the fullness of God,” Eph 3:19.

5.  There are three categories of spiritual adulthood.

  • Spiritual Self-Esteem is cognitive self-confidence.
  • Spiritual Autonomy is cognitive independence.
  • Spiritual Maturity is cognitive invincibility, when you are manufactured into an invisible hero.

6.  The riches of maturity are from the glory of God.

Eph 1:17‑18, “That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give to you a spirit of wisdom even from the source of revelation by means of knowledge from him…, That the eyes of your right lobe may be enlightened, in order that you all may have a permanent knowledge, knowing what is the hope of His calling [maximum blessing], and what is the riches from the source of the glory, the inheritance of His saints.”

Eph 3:16,”In order that He might give you according to the riches from His glory, to become strong by means of power through His spirit with reference to the inner man.”

Phil 4:19, “Now my God shall fill up the deficiency of all your needs according to the standard of His riches in glory by means of Christ Jesus.”

7.  The mature believer has received this glory, 1 Peter 1:7‑8. Receiving glory is blessing from the integrity of God to the mature believer.

8.  The believer glorifies God when he parlays the Life Beyond Gnosis, Eph 3:19, into the Life Beyond Dreams, Eph 3:20.

a) The Life Beyond Gnosis is EPIGNOSIS, the consistent function of post-salvation renewing of your mind,  Rom 12:2.

b) This means cognition of the Mystery Doctrine for the Church Age through perception, metabolization, and application, by means of the filling of the Holy Spirit.

c) Learning Bible doctrine in the Old Testament won’t advance you in the Life Beyond Gnosis. You must understand the Mystery Doctrine of the Church Age, which is found in the New Testament epistles. It contains all the mechanics for the Plan of God in this Dispensation.

d) The result is the attainment of spiritual adulthood. Then you begin to gather fantastic and dynamic momentum.

e) Therefore, spiritual maturity parlays the Life Beyond Gnosis into the Life Beyond Dreams, which becomes the basis for maximum glorification of God.

9.  The pattern for glorifying God includes suffering for blessing, not divine discipline or self-induced misery under the law of volitional responsibility.

a) There are three categories of suffering for blessing.

1) Providential Preventative Suffering.

2) Momentum Testing.

3) Evidence Testing.

2 Tim 4:7, “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept the faith; 8in the future there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, will award to me on that day; and not only to me, but also to all who have loved His appearing.”

John 12:25-26, “He who loves his life loses it, and he who hates his life in this world will keep it to life eternal. If anyone serves Me, he must follow Me; and where I am, there My servant will be also; if anyone serves Me, the Father will honor him”.

  • God will not only reward those who glorify Him, but He will also sustain them in their suffering, Heb 2:7-9; 1 Peter 1:6-8; 5:10.
  • Glorification of God is then related to the distribution of your escrow blessings for time and eternity, 1 Cor 3:10-15; Rev 2-3. When God is able to reward you, He is glorified because your rewards where based on His Word, His Spirit, His Plan, His Provisions and your non-meritorious faith in Him.
  • God is glorified and receives glory forever in the function of ultimate sanctification and the deliverance of the ultra supergrace believer, 2 Tim 4:18.

The Mechanics of Glorifying God.

1.  The Lord is glorified through our hymns, songs and psalms. Ex 15:1-20; Judges 5:3; 2 Chron 5:13: Psa 7:17; 21:13; 22:22ff; 66:1ff; Acts 16:25

Ex 15:1, “Then Moses and the sons of Israel sang this song to the LORD, and said, “I will sing to the LORD, for He is highly exalted; The horse and its rider He has hurled into the sea. 2The LORD is my strength and song, and He has become my salvation; This is my God, and I will praise Him; My father’s God, and I will extol Him. 3The LORD is a warrior; The LORD is His name.”

2.  The Lord is glorified through the confession of our sins. Joshua 7:19-20

Joshua 7:19, Then Joshua said to Achan, “My son, I implore you, give glory to the LORD, the God of Israel, and give praise to Him; and tell me now what you have done. Do not hide it from me.”

3.  The Lord is glorified through our priestly service, 1 Chron 16:4: 23:5, 30; 2 Chron 7:6; 8:14; Ezra 3:10; Neh 9:5.

4.  The Lord is glorified through our prayers, 1 Chron 29:10-20.

5.  The Lord is glorified through our thanksgiving, Eph 1:3-14; Heb 13:5.

6.  The Lord is glorified by submitting to governing authorities, Rom 13:1-7; 1 Peter 2:13-15.

7.  The Lord is glorified as a result of faithfulness in suffering, 1 Peter 1:6-9.

8.  We will glorify the Lord in the eternal state, Isa 45:23; Rom 14:11; Phil 2:10-11; Rev 5:11-13; 19:1-6.

9.  The resurrection body is described in terms of glory, 1 Cor 15:43. Our resurrection body is raised in glory because we are in the status quo of everlasting life. We will live forever in a state of glory.

In 2 Thes 2:14,”The attainment of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ”, refers to having a resurrection body exactly like our Lord’s and being in union with Him.

Other uses of Glory.

Glory is used to describe the strategic victory of Christ in the angelic conflict, Luke 24:26; John 12:20-24, 28; 13:31-32; Heb 2:10; 1 Peter 1:10-11.

John 12:20-24, “Now there were some Greeks among those who were going up to worship at the feast; these then came to Philip, who was from Bethsaida of Galilee, and began to ask him, saying, ‘Sir, we wish to see Jesus.’ Philip came and told Andrew; Andrew and Philip came and told Jesus. And Jesus answered them, saying, ‘The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified. Truly, truly, I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies, it remains alone; but if it dies, it bears much fruit.'”

1 Peter 1:10-11, “As to this salvation, the prophets who prophesied of the grace that would come to you made careful searches and inquiries, 11seeking to know what person or time the Spirit of Christ within them was indicating as He predicted the sufferings of Christ and the glories to follow.”

Luke 24:26, “Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things and to enter into His glory?”

  • God the Father is the source of our Lord’s glorification and the Father is glorified as a result of the Son’s glorification, just as the Son is glorified in the Father’s glorification.
  • The Humanity of Jesus Christ is glorified because He fulfilled the Father’s Plan of Salvation.

When the Father glorifies the Son, the Father is also the recipient of glory. This reflects on their intimate relationship as noted in John 10:30, “I and the Father are one”, and Christ’s authority orientation as noted in 13:16. It speaks of the unity of “being” between the Father and Son, compared with John 17:5, “glorify Me together with Yourself”, which is speaking of simple unity of position, B.F. Westcott.

Heb 2:10,”To have led to glory many sons”; God brings many sons to glory by judging our sins, so that, when we believe in Christ, we are entered into an eternal relationship with His glory. We receive the imputation of God’s perfect righteousness, which is the potential for blessing from the integrity of God.

1 Tim 3:16, “Christ taken up into the place of glory”; this refers to the third heaven, the location of the integrity of God, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God in glory.

In Romans 13:32, “Immediately”, means that God the Father will raise His Son so that the Son will not see corruption or decay, Psalm 16:10: 49:9; Acts 2:27, 31; 13:34-37. On the third day He will be raised. This fulfills the principle of 1 Sam 2:30, “…but now the LORD declares, ‘Far be it from Me—for those who honor Me I will honor…” It is speaking of the imminent resurrection, ascension and session of the God-Man Jesus Christ in Hypostatic Union following His death.

  • The right woman is called the glory of the right man, 1 Cor 11:6-7, 14-15. Her long(er) hair is a glory to the woman. Long hair on the male is dishonorable.
  • Glory describes the wonders of the universe, 1 Cor 15:40‑41.
  • Glory describes human glamour which is temporal, 1 Peter 1:24; Phil 3:19.

Vs. 33-38, A New Commandment – Follow My example of Love.

John 13:33, “Little children, I am with you a little while longer. You will seek Me; and as I said to the Jews, now I also say to you, ‘Where I am going, you cannot come’.”

The first phrase we have is “little children“, which is the Vocative, Neuter, Plural of TEKNION. This is an endearing term our Lord uses in the final address to the believing disciples. This is the only recorded instance where our Lord used this term and He does so once the unbeliever is no longer present. So it is an endearing term for the believer. Apparently it resonated deeply with John, because he is the only other disciple recorded as using this term to address his readers. He does so a total of seven times in his epistles and uses the word TEKNON meaning “children” when generally speaking of the believer or brethren. Paul also addresses his readers once in Gal 4:19 as “children” using the noun TEKNON, although some translations use “little children” with the Greek text TEKNION, see Textus Receptus and KJV.

Thayer notes that, “in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples.”  This is where we get our word technical from, or technicians, or technical students.

Next is the phrase, “I am with you a little while longer.”

I am” is the verb to be in the Present, Active, Singular of EIMI.

With you” is the Preposition in the Genitive of META plus the Genitive of Association, plural pronoun SU for you.

A little while longer” is MIKROS ETI. MIKROS is the Pronominal, Accusative of Measure (Extent of Time), Adjective meaning small or little, and ETI means still, yet, longer, etc.

Here our Lord is once again prophesizing His imminent departure and crucifixion. He is trying to convey the urgency of the moment. Our Lord will only be on the earth another 40 days. This would be the last Bible Study he would teach prior to His death and resurrection. Therefore, He is trying to gain their full attention with terms of endearment and imminence.

Next we have “you shall seek me“. Here we have the verb ZETEO in the Future, Active, Indicative, Second Person, Plural. ZETEO means to seek in order to find. The Predictive Future Tense also indicates the imminent departure of our Lord by prophesying His ascension. The Active Voice says that the disciples will be seeking Him in the future.

With this we have the Accusative, First Person, Pronoun of EGO meaning I or me.

Then we have, “and as I said to the Jews, (John 7:33-34, 36; 8:21-24), I now say to you also, ‘Where I am going you cannot come“”.

Where I am going“, is the conjunction HOPOU, with EGO for I, plus the Present, Active, Indicative of HUPAGO meaning to lead or bring under, to lead on slowly, or to depart. In other words, “to what place I depart”. The Futuristic Present Tense tells us again of the imminence of our Lord’s departure. He is already in the process of the final act, which includes this Upper Room Discourse but His departure will happen in the yet future time. The Active Voice says that our Lord is producing the action of leaving them as He heads towards the Cross, resurrection and ascension.

Finally we have, “you cannot come“.

This is the 2nd, Plural of SU for “you all”, referring to the disciples in the room, plus the Greek negative OUK for “not” and DUNAMAI for “power or ability”.

Then we have the Aorist, Active, Infinitive of ERCHOMAI, which means “to go or come forth”. This is an Ingressive Aorist tense meaning “you are not able to begin to come”. In other words, you will come eventually but not when I go. We could also say, “you are powerless to come”, that is, walk in my shoes. As we noted previously, this statement is the continuation of the idea first noted in Mat 20:20-27. It is in contrast to the response to the unbelieving Pharisees who could not go to heaven, where Christ is.

In this case Jesus is referring to the imminence of His departure, and the walk He would take that they could not. The disciples could not experientially drink the cup that was designed for our Lord. Only He could fulfill the Father’s Plan of Salvation. Yet, as we previously noted in verses 36-37, our Lord tells them that they too will arrive in heaven, but at a later point in time when God’s Plan for their lives is completed.

Our Lord’s words “you are not able to come” are reiterate in verse 38 when our Lord’s final reply to Simon Peters’ second case of small mindedness is, “will you lay down your life for Me?” Although in arrogance, Peter thinks that he will and can, our Lord gives him, and us, the reality check that only He can fulfill the Father’s Plan of Salvation, when He says, ” Truly, truly, I say to you, a rooster will not crow until you deny Me three times”. Even though this was directed to Peter and his actual experience, remember that all the disciples fled. This simple scenario tells us that we all, in our flesh, are without the power to complete the task that our Lord had completed.

Therefore we will note in brief:

The Doctrine of the Ascension and Session of the Lord Jesus Christ

1) Definition:

a) The Ascension is a doctrine of Christology pertaining to the transfer of our Lord’s true humanity from planet earth to the third heaven in a resurrection body.

b) The Session is that doctrine of Christology pertaining to the glorification of our Lord’s humanity at the right hand of the Father.

2) The Ascension of Christ occurred 40 days after His resurrection. He remained on earth for 40 days in order to confirm the fact that He had indeed risen from the dead as He prophesied many times in His earthly ministry during His 1st Advent.

3) If Christ remained on earth, He would have a limited glory, but when He went to the third heaven He became superior to all creation, and therefore had unlimited glory, Acts 2:33; 5:31; Phil 2:9.

4) The Ascension of Christ was a visible event in a public place. It took place on the Mount of Olives in Jerusalem where He will again return at His 2nd Advent, which occurs at the end of the Tribulation period. Luke is the only N.T. writers who gives a detailed description of the event. Acts 1:6-12; compare with Rev 1:7; 19:11-16.

5) The Resurrection, Ascension and Session of Christ brought to a conclusion our Lord’s earthly ministry and resolved the Angelic Conflict. His coronation was the culmination of the strategic victory, Heb 1:3.

6) His Ascension is the 3rd major event in relation to the appeal trial of Satan, while the Session is the 5th major event.

  1. a) The 5 major events in relation to the appeal trial of Satan are:

(1) The Substitutionary Spiritual Death of Jesus Christ on the Cross

(2) Resurrection

(3) Ascension

(4) Triumphal Procession, and

(5) The Session

  1. b) The trial has three phases:

(1) The Formal Presentation of the Case

(2) Rebuttal Phase, and

(3) Closing Arguments and Summary

  1. c) Time frame of the three phases:

(1) The Formal Presentation corresponds with Old Testament History

(2) The Rebuttal Phase:

(i) Of the Prosecution – God – includes the Hypostatic Union and Church Age.

(ii) Of Satan takes place during the Tribulation Period.

(3) The Closing Arguments and Summary:

(i) Of the Prosecution takes place during the Millennial Reign.

(ii) Of Satan, takes place when he is released from prison after the Millennium. Includes the Gog revolution which results in the execution of his sentence to the Lake of Fire, Rev 20:10.

7) He ascended to the 3rd Heaven (Eph 4:10), that He created, (Psa 102:25; 115:15; 124:8; 148:4-5), which is the abode of all three members of the Trinity, Gen 14:19; 1Ki 8:30; Heb 2:10.  The 3rd heaven, (2 Cor 12:2), is located billions and billions of light years away from the earth above the 1st and 2nd Heavens. A light-year in astronomy is the distance traveled by light moving in a vacuum in the course of 1 year, at its velocity of 186,282 miles per second. A light year equals about 5.878 X 10,000,000,000,000 miles, or 63,240 astronomical units.

8) The humanity of Christ in hypostatic union traveled billions and billions of light years passing through the 1st, 2nd and 3rd heavens, (Heb 4:14), by means of divine omnipotence in order to arrive at the right hand of God the Father where He received power, rank and authority over all creation, Eph 1:20-23.

9) Upon His Session He received His third royal patent as the title “King of kings, Lord of lords, the Bright morning star”, 1 Tim 6:15: Rev 17:14; 19:16.

10) Jesus Christ has supreme authority over all human and angelic creatures. In His session Jesus Christ is the High Priest, (Heb 4:14), of the kingdom of priests (all believers of the Church Age), who makes intercession for us. Rom 8:1, 34; Heb 7:24-25; 1 John 2:1

Heb 8:1, “Now the main point in what has been said (in chapter 7) is this: we have such a high priest, who has taken His seat at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens.”

Rom 8:34, “Who is the one who condemns? Christ Jesus is He who died, yes, rather who was raised, who is at the right hand of God, who also intercedes for us.”

Heb 7:24-25, “But Jesus, on the other hand, because He continues forever, holds His priesthood permanently. Therefore He is able also to save forever those who draw near to God through Him, since He always lives to make intercession for them.”

1 John 2:1, “My little children, I am writing these things to you so that you may not sin. And if anyone sins, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous.”

We now turn to verse 34. John 13:34, “A new commandment I give to you, that you love one another, even as I have loved you, that you also love one another.”

We are not going to spend a lot of time on this passage since we are studying this whole topic in our Sunday series of 1 John. Please refer to those notes and tapes for details.

But we will note a few points that are unique here. First is the Greek word for “new” KAINOS (kahee-nos’). There are two Greek words for new, KAINOS and NEOS.

KAINOS means new or fresh in regards to a new thing or a new kind or species.

NEOS means new in terms of age, recently born, or young in age.

Therefore, NEOS would be used in regards to the new convert / new believer in regards to time, while KAINOS refers to the believer as a new kind, that is born again, a new creature/creation, or as we call it a new spiritual species. At the moment of salvation, every person becomes a new creature in Christ. He is a new spiritual species, 2 Cor 5:17; Gal 6:15.

Since KAINOS is used here, what follows refers to all believers not just new ones or spiritually mature ones, although the spiritually mature will understand and operate in this mandate more effectively.

In regards to being a new commandment, KAINOS also represents a contrast to something previously established, that is an old commandment. So this is a new kind of commandment for a new kind of creature, the Church Age believer.

The old commandment was found under that Law, which I refer to as the 11th commandment, Lev 19:18. This new commandment does not replace or nullify the 11th commandment, but is additional, since the 11th continues to be reiterated throughout the New Testament, Rom 13:19; Gal 5:4; James 2:8, 1 John.

Therefore, being a new creature, being in union with Jesus Christ, demands a new kind or additional set of instructions / commandments. These are going to be summarized under two key words, love and discipleship.

Keeping in mind the context of this chapter, the new commandment is based on the fact that Christ is glorified, He is absent from the earth, He is seated at the right hand of the Father, awaiting operation footstool (all things being place in subjection to Him by the Father), and therefore we have entered into the intensified stage of the angelic conflict.

As Christ begins His great discourse on the new age to come, the Church Age or Age of Grace, He is giving a new kind of commandment for a new kind of believer. Remember that all Church Age believers are given tremendous new assets to fulfill this new commandment.

R.B. Thieme Jr. states, “The new commandment is obviously based upon some new provisions that did not exist before this dispensation. For example, the baptism of the Holy Spirit whereby every believer at the point of salvation is entered into union with Jesus Christ. This means that he has the life of Christ—eternal life, the righteousness of Christ—perfect righteousness, the sonship of Christ, the heirship of Christ, the priesthood of Christ, the election of Christ, the destiny of Christ, and eventually he will reign with Jesus Christ. The indwelling of Christ is also another factor. For the first time in all of history every believer is indwelt by God the Son and God the Holy Spirit. For the first time in history every believer is a priest, is an ambassador and therefore the personal representative of Jesus Christ. Ambassadorship could not exist until after the incarnation, until Christ was absent from the earth, and therefore every believer is now in fulltime Christian service. The new commandment in this verse is designed to meet the exigencies (a state that requires urgent action) of the intensified angelic conflict.” (Italic mine)

The phrase “I give to you” is the Instantaneous Present, Active, Indicative of DIDIDOMI and the Dative SU for you. This tells us that God in His grace is providing for us this new doctrinal position which we must take up and live consistently in.

This is also noted in the verb for “that you love“, HINA AGAPAO, which is in the Customary Present, Active, Subjunctive. It means to keep on loving, where the Subjunctive Mood indicates the purpose clause whether accomplished or not, because it is linked with HINA -“that”. So we have the purpose for this command stated very clearly.

Then we have the phrase “one another” in the Greek noun ALLELON (al-lay’-lone). This is a reciprocal pronoun. It means one another of the same kind. The Objective Genitive Case shows we belong in the same family. The Accusative would indicate we are not in the same family but the Genitive says we belong together because we are all members of the family of God when we believe in Christ.

The command to “love one another” represents impersonal and unconditional love for mankind, and in this case our fellow believers.

Principles of AGAPE Love.

1.  Love from God is maximum after the point of propitiation, to every believer. God then loves you with exactly the same amount of love that He has for the Son our Lord Jesus Christ, regardless of the believer’s status. You might change your attitude towards God but never once will He change His attitude towards you. This links God’s love, immutability, eternal life and omniscience together. Eph 1:4-6; 1 John 2:2; 4:9-10, 19.

2.  AGAPE Love fulfills the principles of Rom 5:5; Gal 5:22; 1 Cor 13.

3.  There are four general categories of love based upon the direction of love.

Category 1, toward God – Motivational Virtue, Duet 6:5, 1 Peter 1:8

Category 2, toward your right man or right woman of the opposite sex – Personal love, Ecc 9:9.

Category 3, toward friends – 1 Sam 20:17; Prov 17:17, 18:24; Heb 13:1.

Category 4, towards all of mankind – Functional Virtue, Mat 22:39.

4.  AGAPE love emphasizes the virtue of the subject rather than attraction to an object or rapport with an object.

5.  AGAPE love toward all mankind is the ultimate expression of virtue. It is also the ultimate expression of humility.

6.  In John 15:17, “I command you these things, that you might love each other.”   Jesus said this to the disciples, who were believers, after they had been together for almost three years. They had developed personality conflicts, took sides, and were critical of each other. So this command from our Lord is brought into the Christian life.

7.  Impersonal love is unconditional. It emphasizes the virtue of the subject rather than the attractiveness or repulsiveness of the object.

8.  Impersonal love is a Problem Solving Device in regards to human relationships.

9.  Impersonal love is the basis for having the capacity for personal love towards a few people.

10.  Impersonal love for all mankind is the ultimate expression of maximum metabolized Bible doctrine circulating in the compartments of the heart (right lobe) of your soul by means of the Holy Spirit.

11.  Our Lord’s description of Impersonal Love is given in Luke 6:27-38. This may be Luke’s account of the Sermon on the Mount excluding the Jewish sections. It is also known as the Apostles ordination sermon.

The sermon deals with the disciples’ relationships to:

  1. Possessions, vs. 20-26,
  2. People, vs. 27-45,
  3. The Lord, vs. 46-49.

You can summarize the sermon in four words: being (vs. 20-26), loving (vs. 27-36), forgiving (vs. 37-45), and obeying (vs. 46-49).

In section two “People”, Jesus tells us how to get along with our enemies (vs. 27-36) and our brothers (vs. 37-45). So that will be our focus in regards to AGAPE love towards all of mankind.

Luke 6:27-28, These mandates cannot be fulfilled by any human power or strength. They can only be fulfilled by the divine power of Bible doctrine circulating in the stream of consciousness and the filling of God the Holy Spirit.

Luke 6:29, This is a total lack of revenge motivation.  Love is not vengeful.  This is a dynamic of spiritual power and cannot be accomplished through human personal love.

Luke 6:30, This must be interpreted not according to the strict sense of the words. It does not mean you are obliged to everyone who asks without regard for your own abilities, or the circumstances of the person begging or asking of you. It is obliging us to liberality and love according to our abilities, and the true needs and circumstances of our poor brethren, and in that order which God’s Word has directed us;

1) Providing for our own families,

2) Then doing good towards the body of Christ,

3) Then to others, as we are able.

The second part of the verse should not be interpreted as if it were a restraint of Christians from pursuing thieves or oppressors, but as a precept prohibiting us private revenge, or too making a big deal about the little things. This was an O.T. precept of God, Deut 15:7-9, confirmed by Christ.

Luke 6:31, AKA the “Golden Rule”, Do unto others as you would have done unto you.

This should serve as a guide to us to expound the former verses and the other precepts of love in this chapter. Believers in all these cases should consider what they would think reasonable that others should do to them, were they in their circumstances, and the others had the same ability or advantage to do good to them. By this you should measure your acts both of justice and love.

Luke 6:32-34, Human love repays kindness with kindness. Divine AGAPE love goes much further and is able to be kind to those who mistreat you. God expects that those who have received more grace and favor from Him than others should do more in obedience to the positive commands and revelations of His will in His Word, Luke 12:48.

Luke 6:35-36, AGAPE Love functions regardless of sins or offenses, and without expectation of repayment or gratitude. It is having compassion towards all. Therefore, a merciful or compassionate man easily forgets injuries, pardons without being solicited, and does not permit repeated acts of ingratitude to deter him from doing good. It is obliging us not to withhold AGAPE Love from fear that if we lend we may lose what we lend. It is obliging us that if we find the circumstances of any that desires us to lend to him for his necessity, (money or goods as we can spare and we can well enough bear the loss of if the providence of God should render the person unable to repay us), that we should not be deterred to do so but give with a resolution to lose it, if God pleases to disable the person to whom we lend, so that as he cannot repay us.

Luke 6:37, AGAPE Love excludes gossiping, maligning and judging. Here we have the positive aspect of reaping what you sow. We will see more of this in our summary below.

Luke 6:38, AGAPE Love means a heart for giving that results in tremendous rewards and blessings for both time and eternity,

Deut 15:10; Prov 19:17; 22:9; 28:8, (see KJV for the last passage).

Therefore, our loving and merciful actions will be rewarded by God, either indirectly by stirring up others to be as kind to us as we were to others or directly via His providential administration, Deut 24:19; Psa 41:1-3; Prov 11:25; 28:27; 2 Cor 9:6.

By God’s divine providence He will see to it that those who have acted lovingly and mercifully, (not in a mere commiseration to human condition, but in a just obedience to His will), will not lose by what they have done. They will be rewarded fully and plentifully, finding again (though it may be after many days) the bread which they have cast upon the waters, according to His command, Eccl 11:1.

In summary, our Lord mentioned seven aspects of unconditional love. These actions are not performed naturally by human nature, but require supernatural enabling and are proof of true righteousness:

1) Love your enemies.

2) Do good to those who hate you.

3) Bless those who curse you.

4) Pray for those who mistreat you.

5) Do not retaliate.

6) Give freely.

7) Treat others the way you want to be treated.

The application of AGAPE love makes you distinctive from others (vs. 32-34, “even sinners…”), and as having the same characteristics as the heavenly Father (vs. 35).

Our Lord also teaches us a fundamental principle, “what you sow is what you will reap”, (vs. 36-38; cf. Gal 6:7).

Five areas of proof of the sowing and reaping theme:

1) Mercy will lead to mercy, Luke 6:36. The disciples were exhorted to have the same merciful attitude God displayed toward them.

2) Judgment will lead to judgment, vs.37a.

3) Condemnation will lead to condemnation, vs. 37b.

4) Pardon will lead to pardon, vs. 37c.

5) Giving will lead to giving, vs. 38.

It is simply a fact of life that certain attitudes and actions often reflect back on the individual.

1 John 3:23, “This is His commandment, that we believe in the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, just as He commanded us”.

Next we turn to verse 35. John 13:35, “By this all men will know that you are My disciples, if you have love for one another.”

This verse begins with the Preposition EN meaning “by“, followed by the Demonstrative Pronominal Adjective HOUTOS, “this“, in the Instrumental Dative of Means case meaning “by means of this“, in regards to the new command to AGAPE love one another in verse 34.

Then we have “all men will know” which is PAS GINOSKO.

“All men” is PAS is the Plural, Pronomial Nominative, Adjective that means “all, every, everyone, everything or every kind”. So we will say “everyone“, meaning believers and unbelievers alike.

Then we have GINOSKO in the Future, Middle Deponent, Indicative, Third Person, Plural.  It means to come to know, recognize, or perceive.

The Gnomic Future tense stands for knowledge in the future that people will have as a result of witnessing your actions of impersonal and unconditional love. It also stands for the likelihood that this type of knowledge will take place in the future.

The Middle Deponent means that the one performing the action also receives the results of the action. In other words, the people who witness your AGAPE Love will receive back the knowledge of God’s love and come to know that you are a disciple / student of the Lord Jesus Christ. Those who perceive your loving actions will also perceive that you are a believer in Christ.

Therefore, we will translate this, “By means of this (fulfilling the new commandment), everyone (believers and unbelievers), will come to know“.

Next is the Result Conjunction, HOTI, which means “that“. This is the conclusion people will come to regarding the believer who operates in AGAPE love.

Then we have “you are my disciples“, which in the Greek looks like this EMOS MATHETES EIMI.  Literally it is “my students you are”.  But that is not good English so we say, “you are my disciples”.

We begin with the verb “to be” EIMI meaning “is or are, etc.”, in the Customary Present, Active, Indicative, Second Person, Plural that means “you all keep on being“.

Then we have EMOS that means “my“.

This is followed by MATHETES in the Nominative Plural meaning, “a disciple, pupil, learner or student”. Its root word is MANTHANO meaning to learn.

So we have, “By means of this, everyone, (believers and unbelievers), will come to know that you are My disciples“.

Compare with Luke 6:35-36, “But love your enemies, and do good, and lend, expecting nothing in return; and your reward will be great, and you will be sons of the Most High; for He Himself is kind to ungrateful and evil men. 36Be merciful, just as your Father is merciful.”

Our Lord is telling his disciples and us, (the believer student today), that when we operate in virtue love everyone will know that we have learned to love in the same way Jesus Christ, the Son of God, loved. Jesus gave the new commandment to love as He loved; therefore, when we do, people will put two and two together. They will have a basic knowledge of what Jesus did for them, died for their sins, and will equate the sacrifice that you make on their behalf with the sacrifice Jesus made on behalf for everyone.
The best students are typically identified synonymously with their teacher. Our teacher is Jesus Christ.
John 17:21, “That they may all be one; even as You, Father, are in Me and I in You, that they also may be in Us, so that the world may believe that You sent Me.”

Next we have, “if you have love for one another“. This is the protasis, which in this case follows the apodasis. In other words, the “if” statement follows the “then” statement. The “then” statement was “everyone would know that you are a student of the Lord”. The “if” statement is “loving each other”.

The “if” statement begins with the conjunction EAN meaning “if, even, though or when”.

Then we have the Direct Object Accusative noun AGAPE meaning “love“. This is not personal love, emotional love, or physical love. This is a mental attitude love. It is a way of thinking. A way of thinking that demand a Relaxed Mental Attitude toward all people and in all situations. It is Impersonal and Unconditional meaning it is not based on someone’s personality or on any conditions.

This is followed by the Present, Active, Subjunctive, Second Person, Plural, of ECHO, which meansto have or hold or to possess”.

The Subjunctive Mood completes the third class conditional if. If and maybe you will or maybe you won’t express AGAPE Love.

The Stative Present tense stands for an ongoing state of having AGAPE love towards all mankind.

So we could say, “if you keep on having love“.

Finally, this verse is completed with EN ALLELON. Here EN is a preposition that means “for” and is tied with ALLELON in the Dative of Indirect Object, Second Person, Plural meaning “one another, each other, etc.”. So we have “for one another“.

Putting it all together our corrected translation is, “By means of this, everyone (believers and unbelievers), will come to know that you are My disciples if you keep on having love for one another“.

This tells us that when we have AGAPE Love for all of mankind, people will know that we are students of Jesus Christ, Christians. But if we do not possess this type of love, we will not stand out. We will be just like all the other people of this world, focused on self and sin.

This tells us that when we have AGAPE Love, people are impacted by our love. As a result, they will come to know that we are students of Jesus Christ and hopefully will come to know Him personally.

Without love the whole thing falls apart and you won’t be recognized as a disciple, and others won’t come to know Christ through you.

Our Lord not only commanded us to love one another as a proof of God’s love, but He also demonstrated it in His own actions purposefully.

John 14:31, “So that the world may know that I love the Father, I do exactly as the Father commanded Me.”

“When you have values different from those of the people of the world, and when you stand up for what is right, you are bound to have enemies. If we retaliate, we are only living on their low level; but if we love them, do good to them, bless them, and pray for them, then we rise to a higher level and glorify the Lord. It takes little effort to love our friends and serve them, but it takes faith to love our enemies and do them good. The principles given in Luke 6:31 and 36 will encourage us to practice this difficult admonition. See also 1 Peter 2:13-25 and Romans 12:17-21.” (Warren Wiersbe, Expository Outline of the New Testament).

1 Peter 2:13-25, “Submit yourselves for the Lord’s sake to every human institution, whether to a king as the one in authority, 14or to governors as sent by him for the punishment of evildoers and the praise of those who do right. 15For such is the will of God that by doing right you may silence the ignorance of foolish men. 16Act as free men, and do not use your freedom as a covering for evil (sin), but use it as bondslaves of God. 17Honor all people, love the brotherhood, fear God, honor the king.  18Servants (workers), be submissive to your masters (bosses) with all respect, not only to those who are good and gentle, but also to those who are unreasonable. 19For this finds favor, if for the sake of conscience toward God a person bears up under sorrows when suffering unjustly. 20For what credit is there if, when you sin and are harshly treated, you endure it with patience? (Compare with Luke 6:32-34.) But if when you do what is right and suffer for it you patiently endure it, this finds favor with God.  21For you have been called for this purpose, since Christ also suffered for you, leaving you an example for you to follow in His steps, 22who committed no sin, nor was any deceit found in His mouth; 23and while being reviled, He did not revile in return; while suffering, He uttered no threats, but kept entrusting Himself to Him who judges righteously; 24and He Himself bore our sins in His body on the cross, so that we might die to sin and live to righteousness; for by His wounds you were healed. 25For you were continually straying like sheep, but now you have returned to the Shepherd and Guardian of your souls.”

Rom 12:17-21, “Never pay back evil for evil to anyone. Respect what is right in the sight of all men. 18If possible, so far as it depends on you, be at peace with all men. 19Never take your own revenge, beloved, but leave room for the wrath of God, for it is written, “Vengeance is Mine, I will repay,” says the Lord. 20“But if your enemy is hungry, feed him, and if he is thirsty, give him a drink; for in so doing you will heap burning coals on his head.” 21Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.”

Principles:

1.  Genuine, deep seated, constant, and self-sacrificial love for one another is the distinguishing trait of the believer.

2.  The world is dying for a little love. Our Lord commands us to give that love to them and be known for that love.

3.  Unfortunately too many Christians are loveless, and the world does not view them any differently than the next guy. 1 Cor 13:1-13; Gal 5:15

Vernon McGee noted, I had two Aunts, one Baptist the other Presbyterian, and one beer drinking unbelieving Uncle. Every Sunday he would get up in time for Sunday dinner and hear all the Baptist and Presbyterian dirt. Years later when his uncle was in the hospital, one of his Aunts wept and asked, “Why doesn’t he come to Christ?”. J. Vernon said, “I almost told her!”

4.  The distinguishing characteristic of a Christian is not what he wears or the cross necklace he adorns around his neck, but his daily actions of love towards fellow believers and unbelievers.

Tertullian an early Church father, circa 200 A.D. wrote, “But it is mainly the deeds of a love so noble that lead many to put a brand upon us. ‘See,’ they say, ‘how they love one another,’ for they themselves are animated by mutual hatred; ‘see how they are ready even to die for one another,’ for they themselves will rather put to death”. (Apology XXXIX)

5.  When we change our way of thinking we will inevitably have an outward change as well. That is living renewed of mind the transfigured life of actionable AGAPE love, Romans 12:1-2.

6.  AGAPE Love is the badge of our profession. It is the believer’s duty to make all men know that we are disciples of Christ, 2 Cor 3:2-3.

2 Cor 3:2-3, “You are our letter, written in our hearts, known and read by all men; 3being manifested that you are a letter of Christ, cared for by us, written not with ink but with the Spirit of the living God, not on tablets of stone but on tablets of human hearts.”

  1. The primary mark of the Royal Family relationship is not similar physical features, but AGAPE love.

1 John 4:21, “And this commandment we have from Him, that the one who loves God should love his brother also.”

How can you lead to Christ your boy

Unless Christ’s method you employ?

There’s just one thing that you can do-

It’s let that boy see Christ in you.

Have you a husband fond and true?

A wife who’s blind to all but you?

If each would win the other one,

That life must speak of God’s dear Son.

There is but one successful plan

By which to win a fellow man;

Have you a neighbor old or new?

Just let that man see Christ in you.

The Church that hopes to win the lost

Must pay the one unchanging cost;

She must compel the world to see

In her the Christ of Calvary.”

– Author unknown

John 13 – The Upper Room Discourse, Pt 12

Vs. 31-35, Concerning His Departure. Love in Action. God’s Provision for the believer.

            Vs. 31-32, God is glorified in the body of Christ.

            Vs. 33, 36-38, Jesus Predicts His Resurrection, Peter’s misguided remarks

            Vs. 34, A New Commandment

            Vs. 35, Christ Seen in You!

            Vs. 36a, Meet the Apostles

            Vs 36b – 38, Ignorance of Bible Doctrine

We now turn to verse 36, “Simon Peter said to Him, “Lord, where are You going?” Jesus answered, “Where I go, you cannot follow Me now; but you will follow later.””

Here we begin what is a series of 4 questions from the disciples in the Upper Room that are answered by the Lord. It begins with Peter in verses 13:36-14:4, then Thomas in 14:5-7, then Philip in 14:8-21 and then Judas (not Iscariot) in 14:22-26. Following the Q and A session our Lord launches into the overall discourse in 14:27-16:16, followed by further questions answered by our Lord through to 16:33, then we have His intercessory prayer in chapter 17.

So before we go to the Q and A session, it would be pertinent to gain a little background on the disciples who would later become apostles. Therefore we will study the Doctrine of the Twelve apostles.

 (See Doctrine of 12 Apostles)  http://gracedoctrine.org/apostles-the-twelve/

Peter’s questioning comes as a result of what our Lord just stated, specifically in verse 33, “Little children, I am with you a little while longer. You will seek Me; and as I said to the Jews, now I also say to you, ‘Where I am going, you cannot come.’”.

Peter then questions our Lord, where are you going? Our Lord does not respond directly to his question but lets him, and all the disciples, know that they cannot (OUK DUNAMAI – not able, without power) follow Him at this present time (Aorist, Active, Infinitive of AKOLOUTHEO with NUN for now) but that they will follow Him in the future (Future, Active, Indicative of AKOLOUTHEO).

The root of AKOLOUTHEO is KELEUTHOS which means a road, or a way. So AKOLOUTHEO comes to mean follow or accompany. Interestingly, this is the same word used in regards to our Lord’s calling the Apostles to “follow Him”. See Mat 4:20, 22: 9:9; Mark 1:18; 2:14-15; Luke 5:11, 27-28; John 1:37-43.

The Aorist Infinitive indicates Peter’s purpose. He has the objective and purpose of keeping the Lord in sight at all times, never letting Him get out of the range of his vision, yet as our Lord stated, he is powerless to follow Him, (he cannot stop our Lord from going forward to the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension).

The second usage being in the Future Indicative is for the absolute reality that Peter and all believers will be present with the Lord upon their death, and at the Rapture receive their resurrection body, 1 Cor 15:51-55; 1 Thes 4:16-18.

Peter’s questioning was in line with what he had previously heard our Lord say in John 10:4, “When he puts forth all his own, he goes ahead of them, and the sheep follow him because they know his voice.”

Peter wanted to continue to follow Him here on earth but was forgetting that the Lord needed to die first, and then all could ultimately follow. Peter had good intentions in the emotion of his soul; his heart was in the right place.

We gain further insight into this question as Peter previously stated in Mark 10:28, that he and the others had left all behind to follow our Lord; therefore, they should be able to continue to follow him and ultimately be rewarded for it.

Mark 10:28, “Peter began to say to Him, “Behold, we have left everything and followed You.””

Our Lord’s response was that those who do follow Him would have a great reward.

Mark 10:29-31, “Jesus said, “Truly I say to you, there is no one who has left house or brothers or sisters or mother or father or children or farms, for My sake and for the gospel’s sake, 30but that he will receive a hundred times as much now in the present age, houses and brothers and sisters and mothers and children and farms, along with persecutions; and in the age to come, eternal life. 31But many who are first will be last, and the last, first.””

In light of wanting to stay with Him and receive his rewards, Peter asks, “where are you going”? This is followed by John 13:37, “why can’t I follow you right now (ARTI vs NUN used in verse 36)”.

It would have been good for Peter to stop right there, but he does not. As we know he continues in verse 37 with his boastful ways by saying, “I will lay down (TITHEMI) my life (PSUCHE) for you”.

This is followed by our Lord’s infamous prophecy of Peter’s three denials in verse 38. This scene is also noted in Mat 26:31-38; Mark 14:26-31; Luke 22:31-34.

Peter did start out with human courage in Mat 26:51-54; Mark 14:47; Luke 22:49-51; John 18:10, trying to defend the Lord with his sword, but that too was a misguided act. He may have taken too literally our Lord’s command to buy a sword in Luke 22:36-38.

His ultimate denial would play itself out in just a few hours as noted in Mat 26:58, 69-75; Mark 14:54, 66-72; Luke 22:54-62; John 18:15-18, 25-27.

Peter followed the Lord closely, everywhere He went. The trouble with Peter was that he didn’t learn the doctrine. So following the Lord geographically is not the issue; following the Lord in the function of GAP is the issue. Your attitude toward Bible doctrine and the amount of exposure you get determines just what you would have done had you lived in Jesus’ time! It is one thing to keep Jesus in sight; it is something else to take in doctrine into the soul.

Because of his lapse of doctrine inculcation, there is absolutely no way that Peter is going to handle these things until he gets wise and gets Bible doctrine. It is a long way from Peter’s failure, as we just noted, to 2 Peter 1, where in his dying moments he says the most important thing in life is Bible doctrine, and that Bible doctrine must be more real to you than people, things, and life itself. When that is true then you have it right. He’s a long way from there during the arrest, but he will get there.

Principles:

  1. Sincerity plus ignorance equals disorientation to the Plan of God and malfunction within it.
  2. The Plan of God is perfect, Peter’s is imperfect and the Father will not allow Peter’s plan to intrude upon His Plan. The Father never permits human viewpoint, ingenuity, or sincerity to intrude upon His Plan.
  3. Peter’s sincerity and ignorance of doctrine makes him a producer of human good. There is no place in the Plan of God for human good.
  4. Peter’s admirable motivation and good intentions are neutralised by ignorance of Bible doctrine (which has led him into the early stages of reversionism).
  5. Ignorance is not bliss! Happiness is bliss, not ignorance. Happiness in Phase Two (the spiritual life) is based upon knowledge of Bible doctrine.
  6. Peter is fearless; he is not a coward, yet his ignorance of doctrine makes his courage and noble motivation useless.
  7. Ignorance of doctrine neutralises the best of motives and destroys the nobility of the individual; it disorients the believer to the grace of God.

Summary of Chapters 13, (The Upper Room Discourse)

John 13:1b states, Having loved His own who were in the world, He loved them to the end.”

This underscores the overall messages in these discourses of our Lord. In fact, John’s language shifts when he begins these discourses to emphasize the importance of “love” in chapters 13-17. He uses the word “AGAPAO”, that means impersonal and unconditional self-sacrificial love. This is the type of love that God has for all mankind, especially the believer, which the believer should also have for other members of the human race.

A statistic regarding John’s vocabulary underscores the fact that love is a very significant term from here on, in John’s Gospel.  Love occurs 12 times in Chapters 1-12, (on average once per chapter), and 34 times in chapters 13-17, (7 times per chapter on average).

This was the last great message Jesus would personally give to the disciples, (and now the Church), before His Crucifixion.

Love is the reason that He came and the reason He will go to the Cross.

In fact the first thing He does in this message, John 13:4-11, is demonstrate what the Cross does for us; for salvation, (bathing), and our daily walk (washing of the feet – 1 John 1:9).

Then in verses 12-20 He tells them how this kind of love is applied and demonstrated; through service and sacrifice on behalf of one another, just as the Cross was His service and sacrifice to the Father and for us, John 13:15-17.

John 13:15-17, “For I gave you an example that you also should do as I did to you. 16Truly, truly, I say to you, a slave is not greater than his master, nor is one who is sent greater than the one who sent him. 17If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.”

Then in verses 21-30, we see that impersonal and unconditional love is to be applied at all times even in the face of a friend betraying you, as Judas Iscariot betrayed our Lord, according to prophecy.

Psa 14:9, “Even my close friend in whom I trusted, who ate my bread, has lifted up his heel against me.”

This was fulfilled in John 13:18.

John 13:18, “He who eats My bread has lifted up his heel against Me.”

At this time, we also noted a powerful doctrine on betrayal.

Likewise, we noted demon possession as Satan possessed Judas to close the deal on his betrayal.

John 13:27, “After the morsel, Satan then entered into him, (Judas Iscariot). Therefore Jesus said to him, “What you do, do quickly”.”

Demons can only possess unbelievers, and Judas was an unbeliever.  Believers in the Church Age have the permanent indwelling of God the Holy Spirit and therefore a demon cannot take up residency where God already lives.

Then in verses 31-35 our Lord overtly comes back to the subject of love.

John 13:34, “A new commandment I give to you, that you love one another, even as I have loved you, that you also love one another.”

We are to have self-sacrificial love for our fellow mankind, especially for our fellow believers, just as our Lord had for the disciples and for us too by going to the Cross.

Notice that prior to this new commandment Jesus gave an example of encouragement for the self-sacrificial life of the believer by noting that “the Son of Man is glorified.”

You see when you walk in AGAPE love, you too will be glorified just as Christ was glorified by the Father as a result of His work upon the Cross. And as Jesus stated, when God is able to glorify you, He is glorified as a result.

Then verse 36 begins a series of bumbling questions by the disciples beginning with Peter.  Our Lord uses this opportunity to encourage them about the promises of our eternal, heavenly life.  In the midst of this is Peter’s humiliation where Jesus prophesizes about his denial.

____________________________________________________________________________

Summary of the Book of John Chapters 13 (The Upper Room Discourse)

John 13:1b states, “Having loved His own who were in the world, He loved them to the end.”

This underscores the overall messages in these discourses of our Lord.  In fact, John’s language shifts when he begins these discourses to emphasize the importance of “love” in Chapters 13-17.  He uses the word “AGAPAO”, that means impersonal and unconditional self-sacrificial love.  This is the type of love that God has for all mankind, especially the believer, which the believer should also have for other members of the human race.

A statistic regarding John’s vocabulary underscores the fact that love is a very significant term from here on in John’s Gospel.  Love occurs 12 times in Chapters 1-12, (on average once per chapter), and 34 times in Chapters 13-17, (7 times per chapter on average).

This was the last great message Jesus would personally give to the disciples, (and now the Church), before His Crucifixion.

Love is the reason that He came and the reason He will go to the Cross.

In fact the first thing He does in this message, John 13:4-11, is demonstrate what the Cross does for us; for salvation, (bathing), and our daily walk (washing of the feet – 1 John 1:9).

Then in verses 12-20 He tells them how this kind of love is applied and demonstrated; through service and sacrifice on behalf of one another, just as the Cross was His service and sacrifice to the Father and for us, John 13:15-17.

John 13:15-17, “For I gave you an example that you also should do as I did to you. 16Truly, truly, I say to you, a slave is not greater than his master, nor is one who is sent greater than the one who sent him. 17If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.”

Then in verses 21-30, we see that impersonal and unconditional love is to be applied at all times even in the face of a friend betraying you, as Judas Iscariot betrayed our Lord, according to prophecy.

Psa 14:9, “Even my close friend in whom I trusted, who ate my bread, has lifted up his heel against me.”

This was fulfilled in John 13:18.

John 13:18, “He who eats My bread has lifted up his heel against Me.”

At this time, we also noted a powerful Doctrine on Betrayal.

Likewise, we noted Demon Possession as Satan possessed Judas to close the deal on his betrayal.

John 13:27, “After the morsel, Satan then entered into him, (Judas Iscariot). Therefore Jesus said to him, “What you do, do quickly”.”

Demons can only possess unbelievers, and Judas was an unbeliever.  Believers in the Church Age have the permanent indwelling of God the Holy Spirit and therefore a demon can not take up residency where God already lives.

Then in verses 31-35 our Lord overtly comes back to the subject of love.

John 13:34, “A new commandment I give to you, that you love one another, even as I have loved you, that you also love one another.”

We are to have self-sacrificial love for our fellow mankind, especially for our fellow believers, just as our Lord had for the disciples and for us too by going to the Cross.

Notice that prior to this new commandment, Jesus gave an example of encouragement for the self-sacrificial life of the believer by noting that “the Son of Man is glorified.”

You see when you walk in AGAPE love, you too will be glorified just as Christ was glorified by the Father as a result of His work upon the Cross.  And as Jesus stated, when God is able to glorify you, He is glorified as a result.

Then verse 36 begins a series of bumbling questions by the disciples beginning with Peter.

Our Lord uses this opportunity to encourage them about the promises of our eternal, heavenly life.

In the midst of this is Peter’s humiliation where Jesus prophesizes about his denial.

This concludes John Chapter 13.

 

Chapter 14 Outline:

Vs. 1-7, The promise of eternal security.

Vs. 8-14, The fellowship of the Father and the Son.

Vs. 15-17, Promised indwelling of the Helper (God the Holy Spirit).

Vs. 18-21, The indwelling Spirit as the basis for our fellowship with the Father and the Son and understanding of the Word of God.

Vs. 22-26, Summarizing the previous two topics.

Vs. 27-31, Sharing the Happiness of God – Problem Solving Device 10.  This is achieved by doing the will of God even in the midst of opposition from Satan’s cosmic system.

Chapter 15 Outline:  What to do with God’s provisions.

Vs, 1-5, Divine Good Production.

Vs. 6, Warning to the unproductive believer.

Vs 7-10, Faith Application of the Word produces divine good.

Vs. 11, Divine good produces inner happiness.

Vs. 12-13, Impersonal Love motivates divine good production.

Vs. 14-15, Faith Application results in intimacy with Christ

Vs. 16-17, Predestined to glorify God.

Vs. 18-21, Obstructions to divine good production.

Vs. 22 -25, The reason for the world’s rejection.

Vs. 26-27, The Spirit leads us in triumph.

Leave a Reply